[go: up one dir, main page]

TW202419523A - Resin composition, cured article, laminate, method for producing cured article, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device - Google Patents

Resin composition, cured article, laminate, method for producing cured article, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202419523A
TW202419523A TW112132313A TW112132313A TW202419523A TW 202419523 A TW202419523 A TW 202419523A TW 112132313 A TW112132313 A TW 112132313A TW 112132313 A TW112132313 A TW 112132313A TW 202419523 A TW202419523 A TW 202419523A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
resin composition
preferred
formula
compound
Prior art date
Application number
TW112132313A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
浅川大輔
Original Assignee
日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Publication of TW202419523A publication Critical patent/TW202419523A/en

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/34Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyamides
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F289/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to macromolecular compounds not provided for in groups C08F251/00 - C08F287/00
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/16Nitrogen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/29Compounds containing one or more carbon-to-nitrogen double bonds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L79/00Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08L61/00 - C08L77/00
    • C08L79/04Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • C08L79/08Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L23/00Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
    • H01L23/12Mountings, e.g. non-detachable insulating substrates

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Heterocyclic Carbon Compounds Containing A Hetero Ring Having Oxygen Or Sulfur (AREA)

Abstract

一種樹脂組成物、硬化物、積層體、硬化物的製造方法、積層體的製造方法、半導體元件的製造方法及半導體元件,該樹脂組成物含有:選自由環化樹脂及其前驅物組成之群組中之至少1種樹脂;及由式(A-1)表示且式(A-1)所具有之總碳數為3~30的化合物A,式(A-1)中,R 1表示一價有機基,R 1中的與式(A-1)中記載之氮原子的鍵結部位為碳原子,R 2表示氫原子或一價有機基,R 3表示一價有機基,R 2與R 3可以鍵結而形成環結構。 A resin composition, a cured product, a laminate, a method for producing a cured product, a method for producing a laminate, a method for producing a semiconductor device, and a semiconductor device. The resin composition comprises: at least one resin selected from the group consisting of cyclized resins and precursors thereof; and a compound A represented by formula (A-1) having a total carbon number of 3 to 30, wherein R1 represents a monovalent organic group, the bonding site of R1 to the nitrogen atom described in formula (A-1) is a carbon atom, R2 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, R3 represents a monovalent organic group, and R2 and R3 may bond to form a ring structure.

Description

樹脂組成物、硬化物、積層體、硬化物的製造方法、積層體的製造方法、半導體元件的製造方法及半導體元件Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor element, and semiconductor element

本發明有關一種樹脂組成物、硬化物、積層體、硬化物的製造方法、積層體的製造方法、半導體元件的製造方法及半導體元件。The present invention relates to a resin composition, a cured product, a laminate, a method for producing the cured product, a method for producing the laminate, a method for producing a semiconductor element, and a semiconductor element.

如今,在各種領域中,正在利用由含有樹脂之樹脂組成物來製造之樹脂材料之技術。 例如,聚醯亞胺等環化樹脂的耐熱性及絕緣性等優異,因此適用於各種用途。作為上述用途,並無特別限定,若以定裝用半導體元件為例,則可以列舉作為絕緣膜、密封件的材料或保護膜的利用。又,亦可用作可撓性基板的基膜、覆蓋膜等。 Nowadays, the technology of resin materials made from resin compositions containing resins is being used in various fields. For example, cyclic resins such as polyimide are excellent in heat resistance and insulation, and are therefore suitable for various uses. The above uses are not particularly limited, and if semiconductor components for mounting are used as an example, they can be used as insulating films, sealing materials, or protective films. In addition, they can also be used as base films and cover films for flexible substrates.

例如,在上述之用途中,聚醯亞胺等環化樹脂以含有環化樹脂或聚醯亞胺前驅物等環化樹脂的前驅物之樹脂組成物的形態被使用。 例如藉由塗布等將此種樹脂組成物適用於基材上形成感光膜,之後依據需要進行曝光、顯影、加熱等,藉此能夠在基材上形成硬化物。 聚醯亞胺前驅物等上述環化樹脂的前驅物例如藉由加熱被環化而在硬化物中成為聚醯亞胺等環化樹脂。 樹脂組成物能夠藉由公知的塗布方法等來適用,因此,可以說例如所適用之樹脂組成物的適用時的形狀、大小、適用位置等設計自由度高等製造上的適應性優異。從除了聚醯亞胺等環化樹脂所具有之高性能以外,此種製造上的適應性亦優異的觀點而言,上述樹脂組成物在產業上的應用拓展越發令人期待。 For example, in the above-mentioned applications, cyclized resins such as polyimide are used in the form of resin compositions containing cyclized resins or precursors of cyclized resins such as polyimide precursors. For example, such resin compositions are applied to a substrate by coating to form a photosensitive film, and then exposed, developed, heated, etc. as needed to form a cured product on the substrate. The precursors of the above-mentioned cyclized resins such as polyimide precursors are cyclized by heating, for example, and become cyclized resins such as polyimide in the cured product. The resin composition can be applied by a known coating method, etc., so it can be said that the resin composition has excellent manufacturing adaptability, such as high design freedom in the shape, size, and application position of the resin composition. In addition to the high performance of cyclic resins such as polyimide, this manufacturing adaptability is also excellent. The expansion of the application of the above-mentioned resin composition in the industry is increasingly expected.

例如,在專利文獻1中記載有一種硬化性樹脂組成物,其含有(A)鹼可溶性樹脂、(B)共聚物樹脂、(C)產生自由基及鹼之光聚合起始劑、(D)環氧樹脂及(E)黑色著色劑,其特徵為,上述(A)鹼可溶性樹脂含有(A1)含羧基之醯亞胺樹脂,相對於上述硬化性樹脂組成物的固體成分總質量,上述(E)黑色著色劑的含量為1.0質量%以上。For example, Patent Document 1 discloses a curable resin composition comprising (A) an alkali-soluble resin, (B) a copolymer resin, (C) a photopolymerization initiator that generates free radicals and alkali, (D) an epoxy resin, and (E) a black colorant, wherein the alkali-soluble resin (A) contains (A1) a carboxyl group-containing amide resin, and the content of the black colorant (E) is 1.0 mass % or more relative to the total mass of the solid components of the curable resin composition.

[專利文獻1]日本特開平10-186659號公報[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-186659

在用於獲得硬化物之樹脂組成物中,要求所獲得之硬化物即使暴露於高溫條件之後與基材的密接性亦優異。The resin composition used to obtain the cured product is required to have excellent adhesion to the substrate even after being exposed to high temperature conditions.

本發明的目的在於提供一種所獲得之硬化物即使暴露於高溫條件之後與基材的密接性亦優異的樹脂組成物、使上述樹脂組成物硬化而成之硬化物、包含上述硬化物之積層體、上述硬化物的製造方法、上述積層體的製造方法、包括上述硬化物的製造方法之半導體元件的製造方法及包含上述硬化物之半導體元件。The object of the present invention is to provide a resin composition in which the obtained cured product has excellent adhesion to a substrate even after being exposed to high temperature conditions, a cured product obtained by curing the above resin composition, a laminate including the above cured product, a method for producing the above cured product, a method for producing the above laminate, a method for producing a semiconductor device including the method for producing the above cured product, and a semiconductor device including the above cured product.

以下,示出本發明的代表性實施態樣的例子。 <1>一種樹脂組成物,其含有: 選自由環化樹脂及其前驅物組成之群組中之至少1種樹脂;及 由下述式(A-1)表示且式(A-1)所具有之總碳數為3~30的化合物A。 [化學式1] 式(A-1)中,R 1表示一價有機基,R 1中的與式(A-1)中記載之氮原子的鍵結部位為碳原子,R 2表示氫原子或一價有機基,R 3表示一價有機基,R 2與R 3可以鍵結而形成環結構。 <2>如<1>所述之樹脂組成物,其含有由下述式(A-2)表示之化合物作為上述化合物A。 [化學式2] 式(A-2)中,Ar 1及Ar 2分別獨立地為可以具有取代基之芳香族基且為在上述芳香族基的環員及上述取代基中的至少一處具有選自由氧原子、氮原子、硫原子及磷原子組成之群組中之至少1種原子之基,R 2表示氫原子或一價有機基。 <3>如<2>所述之樹脂組成物,其中 上述Ar 1、上述Ar 2及上述R 2中的至少1個具有酚性羥基。 <4>如<2>或<3>所述之樹脂組成物,其中 上述Ar 1、上述Ar 2及上述R 2中的至少1個具有雜環結構。 <5>如<1>至<4>之任一項所述之樹脂組成物,其中 上述樹脂為聚醯亞胺或聚醯亞胺前驅物。 <6>如<1>至<5>之任一項所述之樹脂組成物,其進一步含有光聚合起始劑及聚合性化合物。 <7>如<1>至<6>之任一項所述之樹脂組成物,其用於形成再配線層用層間絕緣膜。 <8>一種硬化物,其為使<1>至<7>之任一項所述之樹脂組成物硬化而成。 <9>一種積層體,其包含2層以上的由<8>所述之硬化物構成之層,並且在上述由硬化物構成之層彼此的任意層之間包含金屬層。 <10>一種硬化物的製造方法,其包括將<1>至<7>之任一項所述之樹脂組成物適用於基材上而形成膜之膜形成步驟。 <11>如<10>所述之硬化物的製造方法,其包括: 曝光步驟,選擇性地對上述膜進行曝光;及 顯影步驟,使用顯影液對上述膜進行顯影而形成圖案。 <12>如<10>或<11>所述之硬化物的製造方法,其包括在50~450℃下對上述膜進行加熱之加熱步驟。 <13>一種積層體的製造方法,其包括<10>至<12>之任一項所述之硬化物的製造方法。 <14>一種半導體元件的製造方法,其包括<10>至<12>之任一項所述之硬化物的製造方法。 <15>一種半導體元件,其包含<8>所述之硬化物。 [發明效果] Representative embodiments of the present invention are shown below. <1> A resin composition comprising: at least one resin selected from the group consisting of cyclized resins and precursors thereof; and a compound A represented by the following formula (A-1) having a total carbon number of 3 to 30. [Chemical Formula 1] In formula (A-1), R1 represents a monovalent organic group, the bonding site of R1 to the nitrogen atom described in formula (A-1) is a carbon atom, R2 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, R3 represents a monovalent organic group, and R2 and R3 may bond to form a ring structure. <2> The resin composition as described in <1>, which contains a compound represented by the following formula (A-2) as the above-mentioned compound A. [Chemical Formula 2] In formula (A-2), Ar 1 and Ar 2 are each independently an aromatic group which may have a substituent and has at least one atom selected from the group consisting of oxygen atoms, nitrogen atoms, sulfur atoms and phosphorus atoms at at least one of the ring members of the aromatic group and the substituent, and R 2 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. <3> The resin composition as described in <2>, wherein at least one of Ar 1 , Ar 2 and R 2 has a phenolic hydroxyl group. <4> The resin composition as described in <2> or <3>, wherein at least one of Ar 1 , Ar 2 and R 2 has a heterocyclic structure. <5> The resin composition as described in any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the resin is a polyimide or a polyimide precursor. <6> The resin composition as described in any one of <1> to <5>, further comprising a photopolymerization initiator and a polymerizable compound. <7> The resin composition as described in any one of <1> to <6>, which is used to form an interlayer insulating film for a redistribution layer. <8> A cured product obtained by curing the resin composition as described in any one of <1> to <7>. <9> A laminate comprising two or more layers composed of the cured product as described in <8>, and comprising a metal layer between any of the layers composed of the cured product. <10> A method for producing a cured product, comprising a film forming step of applying the resin composition as described in any one of <1> to <7> to a substrate to form a film. <11>A method for producing a cured product as described in <10>, comprising: an exposure step of selectively exposing the above-mentioned film; and a developing step of developing the above-mentioned film using a developer to form a pattern. <12>A method for producing a cured product as described in <10> or <11>, comprising a heating step of heating the above-mentioned film at 50 to 450°C. <13>A method for producing a laminate, comprising the method for producing a cured product as described in any one of <10> to <12>. <14>A method for producing a semiconductor element, comprising the method for producing a cured product as described in any one of <10> to <12>. <15>A semiconductor element comprising the cured product as described in <8>. [Effect of the Invention]

依據本發明,提供一種所獲得之硬化物即使暴露於高溫條件之後與基材的密接性亦優異的樹脂組成物、使上述樹脂組成物硬化而成之硬化物、包含上述硬化物之積層體、上述硬化物的製造方法、上述積層體的製造方法、包括上述硬化物的製造方法之半導體元件的製造方法及包含上述硬化物之半導體元件。According to the present invention, there are provided a resin composition in which the obtained cured product has excellent adhesion to a substrate even after being exposed to high temperature conditions, a cured product obtained by curing the resin composition, a laminate including the cured product, a method for producing the cured product, a method for producing the laminate, a method for producing a semiconductor device including the method for producing the cured product, and a semiconductor device including the cured product.

以下,對本發明的主要實施形態進行說明。然而,本發明並不限定於所明示之實施形態。 在本說明書中,使用“~”符號表示之數值範圍係指,包括記載於“~”的前後之數值分別作為下限值及上限值之範圍。 在本說明書中,“步驟”這一術語係指,不僅包括獨立的步驟,只要能夠達成該步驟的預期作用,則亦包括無法與其他步驟明確區分之步驟。 在本說明書中之基(原子團)的標記中,未標有經取代及未經取代之標記包括不具有取代基之基(原子團)的同時亦包括具有取代基之基(原子團)。例如,“烷基”不僅包括不具有取代基之烷基(未經取代之烷基),亦包括具有取代基之烷基(經取代之烷基)。 在本說明書中,只要無特別說明,則“曝光”不僅包括利用光之曝光,亦包括利用電子束、離子束等粒子束之曝光。又,作為用於曝光之光,可以列舉水銀燈的明線光譜、以準分子雷射為代表之遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X射線、電子束等活性光線或放射線。 在本說明書中,“(甲基)丙烯酸酯”表示“丙烯酸酯”及“甲基丙烯酸酯”這兩者或其中任一者,“(甲基)丙烯酸”表示“丙烯酸”及“甲基丙烯酸”這兩者或其中任一者,“(甲基)丙烯醯基”表示“丙烯醯基”及“甲基丙烯醯基”這兩者或其中任一者。 在本說明書中,結構式中的Me表示甲基,Et表示乙基,Bu表示丁基,Ph表示苯基。 在本說明書中,總固體成分係指組成物的所有成分中除溶劑之外的成分的總質量。又,在本說明書中,固體成分濃度為除溶劑以外的其他成分相對於組成物的總質量的質量百分率。 在本說明書中,只要無特別說明,重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)為利用凝膠滲透層析(GPC)法測定之值,定義為聚苯乙烯換算值。在本說明書中,例如,利用HLC-8220GPC(TOSOH CORPORATION製造),將保護管柱HZ-L、TSKgel Super HZM-M、TSKgel Super HZ4000、TSKgel Super HZ3000及TSKgel Super HZ2000(以上為TOSOH CORPORATION製造)串聯而用作管柱,藉此能夠求出重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)。只要無特別說明,該等分子量使用THF(四氫呋喃)作為洗提液進行測定。其中,溶解性較低的情況等,在THF不適合作為洗提液的情況下,亦能夠使用NMP(N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮)。又,只要無特別說明,GPC測定中的檢測使用波長254nm的UV射線(紫外線)檢測器。 在本說明書中,關於構成積層體之各層的位置關係,記載為“上”或“下”時,只要在所關注之複數層中成為基準之層的上側或下側存在其他層即可。亦即,可以在成為基準之層與上述其他層之間進一步介入有第3層或要素,成為基準之層與上述其他層無需接觸。只要無特別說明,將對基材堆疊層之方向稱為“上”,或在存在樹脂組成物層時,將從基材朝向樹脂組成物層的方向稱為“上”,將其相反方向稱為“下”。再者,這種上下方向的設定係為了便於說明本說明書,在實際態樣中,本說明書中的“上”方向亦有可能與鉛垂向上方向不同。 在本說明書中,只要無特別說明,組成物可以含有對應於該成分之2種以上的化合物作為組成物中所含之各成分。又,只要無特別說明,組成物中的各成分的含量係指對應於該成分之所有化合物的合計含量。 在本說明書中,只要無特別說明,溫度為23℃,氣壓為101,325Pa(1個大氣壓),相對濕度為50%RH。 在本說明書中,較佳態樣的組合為更佳態樣。 The main embodiments of the present invention are described below. However, the present invention is not limited to the embodiments indicated. In this specification, the numerical range represented by the symbol "~" means a range including the numerical values recorded before and after "~" as the lower limit and the upper limit, respectively. In this specification, the term "step" means not only independent steps, but also steps that cannot be clearly distinguished from other steps as long as the expected effect of the step can be achieved. In the marking of the base (atomic group) in this specification, the marking without the mark of substituted and unsubstituted includes the base (atomic group) without substituents and also includes the base (atomic group) with substituents. For example, "alkyl" includes not only alkyl groups without substituents (unsubstituted alkyl groups) but also alkyl groups with substituents (substituted alkyl groups). In this specification, unless otherwise specified, "exposure" includes not only exposure using light but also exposure using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams. In addition, as light used for exposure, the bright line spectrum of mercury lamps, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, active light or radiation such as electron beams can be listed. In this specification, "(meth)acrylate" means both or either of "acrylate" and "methacrylate", "(meth)acrylic acid" means both or either of "acrylic acid" and "methacrylic acid", and "(meth)acryloyl" means both or either of "acryloyl" and "methacryloyl". In this specification, Me in the structural formula represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group. In this specification, the total solid content refers to the total mass of all components of the composition excluding the solvent. In addition, in this specification, the solid content concentration is the mass percentage of the other components excluding the solvent relative to the total mass of the composition. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) are values measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) and are defined as polystyrene conversion values. In this specification, for example, HLC-8220GPC (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION) is used as a column by connecting the protective column HZ-L, TSKgel Super HZM-M, TSKgel Super HZ4000, TSKgel Super HZ3000 and TSKgel Super HZ2000 (all manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION) in series to obtain the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn). Unless otherwise specified, the molecular weights are measured using THF (tetrahydrofuran) as an eluent. In the case of low solubility, when THF is not suitable as an eluent, NMP (N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone) can also be used. In addition, unless otherwise specified, a UV ray (ultraviolet) detector with a wavelength of 254nm is used for detection in GPC measurement. In this specification, when the positional relationship of each layer constituting the laminate is recorded as "upper" or "lower", it is sufficient as long as there are other layers on the upper or lower side of the layer that serves as the reference among the multiple layers concerned. That is, a third layer or element may be further inserted between the layer that serves as the reference and the other layers mentioned above, and the layer that serves as the reference and the other layers mentioned above do not need to be in contact. Unless otherwise specified, the direction of stacking layers on the substrate is called "upper", or when there is a resin component layer, the direction from the substrate toward the resin component layer is called "upper", and the opposite direction is called "lower". Furthermore, this setting of the up and down directions is for the convenience of explaining this specification. In actual forms, the "upper" direction in this specification may also be different from the vertical upward direction. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, a composition may contain two or more compounds corresponding to the component as each component contained in the composition. In addition, unless otherwise specified, the content of each component in the composition refers to the total content of all compounds corresponding to the component. In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the temperature is 23°C, the air pressure is 101,325Pa (1 atmosphere), and the relative humidity is 50%RH. In this specification, a combination of a preferred embodiment is a more preferred embodiment.

(樹脂組成物) 本發明的樹脂組成物含有選自由環化樹脂及其前驅物組成之群組中之至少1種樹脂、及由下述式(A-1)表示且式(A-1)所具有之總碳數為3~30的化合物A。 [化學式3] 式(A-1)中,R 1表示一價有機基,R 1中的與式(A-1)中記載之氮原子的鍵結部位為碳原子,R 2表示氫原子或一價有機基,R 3表示一價有機基,R 2與R 3可以鍵結而形成環結構。 (Resin composition) The resin composition of the present invention contains at least one resin selected from the group consisting of cyclized resins and precursors thereof, and a compound A represented by the following formula (A-1) having a total carbon number of 3 to 30. [Chemical formula 3] In formula (A-1), R1 represents a monovalent organic group, the bonding site of R1 to the nitrogen atom described in formula (A-1) is a carbon atom, R2 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, R3 represents a monovalent organic group, and R2 and R3 may bond to form a ring structure.

本發明的樹脂組成物用於形成(供於曝光及顯影之)感光膜為較佳,用於形成(供於曝光及使用包含有機溶劑之顯影液之顯影之)膜為較佳。 本發明的樹脂組成物例如能夠用於形成半導體元件的絕緣膜、再配線層用層間絕緣膜、應力緩衝膜等,用於形成再配線層用層間絕緣膜為較佳。 尤其,本發明的樹脂組成物用於形成再配線層用層間絕緣膜亦為本發明的較佳態樣之一。 又,本發明的樹脂組成物可以用於形成供於正型顯影之感光膜,亦可以用於形成供於負型顯影之感光膜。 在本發明中,負型顯影係指在曝光及顯影中藉由顯影去除非曝光部之顯影,正型顯影係指藉由顯影去除曝光部之顯影。 作為上述曝光方法、上述顯影液及上述顯影方法,例如,可以使用在後述硬化物的製造方法的說明中的曝光步驟中說明之曝光方法、在顯影步驟中說明之顯影液及顯影方法。 The resin composition of the present invention is preferably used to form a photosensitive film (for exposure and development), and is preferably used to form a film (for exposure and development using a developer containing an organic solvent). The resin composition of the present invention can be used, for example, to form an insulating film of a semiconductor element, an interlayer insulating film for a redistribution layer, a stress buffer film, etc., and is preferably used to form an interlayer insulating film for a redistribution layer. In particular, the resin composition of the present invention is used to form an interlayer insulating film for a redistribution layer, which is also one of the better embodiments of the present invention. In addition, the resin composition of the present invention can be used to form a photosensitive film for positive development, and can also be used to form a photosensitive film for negative development. In the present invention, negative development refers to development in which the non-exposed portion is removed by development during exposure and development, and positive development refers to development in which the exposed portion is removed by development. As the above-mentioned exposure method, the above-mentioned developer, and the above-mentioned developing method, for example, the exposure method described in the exposure step in the description of the method for producing a hardened product described later, the developer and the developing method described in the developing step can be used.

依據本發明的樹脂組成物,可獲得即使暴露於高溫條件之後與基材(尤其金屬基材,進而銅基材)的密接性亦優異的硬化物。 獲得上述效果之機理尚不明確,但推測如下。 According to the resin composition of the present invention, a hardened material having excellent adhesion to a substrate (particularly a metal substrate, and further a copper substrate) can be obtained even after exposure to high temperature conditions. The mechanism for achieving the above effect is not yet clear, but it is speculated as follows.

本發明的樹脂組成物含有具有特定的結構之化合物A。 一直以來,為了提高由樹脂組成物形成之硬化物與基材的密接性,進行將具有氮原子之化合物摻合到樹脂組成物中之技術。 在此,認為,藉由增加上述化合物中的氮原子數,可以進一步提高上述密接性。 然而,上述化合物有時熱穩定性低,例如當暴露於高溫條件時,有時無法維持密接性。 例如,在先前文獻1中記載有2-吡啶甲醛(2-pyridinecarbaldehyde)=2-吡啶基腙(2-pyridyl hydrazone),但該化合物具有氮原子以單鍵與作為希夫鹼部位之C=N鍵中的氮原子直接鍵結之結構。已知,具有此種結構之化合物在高溫條件下容易分解。 在本說明書中,某一結構與某一結構直接鍵結係指結構彼此之間不經由連結基等而鍵結。 本發明之化合物A具有由式(A-1)表示之結構。認為,由於由式(A-1)表示之化合物如上所述並非氮原子而是碳原子與作為希夫鹼部位之C=N鍵中的氮原子直接鍵結,因此耐熱性優異,並且化合物A在高溫條件下亦不易分解。 認為,其結果,由本發明的樹脂組成物獲得之硬化物即使暴露於高溫條件之後與基材(尤其金屬基材,進而銅基材)的密接性優異。 通常,當欲提高與基材的密接性時,有時採用增加化合物中的氮原子數之措施。然而,發現了本發明並非單純地增加氮原子數,而是藉由導入如上所述並非氮原子而是碳原子與作為希夫鹼部位之C=N鍵中的氮原子直接鍵結之結構,可獲得即使暴露於高溫條件之後亦能夠提高與基材的密接性之效果。此種效果從先前文獻無法預料。 又,如上所述,本發明之化合物A為熱穩定性高的化合物,認為此種化合物在組成物的保管中亦不易分解。認為,其結果,含有此種化合物A之組成物的組成物本身的穩定性(組成物穩定性)亦優異。 The resin composition of the present invention contains a compound A having a specific structure. Conventionally, in order to improve the adhesion between a cured product formed from a resin composition and a substrate, a technique of blending a compound having a nitrogen atom into a resin composition has been conducted. Here, it is considered that the adhesion can be further improved by increasing the number of nitrogen atoms in the above-mentioned compound. However, the above-mentioned compound sometimes has low thermal stability, and sometimes cannot maintain adhesion when exposed to high temperature conditions, for example. For example, 2-pyridinecarbaldehyde = 2-pyridyl hydrazone is described in the previous document 1, but the compound has a structure in which a nitrogen atom is directly bonded to a nitrogen atom in a C=N bond as a Schiff base site by a single bond. It is known that a compound having such a structure is easily decomposed under high temperature conditions. In this specification, a certain structure directly bonds to another structure means that the structures are bonded to each other without a linking group or the like. The compound A of the present invention has a structure represented by formula (A-1). It is believed that since the compound represented by formula (A-1) is directly bonded to the nitrogen atom in the C=N bond as the Schiff base site, not the nitrogen atom as described above, the heat resistance is excellent, and compound A is not easily decomposed under high temperature conditions. As a result, it is believed that the cured product obtained from the resin composition of the present invention has excellent adhesion to the substrate (especially the metal substrate, and further the copper substrate) even after being exposed to high temperature conditions. In general, when it is desired to improve the adhesion to the substrate, measures to increase the number of nitrogen atoms in the compound are sometimes adopted. However, it was found that the present invention does not simply increase the number of nitrogen atoms, but introduces a structure in which carbon atoms are directly bonded to the nitrogen atoms in the C=N bond of the Schiff base site as described above, thereby achieving an effect of improving the adhesion to the substrate even after exposure to high temperature conditions. This effect could not be expected from previous literature. In addition, as described above, the compound A of the present invention is a compound with high thermal stability, and it is believed that this compound is not easy to decompose during the storage of the composition. It is believed that, as a result, the stability of the composition itself (composition stability) of the composition containing this compound A is also excellent.

在此,在專利文獻1中未記載有含有環化樹脂的前驅物及化合物A之組成物。Here, Patent Document 1 does not describe a composition containing a precursor of a cyclized resin and compound A.

以下,對本發明的樹脂組成物中所含之成分詳細地進行說明。Hereinafter, the components contained in the resin composition of the present invention will be described in detail.

<特定樹脂> 本發明的樹脂組成物含有選自由環化樹脂及其前驅物組成之群組中之至少1種樹脂(特定樹脂)。 環化樹脂為在主鏈結構中含有醯亞胺環結構或㗁唑環結構之樹脂為較佳。 在本發明中,“主鏈”表示樹脂分子中相對最長的鍵結鏈,“側鏈”係指除此以外的鍵結鏈。 作為環化樹脂,可以列舉聚醯亞胺、聚苯并㗁唑、聚醯胺醯亞胺等。 環化樹脂的前驅物係指因外部刺激產生化學結構的變化而成為環化樹脂之樹脂,因熱產生化學結構的變化而成為環化樹脂之樹脂為較佳,因熱產生閉環反應而形成環結構從而成為環化樹脂之樹脂為更佳。 作為環化樹脂的前驅物,可以列舉聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并㗁唑前驅物、聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物等。 亦即,樹脂組成物含有選自由聚醯亞胺、聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚苯并㗁唑、聚苯并㗁唑前驅物、聚醯胺醯亞胺及聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物組成之群組中之至少1種樹脂作為特定樹脂為較佳。 樹脂組成物含有聚醯亞胺或聚醯亞胺前驅物作為特定樹脂為較佳。 特定樹脂具有聚合性基為較佳,含有自由基聚合性基為更佳。 當特定樹脂具有自由基聚合性基時,本發明的樹脂組成物含有自由基聚合起始劑為較佳,含有自由基聚合起始劑且含有自由基交聯劑為更佳。依據需要,能夠進一步含有增感劑。由此種樹脂組成物例如形成負型感光膜。 又,特定樹脂可以具有酸分解性基等極性轉換基。 當特定樹脂具有酸分解性基時,樹脂組成物含有光酸產生劑為較佳。由此種樹脂組成物例如形成作為化學增幅型的正型感光膜或負型感光膜。 <Specific resin> The resin composition of the present invention contains at least one resin (specific resin) selected from the group consisting of cyclized resins and their precursors. The cyclized resin is preferably a resin containing an imide ring structure or an oxazole ring structure in the main chain structure. In the present invention, "main chain" means the longest bond in the resin molecule, and "side chain" means other bonds. Examples of cyclized resins include polyimide, polybenzoxazole, polyamide imide, etc. The precursor of the cyclized resin refers to a resin that changes its chemical structure due to external stimulation and becomes a cyclized resin. It is more preferred that the resin changes its chemical structure due to heat and it is more preferred that the resin forms a cyclized resin by forming a ring structure due to heat-induced ring closing reaction. As the precursor of the cyclized resin, polyimide precursors, polybenzoxazole precursors, polyamide imide precursors, etc. can be listed. That is, the resin composition preferably contains at least one resin selected from the group consisting of polyimide, polyimide precursor, polybenzoxazole, polybenzoxazole precursor, polyamide imide and polyamide imide precursor as the specific resin. The resin composition preferably contains polyimide or polyimide precursor as the specific resin. The specific resin preferably has a polymerizable group, and more preferably contains a free radical polymerizable group. When the specific resin has a free radical polymerizable group, the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a free radical polymerization initiator, and more preferably contains a free radical polymerization initiator and a free radical crosslinking agent. If necessary, it can further contain a sensitizer. This resin composition, for example, forms a negative photosensitive film. In addition, the specific resin may have a polar conversion group such as an acid-decomposable group. When the specific resin has an acid-decomposable group, it is preferred that the resin composition contains a photoacid generator. This resin composition, for example, forms a positive photosensitive film or a negative photosensitive film of a chemically amplified type.

〔聚醯亞胺前驅物〕 在本發明中所使用之聚醯亞胺前驅物的其種類等並無特別限定,含有由下述式(2)表示之重複單元為較佳。 [化學式4] 式(2)中,A 1及A 2分別獨立地表示氧原子或-NR z-,R 111表示二價有機基,R 115表示四價有機基,R 113及R 114分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價有機基,R z表示氫原子或一價有機基。 [Polyimide Precursor] The type of the polyimide precursor used in the present invention is not particularly limited, but it is preferably a polyimide precursor containing a repeating unit represented by the following formula (2). [Chemical Formula 4] In formula (2), A1 and A2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or -NRz- , R111 represents a divalent organic group, R115 represents a tetravalent organic group, R113 and R114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and Rz represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.

式(2)中的A 1及A 2分別獨立地表示氧原子或-NR z-,氧原子為較佳。 R z表示氫原子或一價有機基,氫原子為較佳。 式(2)中的R 111表示二價有機基。作為二價有機基,可以例示含有直鏈或支鏈的脂肪族基、環狀脂肪族基及芳香族基之基,碳數2~20的直鏈或支鏈的脂肪族基、碳數3~20的環狀脂肪族基、碳數3~20的芳香族基或由該等的組合構成之基為較佳,含有碳數6~20的芳香族基之基為更佳。上述直鏈或支鏈的脂肪族基的鏈中的烴基可以被含有雜原子之基取代,上述環狀脂肪族基及芳香族基的環員的烴基可以被含有雜原子之基取代。作為式(2)中的R 111的例子,可以列舉由-Ar-及-Ar-L-Ar-表示之基,由-Ar-L-Ar-表示之基為較佳。其中,Ar分別獨立地為芳香族基,L為單鍵或可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO 2-或-NHCO-或者由上述2個以上的組合構成之基。該等的較佳範圍如上所述。 A1 and A2 in formula (2) each independently represent an oxygen atom or -NRz- , preferably an oxygen atom. Rz represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, preferably a hydrogen atom. R111 in formula (2) represents a divalent organic group. Examples of the divalent organic group include groups containing linear or branched aliphatic groups, cyclic aliphatic groups and aromatic groups, preferably linear or branched aliphatic groups having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, cyclic aliphatic groups having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, aromatic groups having 3 to 20 carbon atoms or groups composed of a combination thereof, and more preferably groups containing aromatic groups having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. The alkyl groups in the chain of the above-mentioned straight or branched aliphatic groups may be substituted by groups containing heteroatoms, and the alkyl groups of the ring members of the above-mentioned cyclic aliphatic groups and aromatic groups may be substituted by groups containing heteroatoms. Examples of R 111 in formula (2) include groups represented by -Ar- and -Ar-L-Ar-, and groups represented by -Ar-L-Ar- are preferred. Here, Ar is independently an aromatic group, and L is a single bond or a fluorine-substituted aliphatic alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 - or -NHCO-, or a group composed of a combination of two or more of the above. The preferred ranges are as described above.

R 111衍生自二胺為較佳。作為在聚醯亞胺前驅物的製造中使用之二胺,可以列舉直鏈或支鏈脂肪族、環狀脂肪族或芳香族二胺等。二胺可以僅使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。 具體而言,R 111為含有碳數2~20的直鏈或支鏈的脂肪族基、碳數3~20的環狀脂肪族基、碳數3~20的芳香族基或由該等的組合構成之基之二胺為較佳,含有碳數6~20的芳香族基之二胺為更佳。上述直鏈或支鏈的脂肪族基的鏈中的烴基可以被含有雜原子之基取代,上述環狀脂肪族基及芳香族基的環員的烴基可以被含有雜原子之基取代。作為含有芳香族基之基的例子,可以列舉下述基。 R 111 is preferably derived from a diamine. Examples of the diamine used in the production of the polyimide precursor include linear or branched aliphatic, cyclic aliphatic or aromatic diamines. Only one diamine may be used, or two or more diamines may be used. Specifically, R 111 is preferably a diamine containing a linear or branched aliphatic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclic aliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, an aromatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a group composed of a combination thereof, and more preferably a diamine containing an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. The alkyl group in the chain of the linear or branched aliphatic group may be substituted with a group containing a heteroatom, and the alkyl group of the ring member of the cyclic aliphatic group and the aromatic group may be substituted with a group containing a heteroatom. As examples of the group containing an aromatic group, the following groups can be cited.

[化學式5] 式中,A表示單鍵或二價連結基,單鍵或選自可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-、-SO 2-、-NHCO-或該等的組合中之基為較佳,單鍵或選自可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~3的伸烷基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-S-或者-SO 2-中之基為更佳,-CH 2-、-O-、-S-、-SO 2-、-C(CF 32-或-C(CH 32-為進一步較佳。 式中,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。 [Chemical formula 5] In the formula, A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, preferably a single bond or a group selected from aliphatic alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted by fluorine atoms, -O-, -C(=O)-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -NHCO-, or a combination thereof, more preferably a single bond or a group selected from alkylene groups having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted by fluorine atoms, -O-, -C(=O)-, -S-, or -SO 2 -, further preferably -CH 2 -, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, or -C(CH 3 ) 2 -. In the formula, * represents a bonding site with other structures.

作為二胺,具體而言,可以列舉1,2-二胺基乙烷、1,2-二胺基丙烷、1,3-二胺基丙烷、1,4-二胺基丁烷或1,6-二胺基己烷; 1,2-或1,3-二胺基環戊烷、1,2-、1,3-或1,4-二胺基環己烷、1,2-、1,3-或1,4-雙(胺甲基)環己烷、雙-(4-胺基環己基)甲烷、雙-(3-胺基環己基)甲烷、4,4’-二胺基-3,3’-二甲基環己基甲烷及異佛爾酮二胺; 間苯二胺或對苯二胺、二胺基甲苯、4,4’-或3,3’-二胺基聯苯、4,4’-或3,3-二胺基二苯醚、4,4’-或3,3’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-或3,3’-二胺基二苯基碸、4,4’-或3,3’-二胺基二苯硫醚、4,4’-或3,3’-二胺基二苯甲酮、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、3,3’-二甲氧基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)碸、雙(4-胺基-3-羥基苯基)碸、4,4’-二胺基對聯三苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、雙[4-(2-胺基苯氧基)苯基]碸、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、9,10-雙(4-胺基苯基)蒽、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基碸、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯基)苯、3,3’-二乙基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、3,3’-二甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4’-二胺基八氟聯苯、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、9,9-雙(4-胺基苯基)-10-氫蒽、3,3’,4,4’-四胺基聯苯、3,3’,4,4’-四胺基二苯醚、1,4-二胺基蒽醌、1,5-二胺基蒽醌、3,3-二羥基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、9,9’-雙(4-胺基苯基)茀、4,4’-二甲基-3,3’-二胺基二苯基碸、3,3’,5,5’-四甲基-4,4’-二胺基二苯基甲烷、2,4-或2,5-二胺基枯烯、2,5-二甲基-對苯二胺、乙醯胍胺、2,3,5,6-四甲基-對苯二胺、2,4,6-三甲基-間苯二胺、雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷、雙(對胺基苯基)八甲基五矽氧烷、2,7-二胺基茀、2,5-二胺基吡啶、1,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)乙烷、二胺基苯甲醯苯胺、二胺基苯甲酸的酯、1,5-二胺萘、二胺基三氟甲苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯基)八氟丁烷、1,5-雙(4-胺基苯基)十氟戊烷、1,7-雙(4-胺基苯基)十四氟庚烷、2,2-雙[4-(3-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(2-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)-3,5-二甲基苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)-3,5-雙(三氟甲基)苯基]六氟丙烷、對雙(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)聯苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基-3-三氟甲基苯氧基)聯苯、4,4’-雙(4-胺基-2-三氟甲基苯氧基)二苯基碸、4,4’-雙(3-胺基-5-三氟甲基苯氧基)二苯基碸、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基-3-三氟甲基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、3,3’,5,5’-四甲基-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、4,4’-二胺基-2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯、2,2’,5,5’,6,6’-六氟聯甲苯胺或4,4’-二胺基四聯苯中之至少1種二胺。 As the diamine, specifically, 1,2-diaminoethane, 1,2-diaminopropane, 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,4-diaminobutane or 1,6-diaminohexane can be cited; 1,2- or 1,3-diaminocyclopentane, 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane, bis-(4-aminocyclohexyl)methane, bis-(3-aminocyclohexyl)methane, 4,4'-diamino-3,3'-dimethylcyclohexylmethane and isophoronediamine can be cited; m-phenylenediamine or p-phenylenediamine, diaminotoluene, 4,4’- or 3,3’-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4’- or 3,3’-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4’- or 3,3’-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4’- or 3,3’-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 4,4’- or 3,3’-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 4,4’- or 3,3’-diaminobenzophenone, 3,3’-dimethyl-4,4’-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2’-dimethyl-4,4’-diaminobiphenyl, 3,3’-dimethoxy 4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)sulfonate, bis(4-amino-3-hydroxyphenyl)sulfonate, 4,4'-diaminobiphenyl 4-(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfonate, bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfonate, bis[4-(2-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfonate, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 9,10-bis(4-aminophenyl)anthracene, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylsulfonate, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(3-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenyl)anthracene )benzene, 3,3'-diethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminooctafluorobiphenyl, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 9,9-bis(4-aminophenyl)-10-hydroanthracene, 3,3',4,4'-tetraaminobiphenyl, 3,3',4,4'-tetraaminodiphenyl ether, 1,4-diaminoanthraquinone, 1, 5-Diaminoanthraquinone, 3,3-dihydroxy-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 9,9'-bis(4-aminophenyl)fluorene, 4,4'-dimethyl-3,3'-diaminodiphenylsulfone, 3,3',5,5'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 2,4- or 2,5-diaminocumene, 2,5-dimethyl-p-phenylenediamine, acetoguanamine, 2,3,5,6-tetramethyl-p-phenylenediamine, 2,4,6-trimethyl-m-phenylenediamine, bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane, Bis(p-aminophenyl)octamethylpentasiloxane, 2,7-diaminofluorene, 2,5-diaminopyridine, 1,2-bis(4-aminophenyl)ethane, diaminobenzanilide, esters of diaminobenzoic acid, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, diaminotrifluorotoluene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenyl)octafluorobutane, 1,5-bis(4-aminophenyl)decafluoropentane, 1,7-bis(4-aminophenyl)tetradecafluoroheptane, 2,2-bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy) phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis[4-(2-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)-3,5-dimethylphenyl]hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)-3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, p-bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)benzene, 4,4'-bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)biphenyl, 4,4'-bis(4-amino-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy)biphenyl, 4, At least one of the following diamines: 4’-bis(4-amino-2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)diphenylsulfone, 4,4’-bis(3-amino-5-trifluoromethylphenoxy)diphenylsulfone, 2,2-bis[4-(4-amino-3-trifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, 3,3’,5,5’-tetramethyl-4,4’-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4’-diamino-2,2’-bis(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl, 2,2’,5,5’,6,6’-hexafluorotoluidine or 4,4’-diaminoquaternaryl.

又,國際公開第2017/038598號的0030~0031段中記載之二胺(DA-1)~(DA-18)亦較佳。Furthermore, diamines (DA-1) to (DA-18) described in paragraphs 0030 to 0031 of International Publication No. 2017/038598 are also preferred.

又,亦可較佳地使用國際公開第2017/038598號的0032~0034段中記載之在主鏈上具有2個以上的伸烷基二醇單元之二胺。Furthermore, diamines having two or more alkylene glycol units in the main chain described in paragraphs 0032 to 0034 of International Publication No. 2017/038598 can also be preferably used.

從所獲得之有機膜的柔軟性的觀點而言,R 111由-Ar-L-Ar-表示為較佳。其中,Ar分別獨立地為芳香族基,L為可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO 2-或-NHCO-或者由上述2個以上的組合構成之基。Ar為伸苯基為較佳,L為可以被氟原子取代之碳數1或2的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-或-SO 2-為較佳。此處的脂肪族烴基為伸烷基為較佳。 From the viewpoint of the flexibility of the obtained organic film, R 111 is preferably represented by -Ar-L-Ar-. Here, Ar is independently an aromatic group, and L is an aliphatic alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted by a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 - or -NHCO-, or a group consisting of a combination of two or more of the foregoing. Ar is preferably a phenylene group, and L is preferably an aliphatic alkyl group having 1 or 2 carbon atoms which may be substituted by a fluorine atom, -O-, -CO-, -S- or -SO 2 -. The aliphatic alkyl group here is preferably an alkylene group.

又,從i射線透射率的觀點而言,R 111為由下述式(51)或式(61)表示之二價有機基為較佳。尤其,從i射線透射率、易獲得性的觀點而言,由式(61)表示之二價有機基為更佳。 式(51) [化學式6] 式(51)中,R 50~R 57分別獨立地為氫原子、氟原子或一價有機基,R 50~R 57中的至少1個為氟原子、甲基或三氟甲基,*分別獨立地表示與式(2)中的氮原子的鍵結部位。 作為R 50~R 57的一價有機基,可以列舉碳數1~10(較佳為碳數1~6)的未經取代之烷基、碳數1~10(較佳為碳數1~6)的氟化烷基等。 [化學式7] 式(61)中,R 58及R 59分別獨立地為氟原子、甲基或三氟甲基,*分別獨立地表示與式(2)中的氮原子的鍵結部位。 作為賦予式(51)或式(61)的結構之二胺,可以列舉2,2'-二甲基聯苯胺、2,2’-雙(三氟甲基)-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、2,2’-雙(氟)-4,4’-二胺基聯苯、4,4’-二胺基八氟聯苯等。該等可以使用1種或組合使用2種以上。 Furthermore, from the viewpoint of i-ray transmittance, R 111 is preferably a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (51) or formula (61). In particular, from the viewpoint of i-ray transmittance and availability, a divalent organic group represented by formula (61) is more preferred. Formula (51) [Chemical Formula 6] In formula (51), R 50 to R 57 are independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group, at least one of R 50 to R 57 is a fluorine atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, and * independently represents a bonding site with the nitrogen atom in formula (2). Examples of the monovalent organic group of R 50 to R 57 include an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms), and the like. [Chemical Formula 7] In formula (61), R 58 and R 59 are independently a fluorine atom, a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, and * independently represents a bonding site with the nitrogen atom in formula (2). Examples of diamines that impart a structure of formula (51) or formula (61) include 2,2'-dimethylbenzidine, 2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-bis(fluoro)-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, and 4,4'-diaminooctafluorobiphenyl. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more.

式(2)中的R 115表示四價有機基。作為四價有機基,含有芳香環之四價有機基為較佳,由下述式(5)或式(6)表示之基為更佳。 式(5)或式(6)中,*分別獨立地表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。 [化學式8] 式(5)中,R 112為單鍵或二價連結基,單鍵或選自可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~10的脂肪族烴基、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-SO 2-及-NHCO-、以及該等的組合中之基為較佳,單鍵或選自可以被氟原子取代之碳數1~3的伸烷基、-O-、-CO-、-S-及-SO 2-中之基為更佳,選自由-CH 2-、-C(CF 32-、-C(CH 32-、-O-、-CO-、-S-及-SO 2-組成之群組中之二價基為進一步較佳。 R 115 in formula (2) represents a tetravalent organic group. As the tetravalent organic group, a tetravalent organic group containing an aromatic ring is preferred, and a group represented by the following formula (5) or formula (6) is more preferred. In formula (5) or formula (6), * independently represents a bonding site with other structures. [Chemical Formula 8] In formula (5), R 112 is a single bond or a divalent linking group, preferably a single bond or a group selected from aliphatic alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted by fluorine atoms, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -SO 2 - and -NHCO-, and combinations thereof, more preferably a single bond or a group selected from alkylene groups having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted by fluorine atoms, -O-, -CO-, -S- and -SO 2 -, and still more preferably a divalent group selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 -, -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -C(CH 3 ) 2 -, -O-, -CO-, -S- and -SO 2 -.

具體而言,R 115可以列舉從四羧酸二酐去除酸酐基之後殘存之四羧酸殘基等。作為對應於R 115之結構,聚醯亞胺前驅物可以僅含有1種四羧酸二酐殘基,亦可以含有2種以上的四羧酸二酐殘基。 四羧酸二酐由下述式(O)表示為較佳。 [化學式9] 式(O)中,R 115表示四價有機基。R 115的較佳範圍與式(2)中的R 115的較佳範圍相同。 Specifically, R 115 can be exemplified by tetracarboxylic acid residues remaining after the anhydride group is removed from tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride. As a structure corresponding to R 115 , the polyimide precursor may contain only one tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride residue or may contain two or more tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride residues. The tetracarboxylic acid dianhydride is preferably represented by the following formula (O). [Chemical Formula 9] In formula (O), R 115 represents a tetravalent organic group. The preferred range of R 115 is the same as the preferred range of R 115 in formula (2).

作為四羧酸二酐的具體例,可以列舉焦蜜石酸二酐(PMDA)、3,3’,4,4’-聯苯四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯硫醚四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯基碸四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、3,3’,4,4’-二苯基甲烷四羧酸二酐、2,2’,3,3’-二苯基甲烷四羧酸二酐、2,3,3’,4’-聯苯四羧酸二酐、2,3,3’,4’-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、4,4’-氧二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、2,3,6,7-萘四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,7-萘四羧酸二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)六氟丙烷二酐、1,3-二苯基六氟丙烷-3,3,4,4-四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,6-萘四羧酸二酐、2,2’,3,3’-二苯基四羧酸二酐、3,4,9,10-苝四羧酸二酐、1,2,4,5-萘四羧酸二酐、1,4,5,8-萘四羧酸二酐、1,8,9,10-菲四羧酸二酐、1,1-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,1-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,2,3,4-苯四羧酸二酐以及該等的碳數1~6的烷基及碳數1~6的烷氧基衍生物。Specific examples of tetracarboxylic dianhydrides include pyromelitic acid dianhydride (PMDA), 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenyl sulfide tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenylsulfone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3',4,4'-diphenylmethanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2',3,3'-diphenylmethanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3',4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3',4'-benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4'-oxydiphthalic acid dianhydride, 2,3,6,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)propane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,4,4'-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)propane tetracarboxylic ...4,4'-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)propane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,4,4'-bis(3, dianhydride, 2,2-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane dianhydride, 1,3-diphenylhexafluoropropane-3,3,4,4-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,6-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2',3,3'-diphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,4,9,10-perylenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,4,5-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,8-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,8,9,10-phenanthrenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,1-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydride, 1,1-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)ethane dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-benzenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, and C1-6 alkyl and C1-6 alkoxy derivatives thereof.

又,作為較佳例,亦可以列舉國際公開第2017/038598號的0038段中記載之四羧酸二酐(DAA-1)~(DAA-5)。Moreover, as a more preferred example, tetracarboxylic dianhydride (DAA-1) to (DAA-5) described in paragraph 0038 of International Publication No. 2017/038598 can also be cited.

式(2)中,亦可以為R 111及R 115中的至少一者具有OH基。更具體而言,作為R 111,可以列舉雙胺基苯酚衍生物的殘基。 In formula (2), at least one of R 111 and R 115 may have an OH group. More specifically, as R 111 , a residual group of a diaminophenol derivative can be mentioned.

式(2)中的R 113及R 114分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價有機基。作為一價有機基,含有直鏈或支鏈的烷基、環狀烷基、芳香族基或聚伸烷氧基為較佳。又,R 113及R 114中的至少一者含有聚合性基為較佳,兩者均含有聚合性基為更佳。R 113及R 114中的至少一者含有2個以上的聚合性基亦較佳。作為聚合性基,係能夠藉由熱、自由基等的作用進行交聯反應之基,自由基聚合性基為較佳。作為聚合性基的具體例,可以列舉具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基、烷氧基甲基、羥甲基、醯氧基甲基、環氧基、氧雜環丁烷基、苯并㗁唑基、封端異氰酸酯基、胺基。作為聚醯亞胺前驅物所具有之自由基聚合性基,具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基為較佳。 作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基,可以列舉乙烯基、烯丙基、異烯丙基、2-甲基烯丙基、具有與乙烯基直接鍵結之芳香環之基(例如,乙烯基苯基等)、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基、(甲基)丙烯醯氧基、由下述式(III)表示之基等,由下述式(III)表示之基為較佳。 R 113 and R 114 in formula (2) each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. As the monovalent organic group, a linear or branched alkyl group, a cyclic alkyl group, an aromatic group or a polyalkylene group is preferred. Furthermore, at least one of R 113 and R 114 preferably contains a polymerizable group, and it is more preferred that both contain a polymerizable group. It is also preferred that at least one of R 113 and R 114 contains two or more polymerizable groups. As the polymerizable group, a group capable of undergoing a crosslinking reaction by the action of heat, free radicals, etc. is preferred. A free radical polymerizable group is preferred. Specific examples of polymerizable groups include groups having ethylenic unsaturated bonds, alkoxymethyl groups, hydroxymethyl groups, acyloxymethyl groups, epoxy groups, cyclohexyl groups, benzoxazolyl groups, blocked isocyanate groups, and amino groups. As free radical polymerizable groups possessed by the polyimide precursor, groups having ethylenic unsaturated bonds are preferred. As groups having ethylenic unsaturated bonds, vinyl groups, allyl groups, isoallyl groups, 2-methylallyl groups, groups having aromatic rings directly bonded to vinyl groups (e.g., vinylphenyl groups), (meth)acrylamide groups, (meth)acryloxy groups, groups represented by the following formula (III), etc. are preferred. Groups represented by the following formula (III) are preferred.

[化學式10] [Chemical formula 10]

式(III)中,R 200表示氫原子、甲基、乙基或羥甲基,氫原子或甲基為較佳。 式(III)中,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。 式(III)中,R 201表示碳數2~12的伸烷基、-CH 2CH(OH)CH 2-、伸環烷基或聚伸烷氧基。 R 201的較佳例可以列舉伸乙基、伸丙基、三亞甲基、四亞甲基、五亞甲基、六亞甲基、八亞甲基、十二亞甲基等伸烷基、1,2-丁烷二基、1,3-丁烷二基、-CH 2CH(OH)CH 2-、聚伸烷氧基,伸乙基、伸丙基等伸烷基、-CH 2CH(OH)CH 2-、環己基、聚伸烷氧基為更佳,伸乙基、伸丙基等伸烷基或聚伸烷氧基為進一步較佳。 在本發明中,聚伸烷氧基係指2個以上的伸烷氧基直接鍵結之基。聚伸烷氧基中所含之複數個伸烷氧基中的伸烷基分別可以相同或不同。 當聚伸烷氧基含有伸烷基不同的複數種伸烷氧基時,聚伸烷氧基中的伸烷氧基的排列可以為無規排列,亦可以為具有嵌段之排列,亦可以為具有交替等圖案之排列。 上述伸烷基的碳數(當伸烷基具有取代基時,包括取代基的碳數)為2以上為較佳,2~10為更佳,2~6為更佳,2~5為進一步較佳,2~4為更進一步較佳,2或3為更進一步較佳,2為尤佳。 又,上述伸烷基可以具有取代基。作為較佳取代基,可以列舉烷基、芳基、鹵素原子等。 又,聚伸烷氧基中所含之伸烷氧基的數量(聚伸烷氧基的重複數)為2~20為較佳,2~10為更佳,2~6為進一步較佳。 作為聚伸烷氧基,從溶劑溶解性及耐溶劑性的觀點而言,聚乙烯氧基、聚丙烯氧基、聚三亞甲氧基、聚四亞甲氧基或複數個乙烯氧基與複數個丙烯氧基鍵結之基為較佳,聚乙烯氧基或聚丙烯氧基為更佳,聚乙烯氧基為進一步較佳。在上述複數個乙烯氧基與複數個丙烯氧基鍵結而成之基中,乙烯氧基和丙烯氧基可以無規排列,亦可以形成嵌段來排列,亦可以排列成交替等圖案狀。該等基中的乙烯氧基等的重複數的較佳態樣如上所述。 In formula (III), R 200 represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group or a hydroxymethyl group, and a hydrogen atom or a methyl group is preferred. In formula (III), * represents a bonding site with other structures. In formula (III), R 201 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, -CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 -, a cycloalkylene group or a polyalkylene group. Preferred examples of R 201 include alkylene groups such as ethylene, propylene, trimethylene, tetramethylene, pentamethylene, hexamethylene, octamethylene, and dodecamethylene, 1,2-butanediyl, 1,3-butanediyl, -CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 -, and a polyalkylene group. Alkylene groups such as ethylene and propylene, -CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 -, cyclohexyl, and a polyalkylene group are more preferred. Alkylene groups such as ethylene and propylene or a polyalkylene group are further preferred. In the present invention, a polyalkoxyl group refers to a group in which two or more alkoxyl groups are directly bonded. The alkylene groups in the multiple alkoxyl groups contained in the polyalkoxyl group may be the same or different. When the polyalkoxyl group contains multiple alkoxyl groups with different alkylene groups, the arrangement of the alkoxyl groups in the polyalkoxyl group may be a random arrangement, an arrangement with blocks, or an arrangement with alternating patterns. The carbon number of the above-mentioned alkylene group (including the carbon number of the substituent when the alkylene group has a substituent) is preferably 2 or more, 2 to 10 is more preferred, 2 to 6 is more preferred, 2 to 5 is further preferred, 2 to 4 is further preferred, 2 or 3 is further preferred, and 2 is particularly preferred. In addition, the above-mentioned alkylene group may have a substituent. As preferred substituents, alkyl groups, aryl groups, halogen atoms, etc. can be listed. Furthermore, the number of alkoxy groups contained in the polyalkoxy group (the number of repetitions of the polyalkoxy group) is preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 10, and further preferably 2 to 6. As the polyalkoxy group, from the viewpoint of solvent solubility and solvent resistance, polyethyleneoxy, polypropyleneoxy, polytrimethyleneoxy, polytetramethyleneoxy or a group in which a plurality of ethyleneoxy groups and a plurality of propyleneoxy groups are bonded is preferred, polyethyleneoxy or polypropyleneoxy is more preferred, and polyethyleneoxy is further preferred. In the group in which a plurality of ethyleneoxy groups and a plurality of propyleneoxy groups are bonded, the ethyleneoxy groups and the propyleneoxy groups may be arranged randomly, may be arranged in blocks, or may be arranged in alternating patterns. The preferred aspects of the number of repetitions of the ethyleneoxy groups and the like in the groups are as described above.

式(2)中,當R 113為氫原子時或R 114為氫原子時,聚醯亞胺前驅物可以與具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之三級胺化合物形成共軛鹼。作為此種具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之三級胺化合物的例子,可以列舉N,N-二甲胺基丙基甲基丙烯酸酯。 In formula (2), when R 113 is a hydrogen atom or R 114 is a hydrogen atom, the polyimide precursor can form a conjugate with a tertiary amine compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. An example of such a tertiary amine compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond is N,N-dimethylaminopropyl methacrylate.

式(2)中,R 113及R 114中的至少一者可以為酸分解性基等極性轉換基。作為酸分解性基,只要藉由酸的作用分解而產生酚性羥基、羧基等鹼可溶性基,則並無特別限定,縮醛基、縮酮基、矽基、矽基醚基、三級烷基酯基等為較佳,從曝光靈敏度的觀點而言,縮醛基或縮酮基為更佳。 作為酸分解性基的具體例,可以列舉三級丁氧基羰基、異丙氧基羰基、四氫哌喃基、四氫呋喃基、乙氧基乙基、甲氧基乙基、乙氧基甲基、三甲基矽基、三級丁氧基羰基甲基、三甲基矽基醚基等。從曝光靈敏度的觀點而言,乙氧基乙基或四氫呋喃基為較佳。 In formula (2), at least one of R 113 and R 114 may be a polar conversion group such as an acid-decomposable group. The acid-decomposable group is not particularly limited as long as it is decomposed by the action of an acid to generate an alkali-soluble group such as a phenolic hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group. An acetal group, a ketal group, a silyl group, a silyl ether group, a tertiary alkyl ester group, and the like are preferred. From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, an acetal group or a ketal group is more preferred. Specific examples of the acid-decomposable group include a tertiary butoxycarbonyl group, an isopropoxycarbonyl group, a tetrahydropyranyl group, a tetrahydrofuranyl group, an ethoxyethyl group, a methoxyethyl group, an ethoxymethyl group, a trimethylsilyl group, a tertiary butoxycarbonylmethyl group, a trimethylsilyl ether group, and the like. From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, an ethoxyethyl group or a tetrahydrofuryl group is preferred.

聚醯亞胺前驅物在結構中具有氟原子亦較佳。聚醯亞胺前驅物中的氟原子含量為10質量%以上為較佳,又,20質量%以下為較佳。The polyimide precursor preferably has fluorine atoms in its structure. The fluorine atom content in the polyimide precursor is preferably 10 mass % or more, and more preferably 20 mass % or less.

又,以提高與基板的密接性為目的,聚醯亞胺前驅物可以與具有矽氧烷結構之脂肪族基共聚。具體而言,作為二胺,可以列舉雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷、雙(對胺基苯基)八甲基五矽氧烷等。In order to improve the adhesion to the substrate, the polyimide precursor may be copolymerized with an aliphatic group having a siloxane structure. Specifically, as diamine, bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane, bis(p-aminophenyl)octamethylpentasiloxane, etc. may be mentioned.

由式(2)表示之重複單元為由式(2-A)表示之重複單元為較佳。亦即,在本發明中所使用之聚醯亞胺前驅物中的至少1種為具有由式(2-A)表示之重複單元之前驅物為較佳。藉由聚醯亞胺前驅物含有由式(2-A)表示之重複單元,能夠進一步增加曝光寬容度的寬度。 式(2-A) [化學式11] 式(2-A)中,A 1及A 2表示氧原子,R 111及R 112分別獨立地表示二價有機基,R 113及R 114分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價有機基,R 113及R 114中的至少一者為含有聚合性基之基,兩者均為含有聚合性基之基為較佳。 The repeating unit represented by formula (2) is preferably a repeating unit represented by formula (2-A). That is, at least one of the polyimide precursors used in the present invention is preferably a precursor having a repeating unit represented by formula (2-A). By containing the repeating unit represented by formula (2-A) in the polyimide precursor, the width of the exposure latitude can be further increased. Formula (2-A) [Chemical Formula 11] In formula (2-A), A1 and A2 represent oxygen atoms, R111 and R112 each independently represent a divalent organic group, R113 and R114 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, at least one of R113 and R114 is a group containing a polymerizable group, and preferably both are groups containing a polymerizable group.

A 1、A 2、R 111、R 113及R 114的含義分別獨立地與式(2)中的A 1、A 2、R 111、R 113及R 114的含義相同,較佳範圍亦相同。R 112的含義與式(5)中的R 112的含義相同,較佳範圍亦相同。 A 1 , A 2 , R 111 , R 113 and R 114 have the same meanings as A 1 , A 2 , R 111 , R 113 and R 114 in formula (2) respectively, and their preferred ranges are also the same. R 112 has the same meaning as R 112 in formula (5), and its preferred range is also the same.

聚醯亞胺前驅物可以含有1種由式(2)表示之重複單元,亦可以含有2種以上的由式(2)表示之重複單元。又,可以含有由式(2)表示之重複單元的結構異構物。聚醯亞胺前驅物除了含有由上述式(2)表示之重複單元以外,亦可以含有其他種類的重複單元。The polyimide precursor may contain one or more types of repeating units represented by formula (2). Furthermore, it may contain structural isomers of the repeating units represented by formula (2). In addition to the repeating units represented by the above formula (2), the polyimide precursor may also contain other types of repeating units.

作為本發明中的聚醯亞胺前驅物的一實施形態,可以列舉由式(2)表示之重複單元的含量為所有重複單元的50莫耳%以上之態樣。上述合計含量為70莫耳%以上為更佳,90莫耳%以上為進一步較佳,超過90莫耳%為尤佳。上述合計含量的上限並無特別限定,除了末端以外的聚醯亞胺前驅物中的所有重複單元可以為由式(2)表示之重複單元。As an embodiment of the polyimide precursor of the present invention, the content of the repeating unit represented by formula (2) is 50 mol% or more of all the repeating units. The total content is more preferably 70 mol% or more, more preferably 90 mol% or more, and even more preferably more than 90 mol%. The upper limit of the total content is not particularly limited, and all the repeating units in the polyimide precursor except the terminal can be the repeating units represented by formula (2).

聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)為5,000~100,000為較佳,10,000~50,000為更佳,15,000~40,000為進一步較佳。聚醯亞胺前驅物的數量平均分子量(Mn)為2,000~40,000為較佳,3,000~30,000為更佳,4,000~20,000為進一步較佳。 上述聚醯亞胺前驅物的分子量的分散度為1.5以上為較佳,1.8以上為更佳,2.0以上為進一步較佳。聚醯亞胺前驅物的分子量的分散度的上限值並無特別規定,但例如為7.0以下為較佳,6.5以下為更佳,6.0以下為進一步較佳。 在本說明書中,分子量的分散度為藉由重量平均分子量/數量平均分子量計算之值。 又,當樹脂組成物含有複數種聚醯亞胺前驅物作為特定樹脂時,至少1種聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量、數量平均分子量及分散度在上述範圍內為較佳。又,將上述複數種聚醯亞胺前驅物作為1種樹脂而計算之重量平均分子量、數量平均分子量及分散度分別在上述範圍內亦較佳。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide precursor is preferably 5,000 to 100,000, more preferably 10,000 to 50,000, and more preferably 15,000 to 40,000. The number average molecular weight (Mn) of the polyimide precursor is preferably 2,000 to 40,000, more preferably 3,000 to 30,000, and more preferably 4,000 to 20,000. The molecular weight dispersion of the polyimide precursor is preferably 1.5 or more, more preferably 1.8 or more, and more preferably 2.0 or more. The upper limit of the molecular weight dispersion of the polyimide precursor is not particularly specified, but for example, 7.0 or less is preferred, 6.5 or less is more preferred, and 6.0 or less is further preferred. In this specification, the molecular weight dispersion is a value calculated by weight average molecular weight/number average molecular weight. In addition, when the resin composition contains a plurality of polyimide precursors as specific resins, it is preferred that the weight average molecular weight, number average molecular weight and dispersion of at least one polyimide precursor are within the above ranges. In addition, it is also preferred that the weight average molecular weight, number average molecular weight and dispersion calculated using the above-mentioned plurality of polyimide precursors as one resin are within the above ranges.

〔聚醯亞胺〕 本發明中所使用之聚醯亞胺可以為鹼可溶性聚醯亞胺,亦可以為可溶於以有機溶劑為主成分之顯影液中之聚醯亞胺。 在本說明書中,鹼可溶性聚醯亞胺係指,在23℃下,在100g的2.38質量%四甲基銨水溶液中溶解0.1g以上之聚醯亞胺,從圖案形成性的觀點而言,溶解0.5g以上之聚醯亞胺為較佳,溶解1.0g以上之聚醯亞胺為進一步較佳。上述溶解量的上限並無受特別限定,但100g以下為較佳。 從所獲得之有機膜的膜強度及絕緣性的觀點而言,聚醯亞胺為在主鏈上具有複數個醯亞胺結構之聚醯亞胺為較佳。 [Polyimide] The polyimide used in the present invention may be an alkali-soluble polyimide or a polyimide soluble in a developer having an organic solvent as a main component. In this specification, an alkali-soluble polyimide refers to a polyimide that dissolves 0.1 g or more in 100 g of a 2.38 mass % tetramethylammonium aqueous solution at 23°C. From the viewpoint of pattern formation, it is preferred to dissolve 0.5 g or more of the polyimide, and it is further preferred to dissolve 1.0 g or more of the polyimide. The upper limit of the above-mentioned dissolution amount is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 100 g or less. From the viewpoint of the membrane strength and insulation of the obtained organic membrane, polyimide having multiple imide structures in the main chain is preferred.

-氟原子- 從所獲得之有機膜的膜強度的觀點而言,聚醯亞胺具有氟原子亦較佳。 氟原子例如包含在後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R 132或後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R 131中為較佳,包含在後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R 132或後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R 131中作為氟化烷基為更佳。 相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量之氟原子的量為5質量%以上為較佳,又,20質量%以下為較佳。 -Fluorine atom- From the viewpoint of the film strength of the obtained organic film, it is also preferable that the polyimide has fluorine atoms. The fluorine atoms are preferably contained in R132 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described below or R131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described below, and are more preferably contained in R132 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described below or R131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described below as a fluorinated alkyl group. The amount of fluorine atoms relative to the total mass of the polyimide is preferably 5 mass% or more, and more preferably 20 mass% or less.

-矽原子- 從所獲得之有機膜的膜強度的觀點而言,聚醯亞胺具有矽原子亦較佳。 矽原子例如包含在後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R 131中為較佳,包含在後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R 131中作為後述之有機改質(聚)矽氧烷結構為更佳。 上述矽原子或上述有機改質(聚)矽氧烷結構亦可以包含在聚醯亞胺的側鏈中,但包含在聚醯亞胺的主鏈中為較佳。 相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量之矽原子的量為1質量%以上為較佳,20質量%以下為更佳。 -Silicon Atoms- From the viewpoint of the film strength of the obtained organic film, it is also preferable that the polyimide has silicon atoms. The silicon atoms are preferably contained in R 131 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later, and are more preferably contained in R 131 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later as an organic modified (poly)siloxane structure described later. The above silicon atoms or the above organic modified (poly)siloxane structure may also be contained in the side chain of the polyimide, but are preferably contained in the main chain of the polyimide. The amount of silicon atoms relative to the total mass of the polyimide is preferably 1 mass % or more, and more preferably 20 mass % or less.

-乙烯性不飽和鍵- 從所獲得之有機膜的膜強度的觀點而言,聚醯亞胺具有乙烯性不飽和鍵為較佳。 聚醯亞胺可以在主鏈末端具有乙烯性不飽和鍵,亦可以在側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和鍵,但在側鏈具有乙烯性不飽和鍵為較佳。 上述乙烯性不飽和鍵具有自由基聚合性為較佳。 乙烯性不飽和鍵包含在後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R 132或R 131中為較佳,包含在R 132或R 131中作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基為更佳。 在該等中,乙烯性不飽和鍵包含在後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R 131中為較佳,包含在R 131中作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基為更佳。 作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基,可以列舉乙烯基、烯丙基、乙烯基苯基等直接鍵結於芳香環且可以經取代之具有乙烯基之基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基、(甲基)丙烯醯氧基、由下述式(IV)表示之基等。 -Ethylenic unsaturated bond- From the viewpoint of the membrane strength of the obtained organic membrane, it is preferable that the polyimide has an ethylenic unsaturated bond. The polyimide may have an ethylenic unsaturated bond at the end of the main chain or in the side chain, but it is preferable that it has an ethylenic unsaturated bond in the side chain. It is preferable that the above-mentioned ethylenic unsaturated bond has free radical polymerizability. It is preferable that the ethylenic unsaturated bond is contained in R 132 or R 131 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later, and it is more preferable that it is contained in R 132 or R 131 as a group having an ethylenic unsaturated bond. Among them, the ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferably contained in R131 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described later, and is more preferably contained in R131 as a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. Examples of the group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a vinylphenyl group, a group having a vinyl group which is directly bonded to an aromatic ring and may be substituted, a (meth)acrylamide group, a (meth)acryloyloxy group, and a group represented by the following formula (IV).

[化學式12] [Chemical formula 12]

式(IV)中,R 20表示氫原子、甲基、乙基或羥甲基,氫原子或甲基為較佳。 In formula (IV), R 20 represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group or a hydroxymethyl group, and a hydrogen atom or a methyl group is preferred.

式(IV)中,R 21表示碳數2~12的伸烷基、-O-CH 2CH(OH)CH 2-、-C(=O)O-、-O(C=O)NH-、碳數2~30的(聚)伸烷氧基(伸烷基的碳數為2~12為較佳,2~6為更佳,2或3為尤佳,伸烷氧基的重複數為1~12為較佳,1~6為更佳,1~3為尤佳)或將該等組合2個以上而成之基。 作為上述碳數2~12的伸烷基,可以為直鏈狀、支鏈狀、環狀或由該等的組合表示之伸烷基中的任一種。 作為上述碳數2~12的伸烷基,碳數2~8的伸烷基為較佳,碳數2~4的伸烷基為更佳。 In formula (IV), R21 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, -O- CH2CH (OH) CH2- , -C(=O)O-, -O(C=O)NH-, a (poly)alkyleneoxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms (the alkylene group preferably has 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 2 or 3 carbon atoms, and the number of repetitions of the alkyleneoxy group is 1 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), or a combination of two or more of these groups. The alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms may be any of a linear, branched, cyclic, or a combination thereof. The alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms is preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms.

在該等中,R 21為由下述式(R1)~式(R3)中的任一個表示之基為較佳,由式(R1)表示之基為更佳。 [化學式13] 式(R1)~(R3)中,L表示單鍵或碳數2~12的伸烷基、碳數2~30的(聚)伸烷氧基或者將該等鍵結2個以上而成之基,X表示氧原子或硫原子,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位,●表示與式(IV)中的R 21所鍵結之氧原子的鍵結部位。 式(R1)~(R3)中,作為L的碳數2~12的伸烷基或碳數2~30的(聚)伸烷氧基的較佳態樣與作為式(IV)的R 21的碳數2~12的伸烷基或碳數2~30的(聚)伸烷氧基的較佳態樣相同。 式(R1)中,X為氧原子為較佳。 式(R1)~(R3)中,*的含義與式(IV)中的*含義相同,較佳態樣亦相同。 由式(R1)表示之結構例如藉由使具有酚性羥基等羥基之聚醯亞胺與具有異氰酸酯基及乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物(例如,甲基丙烯酸2-異氰酸乙酯等)進行反應而獲得。 由式(R2)表示之結構例如藉由使具有羧基之聚醯亞胺與具有羥基及乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物(例如,甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯等)進行反應而獲得。 由式(R3)表示之結構例如藉由使具有酚性羥基等羥基之聚醯亞胺與具有縮水甘油基及乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物(例如,甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等)進行反應而獲得。 Among them, R21 is preferably a group represented by any one of the following formulas (R1) to (R3), and more preferably a group represented by formula (R1). [Chemical Formula 13] In formulas (R1) to (R3), L represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, a (poly)alkoxyene group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, or a group in which two or more of these groups are bonded, X represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, * represents a bonding site to another structure, and ● represents a bonding site to the oxygen atom to which R 21 in formula (IV) is bonded. In formulas (R1) to (R3), preferred embodiments of the alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms or the (poly)alkoxyene group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms as L are the same as preferred embodiments of the alkylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms or the (poly)alkoxyene group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms as R 21 in formula (IV). In formula (R1), X is preferably an oxygen atom. In formulas (R1) to (R3), * has the same meaning as * in formula (IV), and the preferred embodiment is also the same. The structure represented by formula (R1) is obtained, for example, by reacting a polyimide having a hydroxyl group such as a phenolic hydroxyl group with a compound having an isocyanate group and an ethylenic unsaturated bond (for example, 2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate). The structure represented by formula (R2) is obtained, for example, by reacting a polyimide having a carboxyl group with a compound having a hydroxyl group and an ethylenic unsaturated bond (for example, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate). The structure represented by the formula (R3) can be obtained, for example, by reacting a polyimide having a hydroxyl group such as a phenolic hydroxyl group with a compound having a glycidyl group and an ethylenic unsaturated bond (for example, glycidyl methacrylate).

式(IV)中,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位,*為與聚醯亞胺的主鏈的鍵結部位為較佳。In formula (IV), * represents a bonding site with other structures, and * is preferably a bonding site with the main chain of polyimide.

相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量之乙烯性不飽和鍵的量為0.0001~0.1mol/g為較佳,0.0005~0.05mol/g為更佳。The amount of ethylenically unsaturated bonds relative to the total mass of the polyimide is preferably 0.0001 to 0.1 mol/g, more preferably 0.0005 to 0.05 mol/g.

-具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基以外的聚合性基- 聚醯亞胺可以含有具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基以外的聚合性基。 作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基以外的聚合性基,可以列舉環氧基、氧雜環丁烷基等環狀醚基、甲氧基甲基等烷氧基甲基、羥甲基等。 具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基以外的聚合性基例如包含在後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R 131中為較佳。 相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量之具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基以外的聚合性基的量為0.0001~0.1mol/g為較佳,0.001~0.05mol/g為更佳。 -Polymerizable groups other than groups having ethylenic unsaturated bonds- Polyimide may contain polymerizable groups other than groups having ethylenic unsaturated bonds. Examples of polymerizable groups other than groups having ethylenic unsaturated bonds include cyclic ether groups such as epoxy groups, cyclohexane groups such as oxybutane groups, alkoxymethyl groups such as methoxymethyl groups, and hydroxymethyl groups. The polymerizable groups other than groups having ethylenic unsaturated bonds are preferably contained in R131 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later. The amount of polymerizable groups other than groups having ethylenic unsaturated bonds relative to the total mass of the polyimide is preferably 0.0001 to 0.1 mol/g, and more preferably 0.001 to 0.05 mol/g.

-極性轉換基- 聚醯亞胺可以具有酸分解性基等極性轉換基。聚醯亞胺中的酸分解性基與在上述式(2)中的R 113及R 114中進行說明之酸分解性基相同,較佳態樣亦相同。 極性轉換基例如包含在後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R 131、R 132、聚醯亞胺的末端等中。 -Polarity conversion group- The polyimide may have a polarity conversion group such as an acid-decomposable group. The acid-decomposable group in the polyimide is the same as the acid-decomposable group described in R113 and R114 in the above formula (2), and the preferred embodiment is also the same. The polarity conversion group is included in, for example, R131 and R132 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (4) described later, the terminal of the polyimide, etc.

-酸值- 當將聚醯亞胺供於鹼顯影時,從提高顯影性之觀點而言,聚醯亞胺的酸值為30mgKOH/g以上為較佳,50mgKOH/g以上為更佳,70mgKOH/g以上為進一步較佳。 上述酸值為500mgKOH/g以下為較佳,400mgKOH/g以下為更佳,200mgKOH/g以下為進一步較佳。 當將聚醯亞胺供於使用了以有機溶劑為主成分之顯影液之顯影(例如,“溶劑顯影”)時,聚醯亞胺的酸值為1~35mgKOH/g為較佳,2~30mgKOH/g為更佳,5~20mgKOH/g為進一步較佳。 上述酸值藉由公知的方法進行測定,例如藉由JIS K 0070:1992中記載之方法進行測定。 作為聚醯亞胺中所含之酸基,從兼顧保存穩定性及顯影性之觀點而言,pKa為0~10的酸基為較佳,3~8的酸基為更佳。 pKa係考慮到從酸釋放氫離子之解離反應而用其負常用對數pKa來表示其平衡常數Ka者。在本說明書中,只要無特別說明,將pKa設為基於ACD/ChemSketch(註冊商標)之計算值。pKa亦可以參閱日本化學會編“第五修訂版 化學手冊 基礎版”中刊登之值。 當酸基例如為磷酸等多價酸時,上述pKa為第一解離常數。 作為此種酸基,聚醯亞胺含有選自由羧基及酚性羥基組成之群組中之至少1種為較佳,含有酚性羥基為更佳。 -Acid value- When polyimide is subjected to alkaline development, the acid value of the polyimide is preferably 30 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, and more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more from the viewpoint of improving the developability. The above acid value is preferably 500 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, and more preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less. When polyimide is subjected to development using a developer having an organic solvent as a main component (e.g., "solvent development"), the acid value of the polyimide is preferably 1 to 35 mgKOH/g, more preferably 2 to 30 mgKOH/g, and more preferably 5 to 20 mgKOH/g. The acid value is measured by a known method, for example, by the method described in JIS K 0070: 1992. As the acid group contained in the polyimide, from the viewpoint of both storage stability and developing property, the acid group with a pKa of 0 to 10 is preferred, and the acid group with a pKa of 3 to 8 is more preferred. pKa is the equilibrium constant Ka expressed by its negative common logarithm pKa in consideration of the dissociation reaction of releasing hydrogen ions from the acid. In this manual, unless otherwise specified, pKa is a calculated value based on ACD/ChemSketch (registered trademark). pKa can also refer to the value published in the "Fifth Revised Edition of Chemical Handbook Basic Edition" compiled by the Chemical Society of Japan. When the acid group is a polyvalent acid such as phosphoric acid, the above pKa is the first dissociation constant. As such an acid group, the polyimide preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a carboxyl group and a phenolic hydroxyl group, and more preferably contains a phenolic hydroxyl group.

-酚性羥基- 從使利用鹼顯影液之顯影速度成為適當之觀點而言,聚醯亞胺具有酚性羥基為較佳。 聚醯亞胺可以在主鏈末端具有酚性羥基,亦可以在側鏈具有酚性羥基。 酚性羥基例如包含在後述之由式(4)表示之重複單元中的R 132或R 131中為較佳。 相對於聚醯亞胺的總質量之酚性羥基的量為0.1~30mol/g為較佳,1~20mol/g為更佳。 - Phenolic hydroxyl group - From the viewpoint of making the developing speed using an alkaline developer appropriate, it is preferred that the polyimide has a phenolic hydroxyl group. The polyimide may have a phenolic hydroxyl group at the end of the main chain or at the side chain. The phenolic hydroxyl group is preferably contained in R 132 or R 131 in the repeating unit represented by formula (4) described later. The amount of the phenolic hydroxyl group relative to the total mass of the polyimide is preferably 0.1 to 30 mol/g, more preferably 1 to 20 mol/g.

作為在本發明中所使用之聚醯亞胺,只要為具有醯亞胺結構之高分子化合物,則並無特別限定,但含有由下述式(4)表示之重複單元為較佳。 [化學式14] 式(4)中,R 131表示二價有機基,R 132表示四價有機基。 當具有聚合性基時,聚合性基可以位於R 131及R 132中的至少一者上,如下述式(4-1)或式(4-2)所示,亦可以位於聚醯亞胺的末端。 式(4-1) [化學式15] 式(4-1)中,R 133為聚合性基,其他基的含義與式(4)的含義相同。 式(4-2) [化學式16] R 134及R 135中的至少一者為聚合性基,當並非為聚合性基時為有機基,其他基的含義與式(4)的含義相同。 The polyimide used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a polymer compound having an imide structure, but preferably contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (4). [Chemical Formula 14] In formula (4), R 131 represents a divalent organic group, and R 132 represents a tetravalent organic group. When there is a polymerizable group, the polymerizable group may be located on at least one of R 131 and R 132 , as shown in the following formula (4-1) or formula (4-2), or may be located at the end of the polyimide. Formula (4-1) [Chemical Formula 15] In formula (4-1), R 133 is a polymerizable group, and the other groups have the same meanings as in formula (4). Formula (4-2) [Chemical formula 16] At least one of R 134 and R 135 is a polymerizable group. When it is not a polymerizable group, it is an organic group. The other groups have the same meanings as in formula (4).

作為聚合性基,可以列舉含有上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之基或具有上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之基以外的交聯性基。 R 131表示二價有機基。作為二價有機基,可以例示與式(2)中的R 111相同者,較佳範圍亦相同。 作為R 131,可以列舉去除二胺的胺基之後殘存之二胺殘基。作為二胺,可以列舉脂肪族、環式脂肪族或芳香族二胺等。作為具體例,可以列舉聚醯亞胺前驅物的式(2)中的R 111的例子。 As the polymerizable group, there can be listed a group containing the above-mentioned ethylenic unsaturated bond or a crosslinking group other than the group having the above-mentioned ethylenic unsaturated bond. R 131 represents a divalent organic group. As the divalent organic group, there can be listed the same as R 111 in formula (2), and the preferred range is also the same. As R 131 , there can be listed a diamine residue remaining after removing the amino group of the diamine. As the diamine, there can be listed aliphatic, cycloaliphatic or aromatic diamines, etc. As a specific example, there can be listed the example of R 111 in formula (2) of the polyimide precursor.

從更有效地抑制煅燒時產生翹曲之觀點而言,R 131較佳為在主鏈上具有至少2個伸烷基二醇單元之二胺殘基。更佳為在一分子中合計含有2個以上的乙二醇鏈、丙二醇鏈中的任一者或兩者之二胺殘基,進一步較佳為上述二胺且不含芳香環之二胺殘基。 From the viewpoint of more effectively suppressing the warping during calcination, R 131 is preferably a diamine residue having at least two alkylene glycol units in the main chain. More preferably, it is a diamine residue containing two or more ethylene glycol chains or propylene glycol chains or both in total in one molecule, and further preferably, it is a diamine residue containing the above diamines and no aromatic ring.

作為在一分子中合計含有2個以上的乙二醇鏈、丙二醇鏈中的任一者或兩者之二胺,可以列舉JEFFAMINE(註冊商標)KH-511、ED-600、ED-900、ED-2003、EDR-148、EDR-176、D-200、D-400、D-2000、D-4000(以上為商品名,HUNTSMAN公司製造)、1-(2-(2-(2-胺基丙氧基)乙氧基)丙氧基)丙烷-2-胺、1-(1-(1-(2-胺基丙氧基)丙烷-2-基)氧基)丙烷-2-胺等,但並不限定於該等。Examples of the diamine containing two or more ethylene glycol chains or propylene glycol chains in total in one molecule include JEFFAMINE (registered trademark) KH-511, ED-600, ED-900, ED-2003, EDR-148, EDR-176, D-200, D-400, D-2000, and D-4000 (these are trade names, manufactured by HUNTSMAN Co., Ltd.), 1-(2-(2-(2-aminopropoxy)ethoxy)propoxy)propan-2-amine, and 1-(1-(1-(2-aminopropoxy)propan-2-yl)oxy)propan-2-amine, but are not limited to these.

R 132表示四價有機基。作為四價有機基,可以例示與式(2)中的R 115相同者,較佳範圍亦相同。 例如,作為R 115而例示之四價有機基的4個鍵結子與上述式(4)中的4個-C(=O)-部分鍵結而形成縮合環。 R 132 represents a tetravalent organic group. Examples of the tetravalent organic group include the same ones as those for R 115 in formula (2), and the preferred range is also the same. For example, four bonders of the tetravalent organic group exemplified as R 115 are bonded to four -C(=O)- moieties in the above formula (4) to form a condensed ring.

R 132可以列舉從四羧酸二酐去除酸酐基之後殘存之四羧酸殘基等。作為具體例,可以列舉聚醯亞胺前驅物的式(2)中的R 115的例子。從有機膜的強度的觀點而言,R 132為具有1~4個芳香環之芳香族二胺殘基為較佳。 R 132 may be a tetracarboxylic acid residue remaining after the anhydride group is removed from tetracarboxylic dianhydride. As a specific example, R 115 in the formula (2) of the polyimide precursor may be mentioned. From the viewpoint of the strength of the organic film, R 132 is preferably an aromatic diamine residue having 1 to 4 aromatic rings.

在R 131和R 132中的至少一者具有OH基亦較佳。更具體而言,作為R 131,可以列舉2,2-雙(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-羥基-4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-胺基-4-羥基苯基)六氟丙烷、上述(DA-1)~(DA-18)作為較佳例,作為R 132,可以列舉上述(DAA-1)~(DAA-5)作為更佳例。 It is also preferred that at least one of R 131 and R 132 has an OH group. More specifically, as R 131 , 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-hydroxy-4-aminophenyl)hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane, and the above-mentioned (DA-1) to (DA-18) can be cited as preferred examples, and as R 132 , the above-mentioned (DAA-1) to (DAA-5) can be cited as more preferred examples.

聚醯亞胺在結構中具有氟原子亦較佳。聚醯亞胺中的氟原子的含量為10質量%以上為較佳,20質量%以下為更佳。The polyimide also preferably has fluorine atoms in its structure. The content of fluorine atoms in the polyimide is preferably 10 mass % or more, and more preferably 20 mass % or less.

以提高與基板的密接性為目的,聚醯亞胺可以與具有矽氧烷結構之脂肪族基共聚。具體而言,作為二胺成分,可以列舉雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷、雙(對胺基苯基)八甲基五矽氧烷等。In order to improve the adhesion to the substrate, polyimide can be copolymerized with an aliphatic group having a siloxane structure. Specifically, as the diamine component, bis(3-aminopropyl)tetramethyldisiloxane, bis(p-aminophenyl)octamethylpentasiloxane, etc. can be mentioned.

為了提高樹脂組成物的保存穩定性,聚醯亞胺的主鏈末端用單胺、酸酐、單羧酸、單醯氯化合物、單活性酯化合物等封端劑進行封端為較佳。在該等中,使用單胺為更佳,作為單胺的較佳化合物,可以列舉苯胺、2-乙炔基苯胺、3-乙炔基苯胺、4-乙炔基苯胺、5-胺基-8-羥喹啉、1-羥基-7-胺萘、1-羥基-6-胺萘、1-羥基-5-胺萘、1-羥基-4-胺萘、2-羥基-7-胺萘、2-羥基-6-胺萘、2-羥基-5-胺萘、1-羧基-7-胺萘、1-羧基-6-胺萘、1-羧基-5-胺萘、2-羧基-7-胺萘、2-羧基-6-胺萘、2-羧基-5-胺萘、2-胺基苯甲酸、3-胺基苯甲酸、4-胺基苯甲酸、4-胺基水楊酸、5-胺基水楊酸、6-胺基水楊酸、2-胺基苯磺酸、3-胺基苯磺酸、4-胺基苯磺酸、3-胺基-4,6-二羥基嘧啶、2-胺基苯酚、3-胺基苯酚、4-胺基苯酚、2-胺基苯硫酚、3-胺基苯硫酚、4-胺基苯硫酚等。該等可以使用2種以上,亦可以藉由使複數種封端劑反應而導入複數種不同的末端基。In order to improve the storage stability of the resin composition, the main chain terminal of the polyimide is preferably capped with a capping agent such as a monoamine, an acid anhydride, a monocarboxylic acid, a monoacyl chloride compound, a monoactive ester compound, etc. Among them, it is more preferred to use a monoamine. As preferred compounds of the monoamine, aniline, 2-ethynylaniline, 3-ethynylaniline, 4-ethynylaniline, 5-amino-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-4-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-5 ...6-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1- Naphthalene, 2-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2-aminobenzoic acid, 3-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminosalicylic acid, 5-aminosalicylic acid, 6-aminosalicylic acid, 2-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 4-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-amino-4,6-dihydroxypyrimidine, 2-aminophenol, 3-aminophenol, 4-aminophenol, 2-aminothiophenol, 3-aminothiophenol, 4-aminothiophenol, etc. Two or more of these may be used, and a plurality of different terminal groups may be introduced by reacting a plurality of terminal blocking agents.

-醯亞胺化率(閉環率)- 從所獲得之有機膜的膜強度、絕緣性等觀點而言,聚醯亞胺的醯亞胺化率(亦稱為“閉環率”)為70%以上為較佳,80%以上為更佳,90%以上為更佳。 上述醯亞胺化率的上限並無特別限定,100%以下即可。 例如可藉由下述方法測定上述醯亞胺化率。 測定聚醯亞胺的紅外吸收光譜,求出作為源於醯亞胺結構之吸收峰之1377cm -1附近的峰強度P1。接著,將該聚醯亞胺在350℃下熱處理1小時之後,再度測定紅外吸收光譜,求出1377cm -1附近的峰強度P2。利用所獲得之峰強度P1、P2,並依據下述式能夠求出聚醯亞胺的醯亞胺化率。 醯亞胺化率(%)=(峰強度P1/峰強度P2)×100 -Imidization rate (ring closure rate)- From the viewpoint of the film strength and insulation of the obtained organic film, the imidization rate (also called "ring closure rate") of the polyimide is preferably 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more, and more preferably 90% or more. The upper limit of the above-mentioned imidization rate is not particularly limited, and it can be 100% or less. For example, the above-mentioned imidization rate can be measured by the following method. The infrared absorption spectrum of the polyimide is measured to determine the peak intensity P1 near 1377cm -1 , which is the absorption peak originating from the imide structure. Then, after the polyimide is heat-treated at 350°C for 1 hour, the infrared absorption spectrum is measured again to determine the peak intensity P2 near 1377cm -1 . The obtained peak intensities P1 and P2 can be used to calculate the imidization rate of polyimide according to the following formula: Imidization rate (%) = (peak intensity P1/peak intensity P2) × 100

聚醯亞胺可以含有由所有重複單元的R 131及R 132的組合相同的上述式(4)表示之重複單元,亦可以含有由包含2種以上的R 131及R 132的組合不同的上述式(4)表示之重複單元。聚醯亞胺除了含有由上述式(4)表示之重複單元以外,亦可以含有其他種類的重複單元。作為其他種類的重複單元,例如,可以列舉由上述式(2)表示之重複單元等。 The polyimide may contain repeating units represented by the above formula (4) in which the combinations of R131 and R132 of all repeating units are the same, or may contain repeating units represented by the above formula (4) in which the combinations of R131 and R132 are different from each other. In addition to the repeating units represented by the above formula (4), the polyimide may contain other types of repeating units. Examples of other types of repeating units include repeating units represented by the above formula (2).

聚醯亞胺例如能夠利用如下方法來進行合成:在低溫下使四羧酸二酐與二胺(將一部分取代為單胺封端劑)進行反應之方法;在低溫下使四羧酸二酐(將一部分取代為酸酐或單醯氯化合物或單活性酯化合物封端劑)與二胺進行反應之方法;藉由四羧酸二酐和醇獲得二酯,之後使其與二胺(將一部分取代為單胺封端劑)在縮合劑的存在下進行反應之方法;利用藉由四羧酸二酐和醇獲得二酯,之後使其餘的二羧酸進行醯氯化,並使其與二胺(將一部分取代為單胺封端劑)進行反應之方法等方法獲得聚醯亞胺前驅物,並且使用已知的醯亞胺化反應法使其完全醯亞胺化之方法;或者,在中途停止醯亞胺化反應,導入一部分醯亞胺結構之方法;以及藉由混合完全醯亞胺化之聚合物和該聚醯亞胺前驅物而導入一部分醯亞胺結構之方法。又,亦能夠適用其他公知的聚醯亞胺的合成方法。Polyimide can be synthesized by, for example, the following methods: a method of reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydride with diamine (part of which is substituted with a monoamine end-capping agent) at low temperature; a method of reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydride (part of which is substituted with an acid anhydride or a monoacyl chloride compound or a monoactive ester compound end-capping agent) with diamine at low temperature; a method of obtaining a diester from tetracarboxylic dianhydride and an alcohol and then reacting the diester with diamine (part of which is substituted with a monoamine end-capping agent) in the presence of a condensing agent; a method of reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydride with an alcohol and reacting the diester with a diamine (part of which is substituted with a monoamine end-capping agent) in the presence of a condensing agent; A method of obtaining a polyimide precursor by a method such as obtaining a diester from a carboxylic acid dianhydride and an alcohol, then acylchlorinating the remaining dicarboxylic acid, and reacting the resulting product with a diamine (part of which is substituted with a monoamine end-capping agent), and then completely imidizing the product using a known imidization reaction method; or a method of stopping the imidization reaction midway and introducing a portion of the imide structure; and a method of introducing a portion of the imide structure by mixing a completely imidized polymer with the polyimide precursor. In addition, other known methods for synthesizing polyimides can also be applied.

聚醯亞胺的重量平均分子量(Mw)為5,000~100,000為較佳,10,000~50,000為更佳,15,000~40,000為進一步較佳。藉由將重量平均分子量設為5,000以上,能夠提高硬化後的膜的耐折性。為了獲得機械特性(例如,斷裂伸長率)優異的有機膜,重量平均分子量為15,000以上為尤佳。 聚醯亞胺的數量平均分子量(Mn)為2,000~40,000為較佳,3,000~30,000為更佳,4,000~20,000為進一步較佳。 上述聚醯亞胺的分子量的分散度為1.5以上為較佳,1.8以上為更佳,2.0以上為進一步較佳。聚醯亞胺的分子量的分散度的上限值並無特別規定,但例如為7.0以下為較佳,6.5以下為更佳,6.0以下為進一步較佳。 當樹脂組成物含有複數種聚醯亞胺作為特定樹脂時,至少1種聚醯亞胺的重量平均分子量、數量平均分子量及分散度在上述範圍內為較佳。將上述複數種聚醯亞胺作為1種樹脂計算之重量平均分子量、數量平均分子量及分散度分別在上述範圍內亦較佳。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide is preferably 5,000 to 100,000, more preferably 10,000 to 50,000, and more preferably 15,000 to 40,000. By setting the weight average molecular weight to 5,000 or more, the folding resistance of the cured film can be improved. In order to obtain an organic film with excellent mechanical properties (e.g., elongation at break), the weight average molecular weight is particularly preferably 15,000 or more. The number average molecular weight (Mn) of the polyimide is preferably 2,000 to 40,000, more preferably 3,000 to 30,000, and more preferably 4,000 to 20,000. The molecular weight dispersion of the polyimide is preferably 1.5 or more, more preferably 1.8 or more, and more preferably 2.0 or more. The upper limit of the molecular weight dispersion of the polyimide is not particularly specified, but for example, 7.0 or less is preferred, 6.5 or less is more preferred, and 6.0 or less is more preferred. When the resin composition contains a plurality of polyimides as specific resins, the weight average molecular weight, number average molecular weight and dispersion of at least one polyimide are preferably within the above ranges. It is also preferred that the weight average molecular weight, number average molecular weight and dispersion calculated for the plurality of polyimides as one resin are respectively within the above ranges.

〔聚苯并㗁唑前驅物〕 作為聚苯并㗁唑前驅物,可以列舉國際公開第2022/145355號的0073~0095段中記載之化合物。上述記載被編入本說明書中。 [Polybenzoxazole precursor] As polybenzoxazole precursors, compounds described in paragraphs 0073 to 0095 of International Publication No. 2022/145355 can be cited. The above description is incorporated into this specification.

〔聚苯并㗁唑〕 作為聚苯并㗁唑,可以列舉國際公開第2022/145355號的0096~0103段中記載之化合物。上述記載被編入本說明書中。 [Polybenzoxazole] As polybenzoxazole, compounds described in paragraphs 0096 to 0103 of International Publication No. 2022/145355 can be cited. The above description is incorporated into this specification.

〔聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物〕 作為聚醯胺醯亞胺前驅物,可以列舉國際公開第2022/145355號的0104~0119段中記載之化合物。上述記載被編入本說明書中。 [Polyamide imide precursor] As polyamide imide precursors, compounds described in paragraphs 0104 to 0119 of International Publication No. 2022/145355 can be cited. The above description is incorporated into this specification.

〔聚醯胺醯亞胺〕 作為聚醯胺醯亞胺,可以列舉國際公開第2022/145355號的0120~0133段中記載之化合物。上述記載被編入本說明書中。 [Polyamide imide] As polyamide imide, the compounds described in paragraphs 0120 to 0133 of International Publication No. 2022/145355 can be cited. The above description is incorporated into this specification.

〔聚醯亞胺前驅物等的製造方法〕 聚醯亞胺前驅物等例如能夠利用如下方法獲得:在低溫下使四羧酸二酐與二胺反應之方法、在低溫下使四羧酸二酐與二胺反應來獲得聚醯胺酸並用縮合劑或烷基化劑使其酯化之方法、藉由四羧酸二酐及醇獲得二酯之後使其在二胺及縮合劑的存在下反應之方法、藉由四羧酸二酐及醇獲得二酯之後用鹵化劑鹵化剩餘的二羧酸並使其與二胺反應之方法等。在上述製造方法中,藉由四羧酸二酐與醇獲得二酯之後用鹵化劑鹵化剩餘的二羧酸並使其與二胺反應之方法為更佳。 作為上述縮合劑,例如可以列舉二環己基碳二亞胺、二異丙基碳二亞胺、1-乙氧基羰基-2-乙氧基-1,2-二氫喹啉、1,1-羰基二氧基-二-1,2,3-苯并三唑、N,N’-二琥珀醯亞胺碳酸酯、三氟乙酸酐等。 作為上述烷基化劑,可以列舉N,N-二甲基甲醯胺二甲基縮醛、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺二乙基縮醛、N,N-二烷基甲醯胺二烷基縮醛、原甲酸三甲酯、原甲酸三乙酯等。 作為上述鹵化劑,可以列舉亞硫醯氯、草醯氯、磷醯氯等。 在聚醯亞胺前驅物等的製造方法中,在進行反應時,使用有機溶劑為較佳。有機溶劑可以為1種,亦可以為2種以上。 作為有機溶劑,能夠依據原料適當確定,可以例示吡啶、二乙二醇二甲醚(二甘二甲醚)、N-甲基吡咯啶酮、N-乙基吡咯啶酮、丙酸乙酯、二甲基乙醯胺、二甲基甲醯胺、四氫呋喃、γ-丁內酯等。 在聚醯亞胺前驅物等的製造方法中,在進行反應時添加鹼性化合物為較佳。鹼性化合物可以為1種,亦可以為2種以上。 鹼性化合物能夠依據原料適當確定,可以例示三乙胺、二異丙基乙胺、吡啶、1,8-二吖雙環[5.4.0]十一-7-烯、N,N-二甲基-4-胺基吡啶等。 [Production method of polyimide precursor, etc.] Polyimide precursor, etc. can be obtained by, for example, the following methods: a method of reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydride with diamine at low temperature, a method of reacting tetracarboxylic dianhydride with diamine at low temperature to obtain polyamide and esterifying it with a condensation agent or an alkylating agent, a method of obtaining a diester from tetracarboxylic dianhydride and alcohol and then reacting it in the presence of diamine and a condensation agent, a method of obtaining a diester from tetracarboxylic dianhydride and alcohol and then halogenating the remaining dicarboxylic acid with a halogenating agent and then reacting it with diamine, etc. Among the above production methods, the method of obtaining a diester from tetracarboxylic dianhydride and alcohol and then halogenating the remaining dicarboxylic acid with a halogenating agent and then reacting it with diamine is more preferred. Examples of the condensing agent include dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, diisopropylcarbodiimide, 1-ethoxycarbonyl-2-ethoxy-1,2-dihydroquinoline, 1,1-carbonyldioxy-di-1,2,3-benzotriazole, N,N'-disuccinimidyl carbonate, trifluoroacetic anhydride, and the like. Examples of the alkylating agent include N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal, N,N-dimethylformamide diethyl acetal, N,N-dialkylformamide dialkyl acetal, trimethyl orthoformate, triethyl orthoformate, and the like. Examples of the halogenating agent include sulfinyl chloride, oxalyl chloride, phosphinoyl chloride, and the like. In the method for producing a polyimide precursor, it is preferred to use an organic solvent during the reaction. The organic solvent may be one or more than one. As the organic solvent, it can be appropriately determined according to the raw materials, and examples thereof include pyridine, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (DGE), N-methylpyrrolidone, N-ethylpyrrolidone, ethyl propionate, dimethylacetamide, dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, γ-butyrolactone, etc. In the method for producing a polyimide precursor, it is preferred to add an alkaline compound during the reaction. The alkaline compound may be one or more than one. The alkaline compound can be appropriately determined according to the raw material, and examples thereof include triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, pyridine, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene, N,N-dimethyl-4-aminopyridine, etc.

-封端劑- 在製造方法聚醯亞胺前驅物等時,為了進一步提高保存穩定性,對殘存於聚醯亞胺前驅物等樹脂末端之羧酸酐、酸酐衍生物或胺基進行封端為較佳。對殘存於樹脂末端之羧酸酐及酸酐衍生物進行封端時,作為封端劑,可以列舉單醇、苯酚、硫醇、苯硫酚、單胺等,從反應性、膜的穩定性而言,使用單醇、酚類、單胺為更佳。作為單醇的較佳化合物,可以列舉甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、丁醇、己醇、辛醇、十二醇、苯甲醇、2-苯基乙醇、2-甲氧基乙醇、2-氯甲醇、糠醇等一級醇、異丙醇、2-丁醇、環己醇、環戊醇、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇等二級醇、三級丁醇、金剛烷醇等三級醇。作為酚類的較佳化合物,可以列舉苯酚、甲氧基苯酚、甲基苯酚、萘-1-醇、萘-2-醇、羥基苯乙烯等酚類等。又,作為單胺的較佳化合物,可以列舉苯胺、2-乙炔基苯胺、3-乙炔基苯胺、4-乙炔基苯胺、5-胺基-8-羥喹啉、1-羥基-7-胺萘、1-羥基-6-胺萘、1-羥基-5-胺萘、1-羥基-4-胺萘、2-羥基-7-胺萘、2-羥基-6-胺萘、2-羥基-5-胺萘、1-羧基-7-胺萘、1-羧基-6-胺萘、1-羧基-5-胺萘、2-羧基-7-胺萘、2-羧基-6-胺萘、2-羧基-5-胺萘、2-胺基苯甲酸、3-胺基苯甲酸、4-胺基苯甲酸、4-胺基水楊酸、5-胺基水楊酸、6-胺基水楊酸、2-胺基苯磺酸、3-胺基苯磺酸、4-胺基苯磺酸、3-胺基-4,6-二羥基嘧啶、2-胺基苯酚、3-胺基苯酚、4-胺基苯酚、2-胺基苯硫酚、3-胺基苯硫酚、4-胺基苯硫酚等。該等可以使用2種以上,亦可以藉由使複數種封端劑反應而導入複數種不同的末端基。 又,對樹脂末端的胺基進行封端時,能夠用具有可與胺基反應之官能基之化合物進行封端。對胺基較佳的封端劑為羧酸酐、羧酸氯化物、羧酸溴化物、磺酸氯化物、磺酸酐、磺酸羧酸酐等為較佳,羧酸酐、羧酸氯化物為更佳。作為羧酸酐的較佳化合物,可以列舉乙酸酐、丙酸酐、草酸酐、琥珀酸酐、順丁烯二酸酐、鄰苯二甲酸酐、苯甲酸酐、5-降莰烯-2,3-二羧酸酐等。又,作為羧酸氯化物的較佳化合物,可以列舉乙醯氯、丙烯醯氯、丙醯氯、甲基丙烯醯氯、新戊醯氯、環己烷甲醯氯、2-乙基己醯氯、桂皮醯氯、1-金剛烷甲醯氯、七氟丁醯氯、硬脂醯氯、苯甲醯氯等。 -Capping agent- In the manufacturing method of polyimide precursors, in order to further improve the storage stability, it is preferred to cap the carboxylic anhydride, anhydride derivative or amine group remaining at the end of the resin of the polyimide precursor. When capping the carboxylic anhydride and anhydride derivative remaining at the end of the resin, monoalcohols, phenols, thiols, thiophenols, monoamines, etc. can be listed as the capping agent. In terms of reactivity and film stability, monoalcohols, phenols, and monoamines are more preferred. Preferred monoalcohol compounds include primary alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, hexanol, octanol, dodecanol, benzyl alcohol, 2-phenylethanol, 2-methoxyethanol, 2-chloromethanol, and furfuryl alcohol, secondary alcohols such as isopropanol, 2-butanol, cyclohexanol, cyclopentanol, and 1-methoxy-2-propanol, and tertiary alcohols such as tertiary butanol and adamantanol. Preferred phenol compounds include phenols such as phenol, methoxyphenol, methylphenol, naphthalene-1-ol, naphthalene-2-ol, and hydroxystyrene. Moreover, as preferred monoamine compounds, there can be mentioned aniline, 2-ethynylaniline, 3-ethynylaniline, 4-ethynylaniline, 5-amino-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-4-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-hydroxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 1-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy -7-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-6-aminonaphthalene, 2-carboxy-5-aminonaphthalene, 2-aminobenzoic acid, 3-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminobenzoic acid, 4-aminosalicylic acid, 5-aminosalicylic acid, 6-aminosalicylic acid, 2-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 4-aminobenzenesulfonic acid, 3-amino-4,6-dihydroxypyrimidine, 2-aminophenol, 3-aminophenol, 4-aminophenol, 2-aminothiophenol, 3-aminothiophenol, 4-aminothiophenol, etc. Two or more of these can be used, and multiple different terminal groups can be introduced by reacting multiple end-capping agents. In addition, when the amine group at the end of the resin is capped, it can be capped with a compound having a functional group that can react with the amine group. Preferable end-capping agents for amino groups are carboxylic anhydride, carboxylic acid chloride, carboxylic acid bromide, sulfonic acid chloride, sulfonic acid anhydride, sulfonic acid carboxylic anhydride, etc., and carboxylic acid anhydride and carboxylic acid chloride are more preferred. Preferable compounds of carboxylic anhydride include acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride, oxalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, benzoic anhydride, 5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic anhydride, etc. Preferable compounds of carboxylic acid chloride include acetyl chloride, acryloyl chloride, propionyl chloride, methacryloyl chloride, neopentanoyl chloride, cyclohexanecarbonyl chloride, 2-ethylhexanoyl chloride, cinnamoyl chloride, 1-adamantanecarbonyl chloride, heptafluorobutyl chloride, stearyl chloride, benzoyl chloride, etc.

-固體析出- 在製造方法聚醯亞胺前驅物等時,可以包括析出固體之步驟。具體而言,依據需要濾取反應液中共存之脫水縮合劑的吸水副產物之後,在水、脂肪族低級醇或其混合液等不良溶劑中投入所獲得之聚合物成分並析出聚合物成分,藉此使其以固體析出並進行乾燥而能夠獲得聚醯亞胺前驅物等。為了提高純度,可以對聚醯亞胺前驅物等反覆進行再溶解、再沉澱析出、乾燥等操作。亦可以進一步包括使用離子交換樹脂去除離子性雜質之步驟。 -Solid precipitation- When manufacturing a polyimide precursor, etc., a solid precipitation step may be included. Specifically, after filtering the water absorption byproduct of the dehydration condensation agent coexisting in the reaction solution as needed, the obtained polymer component is added to a poor solvent such as water, aliphatic lower alcohol or a mixture thereof to precipitate the polymer component, thereby precipitating it as a solid and drying it to obtain a polyimide precursor. In order to improve the purity, the polyimide precursor may be repeatedly subjected to redissolution, reprecipitation, drying and the like. It may also further include a step of removing ionic impurities using an ion exchange resin.

〔含量〕 相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分,本發明的樹脂組成物中的特定樹脂的含量為20質量%以上為較佳,30質量%以上為更佳,40質量%以上為進一步較佳,50質量%以上為更進一步較佳。又,相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分,本發明的樹脂組成物中的樹脂的含量為99.5質量%以下為較佳,99質量%以下為更佳,98質量%以下為進一步較佳,97質量%以下為更進一步較佳,95質量%以下為再進一步較佳。 本發明的樹脂組成物可以僅含有1種特定樹脂,亦可以含有2種以上的特定樹脂。當含有2種以上的特定樹脂時,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。 [Content] The content of the specific resin in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, further preferably 40% by mass or more, and further preferably 50% by mass or more relative to the total solid content of the resin composition. Furthermore, the content of the resin in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 99.5% by mass or less, more preferably 99% by mass or less, further preferably 98% by mass or less, further preferably 97% by mass or less, and further preferably 95% by mass or less relative to the total solid content of the resin composition. The resin composition of the present invention may contain only one specific resin, or may contain two or more specific resins. When containing two or more specific resins, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

本發明的樹脂組成物含有至少2種樹脂亦較佳。 具體而言,本發明的樹脂組成物可以合計含有2種以上的特定樹脂和後述之其他樹脂,亦可以含有2種以上的特定樹脂,但含有2種以上的特定樹脂為較佳。 當本發明的樹脂組成物含有2種以上的特定樹脂時,例如,含有作為聚醯亞胺前驅物的、源於二酐的結構(上述式(2)中的R 115)不同的2種以上的聚醯亞胺前驅物為較佳。 The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains at least two resins. Specifically, the resin composition of the present invention may contain a total of two or more specific resins and other resins described below, or may contain two or more specific resins, but it is preferred to contain two or more specific resins. When the resin composition of the present invention contains two or more specific resins, for example, it is preferred to contain two or more polyimide precursors having different structures (R 115 in the above formula (2)) derived from dianhydrides as polyimide precursors.

<其他樹脂> 本發明的樹脂組成物可以含有上述之特定樹脂和與特定樹脂不同的其他樹脂(以下,亦簡稱為“其他樹脂”)。 作為其他樹脂,可以列舉酚樹脂、聚醯胺、環氧樹脂、聚矽氧烷、含有矽氧烷結構之樹脂、(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂、(甲基)丙烯醯胺樹脂、胺酯樹脂、丁醛樹脂、苯乙烯樹脂、聚醚樹脂、聚酯樹脂等。 例如,藉由進一步添加(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂,可獲得塗布性優異的樹脂組成物,又,可獲得耐溶劑性優異的圖案(硬化物)。 例如,藉由在樹脂組成物中添加(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂來代替後述之聚合性化合物或者除了後述之聚合性化合物以外亦添加(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂,能夠提高樹脂組成物的塗布性、圖案(硬化物)的耐溶劑性等,該(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂的重量平均分子量為20,000以下且聚合性基值高(例如,樹脂1g中的聚合性基的含有莫耳量為1×10 -3莫耳/g以上)。 <Other resins> The resin composition of the present invention may contain the above-mentioned specific resin and other resins different from the specific resin (hereinafter, also referred to as "other resins"). Examples of other resins include phenolic resins, polyamides, epoxy resins, polysiloxanes, resins containing a siloxane structure, (meth) acrylic resins, (meth) acrylamide resins, amine resins, butyral resins, styrene resins, polyether resins, polyester resins, and the like. For example, by further adding a (meth) acrylic resin, a resin composition having excellent coating properties can be obtained, and a pattern (cured product) having excellent solvent resistance can be obtained. For example, by adding a (meth)acrylic resin to the resin composition instead of or in addition to the polymerizable compound described below, the coating properties of the resin composition, the solvent resistance of the pattern (cured product), etc. can be improved. The (meth)acrylic resin has a weight average molecular weight of 20,000 or less and a high polymerizable group value (for example, the molar content of the polymerizable group in 1 g of the resin is 1×10 -3 mol/g or more).

當本發明的樹脂組成物含有其他樹脂時,相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分,其他樹脂的含量為0.01質量%以上為較佳,0.05質量%以上為更佳,1質量%以上為進一步較佳,2質量%以上為進一步較佳,5質量%以上為更進一步較佳,10質量%以上為再進一步較佳。 相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分,本發明的樹脂組成物中的其他樹脂的含量為80質量%以下為較佳,75質量%以下為更佳,70質量%以下為進一步較佳,60質量%以下為更進一步較佳,50質量%以下為再進一步較佳。 作為本發明的樹脂組成物的較佳一態樣,亦能夠設定為其他樹脂的含量低的態樣。在上述態樣中,相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分,其他樹脂的含量為20質量%以下為較佳,15質量%以下為更佳,10質量%以下為進一步較佳,5質量%以下為更進一步較佳,1質量%以下為再進一步較佳。上述含量的下限並無特別限定,0質量%以上即可。 本發明的樹脂組成物可以僅含有1種其他樹脂,亦可以含有2種以上的其他樹脂。當含有2種以上的特定樹脂時,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。 When the resin composition of the present invention contains other resins, the content of the other resins is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.05% by mass or more, more preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 2% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 10% by mass or more relative to the total solid content of the resin composition. Relative to the total solid content of the resin composition, the content of the other resins in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 75% by mass or less, more preferably 70% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, and even more preferably 50% by mass or less. As a preferred embodiment of the resin composition of the present invention, it can also be set to an embodiment in which the content of other resins is low. In the above embodiment, relative to the total solid content of the resin composition, the content of other resins is preferably 20% by mass or less, 15% by mass or less is more preferred, 10% by mass or less is further preferred, 5% by mass or less is further preferred, and 1% by mass or less is further preferred. The lower limit of the above content is not particularly limited, and 0% by mass or more is sufficient. The resin composition of the present invention may contain only one other resin, or may contain two or more other resins. When containing two or more specific resins, it is preferred that the total amount is within the above range.

<化合物A> 本發明的樹脂組成物含有化合物A。 化合物A為由下述式(A-1)表示且式(A-1)所具有之總碳數為3~30的化合物。 [化學式17] 式(A-1)中,R 1表示一價有機基,R 1中的與式(A-1)中記載之氮原子的鍵結部位為碳原子,R 2表示氫原子或一價有機基,R 3表示一價有機基,R 2與R 3可以鍵結而形成環結構。 <Compound A> The resin composition of the present invention contains compound A. Compound A is a compound represented by the following formula (A-1) and the total number of carbon atoms in formula (A-1) is 3 to 30. [Chemical Formula 17] In formula (A-1), R1 represents a monovalent organic group, the bonding site of R1 to the nitrogen atom described in formula (A-1) is a carbon atom, R2 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, R3 represents a monovalent organic group, and R2 and R3 may bond to form a ring structure.

〔總碳數〕 式(A-1)所具有之總碳數為3~30。 式(A-1)所具有之總碳數係指由式(A-1)表示之化合物中所含之所有碳原子的合計數。 藉由總碳數為30以下,所獲得之硬化物的耐藥品性優異。認為,無法吸附於基板之銅腐蝕抑制劑存在於膜的表面或中間程度的深度位置。然而,認為,若總碳數超過30的分子如上所述存在於膜的表面等中,則會導致膜的可塑性增大而膜的溶解性增大,從而耐藥品性下降。 上述碳數的下限為4以上為較佳,5以上為更佳,6以上為進一步較佳。 上述碳數的上限為25以下為較佳,22以下為更佳,20以下為進一步較佳。 [Total carbon number] The total carbon number of formula (A-1) is 3 to 30. The total carbon number of formula (A-1) refers to the total number of all carbon atoms contained in the compound represented by formula (A-1). The chemical resistance of the obtained hardened material is excellent when the total carbon number is 30 or less. It is believed that the copper corrosion inhibitor that cannot be adsorbed on the substrate exists on the surface of the film or at a depth position in the middle. However, it is believed that if molecules with a total carbon number exceeding 30 exist on the surface of the film, etc. as described above, the plasticity of the film increases and the solubility of the film increases, thereby reducing the chemical resistance. The lower limit of the above carbon number is preferably 4 or more, more preferably 5 or more, and more preferably 6 or more. The upper limit of the above carbon number is preferably 25 or less, more preferably 22 or less, and more preferably 20 or less.

〔R 1〕 式(A-1)中,R 1可以為脂肪族基或芳香族基中的任一種,但芳香族基為較佳。 作為上述脂肪族基,可以列舉烷基等。 [R 1 ] In the formula (A-1), R 1 may be an aliphatic group or an aromatic group, and an aromatic group is preferred. Examples of the aliphatic group include an alkyl group and the like.

作為上述芳香族基,可以為芳香族烴基,亦可以為芳香族雜環基,但從暴露於加熱條件之後的硬化物的密接性的觀點而言,芳香族雜環基為較佳。The aromatic group may be an aromatic alkyl group or an aromatic heterocyclic group. However, an aromatic heterocyclic group is preferred from the viewpoint of the adhesion of the cured product after exposure to heating conditions.

作為上述芳香族烴基,碳數6~30的芳香族烴基為較佳,苯基或萘基為更佳,苯基為進一步較佳。 又,當R 1為芳香族烴基時,芳香族烴基可以進一步具有取代基。作為取代基並無特別限定,可以列舉烷基、烷氧基、羥基、二甲基磷醯基等。 在該等中,作為取代基,具有如下取代基為較佳,該取代基具有選自由氧原子、氮原子、硫原子及磷原子組成之群組中之至少1種原子。 當R 1為具有取代基之芳香族烴基時,對於R 1中的與式(A-1)中的氮原子鍵結之環員,取代基與相鄰之環員鍵結為較佳。例如,當R 1為具有羥基之苯基時,上述苯基中與式(A-1)中的氮原子的鍵結部位及上述羥基存在於鄰位為較佳。 As the above-mentioned aromatic alkyl group, an aromatic alkyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms is preferred, a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is more preferred, and a phenyl group is further preferred. In addition, when R 1 is an aromatic alkyl group, the aromatic alkyl group may further have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyl, dimethylphosphinoyl, etc. can be listed. Among them, as a substituent, it is preferred to have a substituent having at least one atom selected from the group consisting of an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, and a phosphorus atom. When R 1 is an aromatic alkyl group having a substituent, for the ring member in R 1 that is bonded to the nitrogen atom in formula (A-1), it is preferred that the substituent is bonded to an adjacent ring member. For example, when R1 is a phenyl group having a hydroxyl group, it is preferred that the bonding site of the phenyl group to the nitrogen atom in formula (A-1) and the hydroxyl group are present at adjacent positions.

作為上述芳香族雜環基中的雜原子,可以列舉氮原子、硫原子、氧原子等,含有氮原子及硫原子中的至少一者為較佳,含有氮原子為進一步較佳,含有2個以上的氮原子為尤佳。又,含有氮原子及硫原子之態樣亦為本發明的較佳態樣之一。 芳香族雜環基中的雜原子數並無特別限定,1~8為較佳,1~6為更佳,2~4為進一步較佳。 As the heteroatom in the above-mentioned aromatic heterocyclic group, nitrogen atom, sulfur atom, oxygen atom, etc. can be listed. It is preferred to contain at least one of nitrogen atom and sulfur atom, it is further preferred to contain nitrogen atom, and it is particularly preferred to contain 2 or more nitrogen atoms. In addition, the state containing nitrogen atom and sulfur atom is also one of the preferred states of the present invention. The number of heteroatoms in the aromatic heterocyclic group is not particularly limited, 1 to 8 is preferred, 1 to 6 is more preferred, and 2 to 4 is more preferred.

上述芳香族雜環基為從5員環結構中去除1個氫原子而得之基、從6員環結構中去除1個氫原子而得之基、從由5員環結構與6員環結構縮合而成之環結構或由6員環結構與6員環結構縮合而成之環結構中去除1個氫原子而得之基為較佳。 作為從5員環結構中去除1個氫原子而得之基中的5員環結構,可以列舉吡咯環、吡唑環、咪唑環、1,2,3-三唑環、1,2,4-三唑環、四唑環、噻唑環、噻吩環、㗁唑環、呋喃環等。 作為從6員環結構中去除1個氫原子而得之基中的6員環結構,可以列舉吡啶環、嗒𠯤環、嘧啶環、吡𠯤環、1,2,4-三𠯤環、1,3,5-三𠯤環等。 作為從由5員環結構與6員環結構縮合而成之環結構中去除1個氫原子而得之基中的由5員環結構與6員環結構縮合而成之環結構,可以列舉吲哚環、異吲哚環、吲口巾環、吲唑環、苯并咪唑環、7-氮雜吲哚環、7-氮雜吲唑環、吡唑并“1,5-a”嘧啶環、嘌呤環、苯并噻吩環、苯并異噻唑環等。 作為從由5員環結構與6員環結構縮合而成之環結構中去除1個氫原子而得之基中的由5員環結構與6員環結構縮合而成之環結構,可以列舉萘環、喹啉環、異喹啉環、喹㗁啉環、呔𠯤環、喹唑啉環、口辛啉環、萘啶環、吡啶并[3,2‐d]嘧啶環、吡啶并[4,3‐d]嘧啶環、吡啶并[3,4‐b]吡𠯤環、吡啶并[2,3‐b]吡𠯤環、蝶啶環等。 The aromatic heterocyclic group is preferably a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a five-membered ring structure, a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a six-membered ring structure, a ring structure formed by condensing a five-membered ring structure with a six-membered ring structure, or a ring structure formed by condensing a six-membered ring structure with a six-membered ring structure. As the five-membered ring structure in the group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a five-membered ring structure, there can be listed a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, a 1,2,3-triazole ring, a 1,2,4-triazole ring, a tetrazole ring, a thiazole ring, a thiophene ring, an oxadiazole ring, a furan ring, and the like. As the six-membered ring structure in the group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the six-membered ring structure, there can be listed a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyridine ring, a 1,2,4-trithion ring, a 1,3,5-trithion ring, etc. Examples of the ring structure formed by condensation of a 5-membered ring structure and a 6-membered ring structure in the base obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the ring structure formed by condensation of a 5-membered ring structure and a 6-membered ring structure include indole ring, isoindole ring, indole ring, indazole ring, benzimidazole ring, 7-azaindole ring, 7-azaindazole ring, pyrazolo "1,5-a" pyrimidine ring, purine ring, benzothiophene ring, benzoisothiazole ring, etc. Examples of the ring structure formed by condensing a 5-membered ring structure and a 6-membered ring structure in the group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the ring structure formed by condensing a 5-membered ring structure and a 6-membered ring structure include a naphthyl ring, a quinoline ring, an isoquinoline ring, a quinoline ring, a pyridine ring, a quinazoline ring, an octidine ring, a naphthyridine ring, a pyrido[3,2-d]pyrimidine ring, a pyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidine ring, a pyrido[3,4-b]pyridine ring, a pyrido[2,3-b]pyridine ring, and a pteridine ring.

上述芳香族雜環基可以進一步具有取代基。作為取代基,可以列舉烷基、芳基、烷氧基、羥基、氰基等。 例如,從增大化合物A在溶劑中的溶解性之觀點而言,可以具有含有烷基(例如,甲基、乙基等直鏈烷基或異丙基、2-乙基己基等支鏈烷基)之取代基。 The above aromatic heterocyclic group may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, and a cyano group. For example, from the viewpoint of increasing the solubility of compound A in a solvent, a substituent containing an alkyl group (for example, a straight-chain alkyl group such as a methyl group and an ethyl group, or a branched-chain alkyl group such as an isopropyl group and a 2-ethylhexyl group) may be present.

以下記載R 1的較佳具體例。本發明並不限定於以下結構。下述結構中,*表示與式(A-1)中的氮原子的鍵結部位。 [化學式18] Preferred specific examples of R 1 are described below. The present invention is not limited to the following structure. In the following structure, * represents the bonding site with the nitrogen atom in formula (A-1). [Chemical Formula 18]

〔R 2〕 式(A-1)中,R 2表示氫原子或一價有機基,氫原子為較佳。 作為R 2中的一價有機基,並無特別限定,可以列舉烷基、芳基等,碳數1~4的烷基或苯基為較佳。 [R 2 ] In formula (A-1), R 2 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, preferably a hydrogen atom. The monovalent organic group in R 2 is not particularly limited, and includes alkyl groups, aryl groups, etc., and preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a phenyl group.

〔R 3〕 式(A-1)中,R 3表示一價有機基,可以為脂肪族基或芳香族基中的任一種,但芳香族基為較佳。 作為上述脂肪族基,可以列舉烷基等。 [R 3 ] In the formula (A-1), R 3 represents a monovalent organic group, and may be either an aliphatic group or an aromatic group, but an aromatic group is preferred. Examples of the aliphatic group include an alkyl group and the like.

作為上述芳香族基,可以為芳香族烴基,亦可以為芳香族雜環基,但從暴露於加熱條件之後的硬化物的密接性的觀點而言,芳香族烴基為較佳。The aromatic group may be an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic heterocyclic group, but an aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferred from the viewpoint of the adhesion of the cured product after exposure to heating conditions.

作為上述芳香族烴基,碳數6~30的芳香族烴基為較佳,苯基或萘基為更佳,苯基為進一步較佳。 又,當R 3為芳香族烴基時,芳香族烴基可以進一步具有取代基。作為取代基並無特別限定,可以列舉烷基、烷氧基、羥基等,羥基為較佳。 當R 3為具有取代基之芳香族烴基時,對於R 1中的與式(A-1)中的氮原子鍵結之環員,取代基與相鄰之環員鍵結為較佳。例如,當R 1為具有羥基之苯基時,上述苯基中與式(A-1)中的氮原子的鍵結部位及上述羥基存在於鄰位為較佳。 As the above-mentioned aromatic alkyl group, an aromatic alkyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms is preferred, a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is more preferred, and a phenyl group is further preferred. In addition, when R 3 is an aromatic alkyl group, the aromatic alkyl group may further have a substituent. The substituent is not particularly limited, and an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, etc. can be listed, and a hydroxyl group is preferred. When R 3 is an aromatic alkyl group having a substituent, for the ring member in R 1 that is bonded to the nitrogen atom in formula (A-1), it is preferred that the substituent is bonded to an adjacent ring member. For example, when R 1 is a phenyl group having a hydroxyl group, it is preferred that the bonding site in the above-mentioned phenyl group to the nitrogen atom in formula (A-1) and the above-mentioned hydroxyl group are present at adjacent positions.

當R 3為芳香族雜環基時的芳香族雜環基的較佳態樣與上述的R 1為芳香族雜環基時的較佳態樣相同。 又,R 3為不具有氮原子之芳香族雜環基之態樣亦為本發明的較佳態樣之一。作為此種態樣中的芳香族雜環基,可以列舉呋喃基、噻吩基等。 When R 3 is an aromatic heterocyclic group, the preferred embodiment of the aromatic heterocyclic group is the same as the preferred embodiment when R 1 is an aromatic heterocyclic group. In addition, the embodiment in which R 3 is an aromatic heterocyclic group having no nitrogen atom is also one of the preferred embodiments of the present invention. As the aromatic heterocyclic group in this embodiment, furanyl, thienyl, etc. can be listed.

以下記載R 3的較佳具體例。本發明並不限定於以下結構。下述結構中,*表示與式(A-1)中的碳原子的鍵結部位。 [化學式19] Preferred specific examples of R 3 are described below. The present invention is not limited to the following structure. In the following structure, * represents the bonding site with the carbon atom in formula (A-1). [Chemical Formula 19]

又,R 2與R 3可以鍵結而形成環結構。所形成之環結構為與上述R 3中的芳香族環結構縮合之環結構為較佳,與上述R 3中的芳香族環結構縮合之脂肪族環結構為更佳,與上述R 3中的芳香族環結構縮合之脂肪族5員環結構為進一步較佳。 以下示出R 2與R 3鍵結而形成環結構時的結構的例子,但本發明並不限定於該等。下述結構中,*表示與式(A-1)中的氮原子的鍵結部位。與下述結構中的*藉由雙鍵直接鍵結之碳原子為式(A-1)中的碳原子。 [化學式20] Furthermore, R2 and R3 may bond to form a ring structure. The ring structure formed is preferably a ring structure condensed with the aromatic ring structure in the above R3 , more preferably an aliphatic ring structure condensed with the aromatic ring structure in the above R3 , and still more preferably an aliphatic 5-membered ring structure condensed with the aromatic ring structure in the above R3 . The following shows examples of structures when R2 and R3 bond to form a ring structure, but the present invention is not limited to them. In the following structure, * represents the bonding site with the nitrogen atom in formula (A-1). The carbon atom directly bonded to * in the following structure by a double bond is the carbon atom in formula (A-1). [Chemical Formula 20]

本發明的樹脂組成物含有由下述式(A-2)表示之化合物作為上述化合物A為較佳。 [化學式21] 式(A-2)中,Ar 1及Ar 2分別獨立地為可以具有取代基之芳香族基且為在上述芳香族基的環員及上述取代基中的至少一處具有選自由氧原子、氮原子、硫原子及磷原子組成之群組中之至少1種原子之基,R 2表示氫原子或一價有機基。 The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a compound represented by the following formula (A-2) as the compound A. [Chemical Formula 21] In formula (A-2), Ar1 and Ar2 are each independently an aromatic group which may have a substituent and has at least one atom selected from the group consisting of an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom and a phosphorus atom at at least one of the ring members of the aromatic group and the substituent, and R2 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.

式(A-2)中,Ar 1的較佳態樣與上述式(A-1)中的R 1為芳香族基時的較佳態樣相同。 式(A-2)中,R 2的較佳態樣與上述式(A-1)中的R 2的較佳態樣相同。 式(A-2)中,Ar 2的較佳態樣與上述式(A-1)中的R 3為芳香族基時的較佳態樣相同。 In formula (A-2), the preferred embodiment of Ar 1 is the same as the preferred embodiment when R 1 in formula (A-1) is an aromatic group. In formula (A-2), the preferred embodiment of R 2 is the same as the preferred embodiment when R 2 in formula (A-1) is an aromatic group. In formula (A-2), the preferred embodiment of Ar 2 is the same as the preferred embodiment when R 3 in formula (A-1) is an aromatic group.

上述Ar 1、上述Ar 2及上述R 2中的至少1個具有酚性羥基為較佳。 其中,上述Ar 1及上述Ar 2中的至少1個具有酚性羥基為較佳。 具體而言,上述Ar 1及上述Ar 2中的至少1個為2-羥基苯基為較佳。 It is preferred that at least one of Ar 1 , Ar 2 and R 2 has a phenolic hydroxyl group. It is preferred that at least one of Ar 1 and Ar 2 has a phenolic hydroxyl group. Specifically, it is preferred that at least one of Ar 1 and Ar 2 is a 2-hydroxyphenyl group.

上述Ar 1、上述Ar 2及上述R 2中的至少1個具有雜環結構為較佳。 其中,上述Ar 1及上述Ar 2中的至少1個具有雜環結構為較佳。 作為雜環結構,芳香族雜環結構為較佳。上述芳香族雜環結構的較佳態樣與上述R 1或R 3為芳香族雜環基時的較佳態樣相同。 It is preferred that at least one of Ar 1 , Ar 2 and R 2 has a heterocyclic structure. It is preferred that at least one of Ar 1 and Ar 2 has a heterocyclic structure. As the heterocyclic structure, an aromatic heterocyclic structure is preferred. The preferred embodiment of the aromatic heterocyclic structure is the same as the preferred embodiment when R 1 or R 3 is an aromatic heterocyclic group.

〔分子量〕 化合物A的分子量為150~2,000為較佳,160~1,000為更佳,180~500為進一步較佳。 [Molecular weight] The molecular weight of compound A is preferably 150 to 2,000, more preferably 160 to 1,000, and even more preferably 180 to 500.

〔合成方法〕 化合物A例如能夠藉由後述之實施例中記載的方法來合成。又,亦可以藉由其他公知的合成方法來合成,合成方法並無特別限定。 [Synthesis method] Compound A can be synthesized, for example, by the method described in the examples described below. Alternatively, it can be synthesized by other known synthesis methods, and the synthesis method is not particularly limited.

〔具體例〕 作為化合物A的具體例,並無特別限定,可以列舉實施例中所使用之F-1~F-23。 [Specific example] As specific examples of compound A, there are no particular limitations, and F-1 to F-23 used in the examples can be cited.

〔含量〕 相對於本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分之化合物A的含量為0.01~10質量%為較佳。下限為0.02質量%以上為更佳,0.05質量%以上為進一步較佳,0.10質量%以上為尤佳。上限為8質量%以下為更佳,5質量%以下為進一步較佳,3質量%以下為尤佳。 化合物A可以單獨使用1種,亦可以併用2種以上。當併用2種以上時,其合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。 又,在本發明的樹脂組成物中的相對於特定樹脂100質量份之化合物A的含量為0.05~8質量份為較佳,0.10~5質量份為更佳。 [Content] The content of compound A relative to the total solid content of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.01 to 10 mass %. The lower limit is 0.02 mass % or more, which is more preferred, 0.05 mass % or more, which is further preferred, and 0.10 mass % or more, which is particularly preferred. The upper limit is 8 mass % or less, which is more preferred, 5 mass % or less, which is further preferred, and 3 mass % or less, which is particularly preferred. Compound A can be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more are used in combination, the total amount is preferably within the above range. In addition, the content of compound A relative to 100 mass parts of the specific resin in the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 0.05 to 8 mass parts, and more preferably 0.10 to 5 mass parts.

<有機金屬錯合物> 從耐藥品性的觀點而言,本發明的樹脂組成物可以含有有機金屬錯合物。 有機金屬錯合物只要為含有金屬原子之有機錯合物化合物,則並無特別限定,但含有金屬原子及有機基之錯合物化合物為較佳,有機基與金屬原子配位而成之化合物為更佳,茂金屬化合物為進一步較佳。 茂金屬化合物係指具有2個可以具有取代基之環戊二烯基陰離子衍生物作為η5-配位體之有機金屬錯合物。 作為上述有機基,並無特別限定,烴基或由烴基與雜原子的組合構成之基為較佳。作為雜原子,氧原子、硫原子、氮原子為較佳。 上述有機基中的至少1個為環狀基為較佳,至少2個為環狀基為更佳。 上述環狀基選自5員環的環狀基及6員環的環狀基為較佳,5員環的環狀基為更佳。 上述環狀基可以為烴環,亦可以為雜環,但烴環為較佳。 作為5員環的環狀基,環戊二烯基為較佳。 有機金屬錯合物較佳為在1分子中含有2~4個環狀基。 <Organic metal complex> From the viewpoint of drug resistance, the resin composition of the present invention may contain an organic metal complex. The organic metal complex is not particularly limited as long as it is an organic complex compound containing a metal atom, but a complex compound containing a metal atom and an organic group is preferred, a compound in which an organic group and a metal atom are coordinated is more preferred, and a metallocene compound is further preferred. The metallocene compound refers to an organic metal complex having two cyclopentadienyl anion derivatives which may have substituents as η5-ligands. The above-mentioned organic group is not particularly limited, and a hydrocarbon group or a group composed of a combination of a hydrocarbon group and a heteroatom is preferred. As the heteroatom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, and a nitrogen atom are preferred. It is preferred that at least one of the above organic groups is a cyclic group, and it is more preferred that at least two of them are cyclic groups. The above cyclic group is preferably selected from a cyclic group with five members and a cyclic group with six members, and a cyclic group with five members is more preferred. The above cyclic group may be a hydrocarbon ring or a heterocyclic ring, but a hydrocarbon ring is preferred. As a cyclic group with five members, a cyclopentadienyl group is preferred. The organometallic complex preferably contains 2 to 4 cyclic groups in one molecule.

作為有機金屬錯合物中所含之金屬,並無特別限定,但屬於第4族元素之金屬為較佳,選自由鈦、鋯及鉿組成之群組中之至少1種金屬為更佳,選自由鈦及鋯組成之群組中之至少1種金屬為進一步較佳,鈦為尤佳。The metal contained in the organometallic complex is not particularly limited, but a metal belonging to Group 4 is preferred, at least one metal selected from the group consisting of titanium, zirconium and einsteinium is more preferred, at least one metal selected from the group consisting of titanium and zirconium is further preferred, and titanium is particularly preferred.

有機金屬錯合物可以含有2種以上的金屬原子,亦可以僅含有1種金屬原子,但僅含有1種金屬原子為較佳。當有機金屬錯合物含有2種以上的金屬原子時,可以僅含有1種金屬原子,亦可以含有2種以上的金屬原子。The organometallic complex may contain two or more metal atoms, or may contain only one metal atom, but it is preferred to contain only one metal atom. When the organometallic complex contains two or more metal atoms, it may contain only one metal atom, or may contain two or more metal atoms.

有機金屬錯合物為二茂鐵化合物、二茂鈦化合物、二茂鋯化合物或二茂鉿化合物為較佳,二茂鈦化合物、二茂鋯化合物或二茂鉿化合物為更佳,二茂鈦化合物或二茂鋯化合物為進一步較佳,二茂鈦化合物為尤佳。The organometallic complex is preferably a ferrocene compound, a titanocene compound, a zirconocene compound or a bezocene compound, more preferably a titanocene compound, a zirconocene compound or a bezocene compound, further preferably a titanocene compound or a zirconocene compound, and particularly preferably a titanocene compound.

有機金屬錯合物具有光自由基聚合起始能力之態樣亦較佳。 在本發明中,具有光自由基聚合起始能力係指能夠產生藉由光的照射而能夠引發自由基聚合之自由基。例如,對含有自由基交聯劑和有機金屬錯合物之組成物照射有機金屬錯合物吸收光且自由基交聯劑不吸收光之波長區域的光時,藉由確認自由基交聯劑有無消失來能夠確認有無光自由基聚合起始能力。為了確認有無消失,能夠依據自由基交聯劑的種類選擇適當的方法,例如能夠藉由IR測定(紅外分光測定)或HPLC測定(高效液相層析法)來確認。 當有機金屬錯合物具有光自由基聚合起始能力時,有機金屬錯合物為茂金屬化合物為較佳,二茂鈦化合物、二茂鋯化合物或二茂鉿化合物為更佳,二茂鈦化合物或二茂鋯化合物為進一步較佳,二茂鈦化合物為尤佳。 當有機金屬錯合物不具有光自由基聚合起始能力時,有機金屬錯合物為選自由二茂鈦化合物、四烷氧基鈦化合物、醯化鈦(titanium acylate)化合物、鈦螯合物(titanium chelate)、二茂鋯化合物及二茂鉿化合物組成之群組中之至少1種化合物為較佳,選自由二茂鈦化合物、二茂鋯化合物及二茂鉿化合物組成之群組中之至少1種化合物為更佳,選自由二茂鈦化合物及二茂鋯化合物組成之群組中之至少1種化合物為進一步較佳,二茂鈦化合物為尤佳。 The aspect in which the organometallic complex has the ability to initiate photoradical polymerization is also preferred. In the present invention, the ability to initiate photoradical polymerization refers to the ability to generate free radicals that can initiate free radical polymerization by irradiation with light. For example, when a composition containing a free radical crosslinking agent and an organometallic complex is irradiated with light in a wavelength region where the organometallic complex absorbs light and the free radical crosslinking agent does not absorb light, the ability to initiate photoradical polymerization can be confirmed by confirming whether the free radical crosslinking agent disappears. In order to confirm whether it disappears, an appropriate method can be selected according to the type of free radical crosslinking agent, for example, it can be confirmed by IR measurement (infrared spectrometry) or HPLC measurement (high performance liquid chromatography). When the organic metal complex has the ability to initiate photo-free radical polymerization, the organic metal complex is preferably a metallocene compound, more preferably a titanocene compound, a zirconocene compound or a bismuthocene compound, further preferably a titanocene compound or a zirconocene compound, and particularly preferably a titanocene compound. When the organometallic complex does not have the ability to initiate photo-radical polymerization, the organometallic complex is preferably at least one compound selected from the group consisting of titanocene compounds, tetraalkoxy titanium compounds, titanium acylate compounds, titanium chelates, zirconocene compounds and bezocene compounds, more preferably at least one compound selected from the group consisting of titanocene compounds, zirconocene compounds and bezocene compounds, further preferably at least one compound selected from the group consisting of titanocene compounds and zirconocene compounds, and particularly preferably titanocene compounds.

有機金屬錯合物的分子量為50~2,000為較佳,100~1,000為更佳。The molecular weight of the organometallic complex is preferably 50 to 2,000, more preferably 100 to 1,000.

作為有機金屬錯合物,可較佳地列舉由下述式(P)表示之化合物。 [化學式22] 式(P)中,M為金屬原子,R分別獨立地為取代基。 R分別獨立地選自芳香族基、烷基、鹵素原子及烷基磺醯氧基為較佳。 As the organometallic complex, preferably, there can be mentioned a compound represented by the following formula (P). [Chemical Formula 22] In formula (P), M is a metal atom, and R is independently a substituent. Preferably, R is independently selected from an aromatic group, an alkyl group, a halogen atom, and an alkylsulfonyloxy group.

作為式(P)中的M所表示之金屬原子,鐵原子、鈦原子、鋯原子或鉿原子為較佳,鈦原子、鋯原子或鉿原子為更佳,鈦原子或鋯原子為進一步較佳,鈦原子為尤佳。 作為式(P)中的R中的芳香族基,可以列舉碳數6~20的芳香族基,碳數6~20的芳香族烴基為較佳,可以列舉苯基、1-萘基或2-萘基等。 作為式(P)中的R中的烷基,碳數1~20的烷基為較佳,碳數1~10的烷基為更佳,可以列舉甲基、乙基、丙基、辛基、異丙基、三級丁基、異戊基、2-乙基己基、2-甲基己基、環戊基等。 作為上述R中的鹵素原子,可以列舉F、Cl、Br、I。 作為構成上述R中的烷基磺醯氧基之烷基,碳數1~20的烷基為較佳,碳數1~10的烷基為更佳,可以列舉甲基、乙基、丙基、辛基、異丙基、三級丁基、異戊基、2-乙基己基、2-甲基己基、環戊基等。 上述R可以進一步具有取代基。作為取代基的例子,可以列舉鹵素原子(F、Cl、Br、I)、羥基、羧基、胺基、氰基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、醯基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、醯氧基、單烷基胺基、二烷基胺基、單芳基胺基及二芳基胺基等。 As the metal atom represented by M in formula (P), iron atom, titanium atom, zirconium atom or arsenic atom is preferred, titanium atom, zirconium atom or arsenic atom is more preferred, titanium atom or zirconium atom is further preferred, and titanium atom is particularly preferred. As the aromatic group in R in formula (P), aromatic groups having 6 to 20 carbon atoms can be listed, aromatic alkyl groups having 6 to 20 carbon atoms are preferred, and phenyl, 1-naphthyl or 2-naphthyl can be listed. As the alkyl group in R in formula (P), alkyl groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms are preferred, and alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms are more preferred, and methyl, ethyl, propyl, octyl, isopropyl, tertiary butyl, isopentyl, 2-ethylhexyl, 2-methylhexyl, cyclopentyl and the like can be listed. As the halogen atom in the above R, F, Cl, Br, and I can be listed. As the alkyl group constituting the alkylsulfonyloxy group in the above R, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferred, and an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferred, and methyl, ethyl, propyl, octyl, isopropyl, tertiary butyl, isopentyl, 2-ethylhexyl, 2-methylhexyl, cyclopentyl, etc. can be listed. The above R can further have a substituent. As examples of substituents, halogen atoms (F, Cl, Br, I), hydroxyl, carboxyl, amino, cyano, aryl, alkoxy, aryloxy, acyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, acyloxy, monoalkylamino, dialkylamino, monoarylamino, and diarylamino can be listed.

作為有機金屬錯合物的具體例,並無特別限定,可以列舉四異丙氧基鈦、四(2-乙基己氧基)鈦、二異丙氧基雙(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鈦、二異丙氧基雙(乙醯丙酮)鈦、雙(η5-2,4-環戊二烯-1-基)雙(2,6-二氟-3-(1H-吡咯-1-基)苯基)鈦、五甲基環戊二烯三甲氧基鈦、雙(η5-2,4-環戊二烯-1-基)雙(2,6-二氟苯基)鈦及下述化合物。 [化學式23] Specific examples of the organometallic complex are not particularly limited, and include titanium tetraisopropoxide, titanium tetra(2-ethylhexyloxy), titanium diisopropoxide bis(ethyl acetylacetate), titanium diisopropoxide bis(acetylacetone), titanium bis(η5-2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluoro-3-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)phenyl), titanium pentamethylcyclopentadienyl trimethoxy, titanium bis(η5-2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)bis(2,6-difluorophenyl), and the following compounds. [Chemical Formula 23]

又,亦可以列舉國際公開第2018/025738號的0078~0088段中記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。In addition, the compounds described in paragraphs 0078 to 0088 of International Publication No. 2018/025738 can also be cited, and the contents are incorporated into this specification.

相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分,有機金屬錯合物的含量為0.1~30質量%為較佳。下限為1.0質量%以上為更佳,1.5質量%以上為進一步較佳,3.0質量%以上為尤佳。上限為25質量%以下為更佳。 有機金屬錯合物能夠使用1種或2種以上。當使用2種以上時,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。 The content of the organometallic complex is preferably 0.1 to 30 mass % relative to the total solid content of the resin composition. The lower limit is more preferably 1.0 mass %, more preferably 1.5 mass %, and more preferably 3.0 mass %. The upper limit is more preferably 25 mass %. One or more organometallic complexes can be used. When two or more are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

<聚合性化合物> 本發明的樹脂組成物含有聚合性化合物為較佳。 在此,本發明的樹脂組成物含有後述之光聚合起始劑及聚合性化合物亦較佳。 作為聚合性化合物,可以列舉自由基交聯劑或其他交聯劑。 <Polymerizable compound> The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerizable compound. Here, the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator and a polymerizable compound described later. As the polymerizable compound, free radical crosslinking agents or other crosslinking agents can be listed.

〔自由基交聯劑〕 本發明的樹脂組成物含有自由基交聯劑為較佳。 自由基交聯劑為具有自由基聚合性基之化合物。作為自由基聚合性基,含有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基為較佳。作為含有上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之基,可以列舉乙烯基、烯丙基、乙烯基苯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、順丁烯二醯亞胺基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基等。 在該等中,(甲基)丙烯醯基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基、乙烯基苯基為較佳,從反應性的觀點而言,(甲基)丙烯醯基為更佳。 [Free radical crosslinking agent] The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a free radical crosslinking agent. The free radical crosslinking agent is a compound having a free radical polymerizable group. As the free radical polymerizable group, a group containing an ethylenic unsaturated bond is preferred. As the group containing the above-mentioned ethylenic unsaturated bond, there can be listed vinyl, allyl, vinylphenyl, (meth)acryl, butylene diimide, (meth)acrylamide, etc. Among them, (meth)acryl, (meth)acrylamide, and vinylphenyl are preferred, and from the viewpoint of reactivity, (meth)acryl is more preferred.

自由基交聯劑為具有1個以上的乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為較佳,具有2個以上的乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為更佳。自由基交聯劑可以具有3個以上的乙烯性不飽和鍵。 作為具有2個以上的上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物,具有2~15個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為較佳,具有2~10個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為更佳,具有2~6個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物為進一步較佳。 從所獲得之圖案(硬化物)的膜強度的觀點而言,本發明的樹脂組成物含有具有2個乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物和具有3個以上的上述乙烯性不飽和鍵之化合物亦較佳。 The free radical crosslinking agent is preferably a compound having one or more ethylenic unsaturated bonds, and a compound having two or more ethylenic unsaturated bonds is more preferred. The free radical crosslinking agent may have three or more ethylenic unsaturated bonds. As the compound having two or more ethylenic unsaturated bonds, a compound having 2 to 15 ethylenic unsaturated bonds is preferred, a compound having 2 to 10 ethylenic unsaturated bonds is more preferred, and a compound having 2 to 6 ethylenic unsaturated bonds is further preferred. From the viewpoint of the film strength of the obtained pattern (cured product), the resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a compound having two ethylenic unsaturated bonds and a compound having three or more ethylenic unsaturated bonds.

自由基交聯劑的分子量為2,000以下為較佳,1,500以下為更佳,900以下為進一步較佳。自由基交聯劑的分子量的下限為100以上為較佳。The molecular weight of the radical crosslinking agent is preferably 2,000 or less, more preferably 1,500 or less, and even more preferably 900 or less. The lower limit of the molecular weight of the radical crosslinking agent is preferably 100 or more.

作為自由基交聯劑的具體例,可以列舉不飽和羧酸(例如,丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、伊康酸、巴豆酸、異巴豆酸、順丁烯二酸等)或其酯類、醯胺類,較佳為不飽和羧酸與多元醇化合物的酯及不飽和羧酸與多價胺化合物的醯胺類。又,亦可較佳地使用具有羥基、胺基、氫硫基等親核性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能異氰酸酯類或環氧類的加成反應物、與單官能或多官能羧酸的脫水縮合反應物等。又,具有異氰酸酯基或環氧基等親電子性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能醇類、胺類、硫醇類的加成反應物,進而具有鹵素基或甲苯磺醯氧基等脫離性取代基之不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能醇類、胺類、硫醇類的取代反應物亦較佳。又,作為其他例,亦能夠替代上述不飽和羧酸而使用被不飽和膦酸、苯乙烯等乙烯基苯衍生物、乙烯基醚、烯丙基醚取代之化合物群組。作為具體例,能夠參閱日本特開2016-027357號公報的0113~0122段的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。Specific examples of free radical crosslinking agents include unsaturated carboxylic acids (e.g., acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.) or their esters and amides, preferably esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyol compounds and amides of unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyvalent amine compounds. In addition, addition reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having nucleophilic substituents such as hydroxyl groups, amino groups, and thiohydrides with monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanates or epoxides, and dehydration condensation reaction products with monofunctional or polyfunctional carboxylic acids, etc. can also be preferably used. Moreover, the addition reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides with electrophilic substituents such as isocyanate groups or epoxy groups and monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, and thiols, and the substitution reaction products of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides with dissociative substituents such as halogen groups or tosyloxy groups and monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohols, amines, and thiols are also preferred. Moreover, as another example, the above-mentioned unsaturated carboxylic acids can also be replaced by unsaturated phosphonic acids, vinylbenzene derivatives such as styrene, vinyl ethers, and allyl ethers. As a specific example, the description of paragraphs 0113 to 0122 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2016-027357 can be referred to, and the content is incorporated into this specification.

自由基交聯劑為在常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點之化合物亦較佳。作為在常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點之化合物,可以列舉國際公開第2021/112189號公報的0203段中記載之化合物等。該內容被編入本說明書中。The radical crosslinking agent is preferably a compound having a boiling point of 100° C. or higher at normal pressure. Examples of compounds having a boiling point of 100° C. or higher at normal pressure include compounds described in paragraph 0203 of International Publication No. 2021/112189. This content is incorporated into this specification.

作為上述以外的較佳自由基交聯劑,可以列舉國際公開第2021/112189號公報的0204~0208段中記載之自由基聚合性化合物等。該內容被編入本說明書中。Preferred radical crosslinking agents other than those mentioned above include radical polymerizable compounds described in paragraphs 0204 to 0208 of International Publication No. 2021/112189, and the contents are incorporated into this specification.

作為自由基交聯劑,二新戊四醇三丙烯酸酯(市售品為KAYARAD D-330(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.)製造)、二新戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(市售品為KAYARAD D-320(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.)製造)、A-TMMT(SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL Co.,Ltd.)製造)、二新戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯(市售品為KAYARAD D-310(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.)製造)、二新戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯(市售品為KAYARAD DPHA(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.)製造)、A-DPH(SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL Co.,Ltd.製造)及該等(甲基)丙烯醯基經由乙二醇殘基或丙二醇殘基鍵結之結構為較佳。亦能夠使用該等的寡聚物類型。As the free radical crosslinking agent, dipentatriol triacrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-330 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)), dipentatriol tetraacrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-320 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)), A-TMMT (manufactured by SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL Co., Ltd.)), dipentatriol penta(meth)acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-310 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)), dipentatriol hexa(meth)acrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)), A-DPH (manufactured by SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL Co., Ltd.) and the structure in which the (meth)acryloyl groups are bonded via ethylene glycol residues or propylene glycol residues is preferred. Oligomers of the above types can also be used.

作為自由基交聯劑的市售品,例如可以列舉具有4個乙烯氧基鏈之4官能丙烯酸酯SR-494、具有4個乙烯氧基鏈之2官能甲基丙烯酸酯SR-209、231、239(以上為Sartomer Company,Inc製造)、具有6個伸戊氧基鏈之6官能丙烯酸酯DPCA-60、具有3個異伸丁氧基鏈之3官能丙烯酸酯TPA-330(以上為Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、胺基甲酸酯寡聚物UAS-10、UAB-140(以上為NIPPON PAPER INDUSTRIES CO.,LTD.製造)、NK ESTER M-40G、NK ESTER 4G、NK ESTER M-9300、NK ESTER A-9300、UA-7200(以上為SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL Co.,Ltd.製造)、DPHA-40H(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600(以上為Kyoeisha chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、BLEMMER PME400(NOF CORPORATION.製造)等。As commercially available free radical crosslinking agents, for example, there can be mentioned tetrafunctional acrylate SR-494 having four vinyloxy chains, bifunctional methacrylate SR-209, 231, 239 having four vinyloxy chains (all manufactured by Sartomer Company, Inc.), hexafunctional acrylate DPCA-60 having six pentyloxy chains, trifunctional acrylate TPA-330 having three isobutyloxy chains (all manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), urethane oligomers UAS-10 and UAB-140 (all manufactured by NIPPON PAPER INDUSTRIES CO., LTD.), NK ESTER M-40G, NK ESTER 4G, NK ESTER M-9300, NK ESTER A-9300, UA-7200 (all manufactured by SHIN-NAKAMURA CHEMICAL Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (all manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), BLEMMER PME400 (manufactured by NOF CORPORATION.), etc.

作為自由基交聯劑,日本特公昭48-041708號公報、日本特開昭51-037193號公報、日本特公平02-032293號公報、日本特公平02-016765號公報中記載之胺基甲酸酯丙烯酸酯類、日本特公昭58-049860號公報、日本特公昭56-017654號公報、日本特公昭62-039417號公報、日本特公昭62-039418號公報中記載之具有環氧乙烷系骨架之胺基甲酸酯化合物類亦較佳。作為自由基交聯劑,亦能夠使用日本特開昭63-277653號公報、日本特開昭63-260909號公報、日本特開平01-105238號公報中記載之在分子內具有胺基結構、硫醚結構之化合物。As free radical crosslinking agents, urethane acrylates described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-041708, Japanese Patent Publication No. 51-037193, Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-032293, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-016765, and urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 58-049860, Japanese Patent Publication No. 56-017654, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039417, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039418 are also preferred. As the radical crosslinking agent, compounds having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 63-277653, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 63-260909, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 01-105238 can also be used.

自由基交聯劑可以為具有羧基、磷酸基等酸基之自由基交聯劑。具有酸基之自由基交聯劑為脂肪族多羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸的酯為較佳,使脂肪族多羥基化合物的未反應羥基與非芳香族羧酸酐反應而使其具有酸基之自由基交聯劑為更佳。尤佳為如下化合物:使脂肪族多羥基化合物的未反應羥基與非芳香族羧酸酐反應而使其具有酸基之自由基交聯劑中,脂肪族多羥基化合物為新戊四醇或二新戊四醇。作為市售品,例如,可以列舉TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製多元酸改質丙烯酸寡聚物M-510、M-520等。The free radical crosslinking agent can be a free radical crosslinking agent having an acid group such as a carboxyl group or a phosphoric acid group. The free radical crosslinking agent having an acid group is preferably an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and is more preferably a free radical crosslinking agent in which the unreacted hydroxyl group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is reacted with a non-aromatic carboxylic anhydride to give it an acid group. The following compound is particularly preferred: in the free radical crosslinking agent in which the unreacted hydroxyl group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is reacted with a non-aromatic carboxylic anhydride to give it an acid group, the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is neopentyl triol or dipentyl triol. As commercially available products, for example, polyacid-modified acrylic oligomers M-510 and M-520 manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD. can be cited.

具有酸基之自由基交聯劑的酸值為0.1~300mgKOH/g為較佳,1~100mgKOH/g為更佳。自由基交聯劑的酸值只要在上述範圍內,則製造上的操作性優異且顯影性優異。又,聚合性良好。上述酸值按照JIS K 0070:1992的記載進行測定。The acid value of the free radical crosslinking agent having an acid group is preferably 0.1 to 300 mgKOH/g, and more preferably 1 to 100 mgKOH/g. As long as the acid value of the free radical crosslinking agent is within the above range, the operability in production is excellent and the developing property is excellent. In addition, the polymerizability is good. The above acid value is measured according to the description of JIS K 0070:1992.

從圖案的解析度和膜的伸縮性的觀點而言,樹脂組成物使用2官能甲基丙烯酸酯或丙烯酸酯為較佳。 作為具體化合物,能夠使用三乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、四乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、四乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、PEG(聚乙二醇)200二丙烯酸酯、PEG200二甲基丙烯酸酯、PEG600二丙烯酸酯、PEG600二甲基丙烯酸酯、聚四乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、聚四乙二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、二丙二醇二丙烯酸酯、三丙二醇二丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、3-甲基-1,5-戊二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二甲基丙烯酸酯、二羥甲基-三環癸烷二丙烯酸酯、二羥甲基-三環癸烷二甲基丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的EO(環氧乙烷)加成物二丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的EO加成物二甲基丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的PO加成物二丙烯酸酯、雙酚A的PO加成物二甲基丙烯酸酯、2-羥基-3-丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基丙烯酸酯、異三聚氰酸EO改質二丙烯酸酯、異三聚氰酸EO改質二甲基丙烯酸酯、其他具有胺基甲酸酯鍵之2官能丙烯酸酯、具有胺基甲酸酯鍵之2官能甲基丙烯酸酯。該等可以依據需要混合使用2種以上。 再者,例如PEG200二丙烯酸酯係指聚乙二醇鏈的式量為200左右的聚乙二醇二丙烯酸酯。 從抑制圖案(硬化物)的翹曲的觀點而言,本發明的樹脂組成物能夠將單官能自由基交聯劑較佳地用作自由基交聯劑。作為單官能自由基交聯劑,可較佳地使用(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸卡必醇酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸芐酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯、N-羥甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、(甲基)丙烯酸環氧丙酯、單(甲基)丙烯酸聚乙二醇酯、單(甲基)丙烯酸聚丙二醇酯等(甲基)丙烯酸衍生物、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮、N-乙烯基己內醯胺等N-乙烯基化合物類、烯丙基環氧丙醚等。作為單官能自由基交聯劑,為了抑制曝光前的揮發,在常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點之化合物亦較佳。 此外,作為2官能以上的自由基交聯劑,可以列舉鄰苯二甲酸二烯丙酯、偏苯三酸三烯丙酯等烯丙基化合物類。 From the viewpoint of pattern resolution and film stretchability, it is preferable to use a bifunctional methacrylate or acrylate as the resin composition. As specific compounds, triethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, PEG (polyethylene glycol) 200 diacrylate, PEG200 dimethacrylate, PEG600 diacrylate, PEG600 dimethacrylate, polyethylene glycol diacrylate, polyethylene glycol dimethacrylate, dipropylene glycol diacrylate, tripropylene glycol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol dimethacrylate, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol diacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate can be used. Ester, 1,6-hexanediol dimethacrylate, dihydroxymethyl-tricyclodecane diacrylate, dihydroxymethyl-tricyclodecane dimethacrylate, bisphenol A EO (ethylene oxide) adduct diacrylate, bisphenol A EO adduct dimethacrylate, bisphenol A PO adduct diacrylate, bisphenol A PO adduct dimethacrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-acryloyloxypropyl methacrylate, isocyanuric acid EO modified diacrylate, isocyanuric acid EO modified dimethacrylate, other bifunctional acrylates with urethane bonds, bifunctional methacrylates with urethane bonds. These can be used in combination of two or more as needed. Furthermore, for example, PEG200 diacrylate refers to polyethylene glycol diacrylate having a polyethylene glycol chain formula weight of about 200. From the viewpoint of suppressing the warping of the pattern (cured product), the resin composition of the present invention can preferably use a monofunctional radical crosslinking agent as a radical crosslinking agent. As the monofunctional radical crosslinking agent, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, butoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, carbitol (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, N-hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, glycidyl (meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate and other (meth)acrylic acid derivatives, N-vinyl pyrrolidone, N-vinyl caprolactam and other N-vinyl compounds, allyl glycidyl ether and the like can be preferably used. As a monofunctional free radical crosslinking agent, in order to suppress volatility before exposure, a compound having a boiling point of 100°C or more at normal pressure is also preferred. In addition, as a bifunctional or higher-functional free radical crosslinking agent, allyl compounds such as diallyl phthalate and triallyl trimellitate can be listed.

當含有自由基交聯劑時,相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分,自由基交聯劑的含量超過0質量%且60質量%以下為較佳。下限為5質量%以上為更佳。上限為50質量%以下為更佳,30質量%以下為進一步較佳。When a free radical crosslinking agent is contained, the content of the free radical crosslinking agent is preferably more than 0 mass % and less than 60 mass % relative to the total solid content of the resin composition. The lower limit is more preferably 5 mass % or more. The upper limit is more preferably 50 mass % or less, and even more preferably 30 mass % or less.

自由基交聯劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以混合使用2種以上。當併用2種以上時,其合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。The free radical crosslinking agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more are used in combination, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.

〔其他交聯劑〕 本發明的樹脂組成物含有與上述之自由基交聯劑不同的其他交聯劑亦較佳。 其他交聯劑係指上述之自由基交聯劑以外的交聯劑,在分子內具有複數個藉由上述光酸產生劑或光鹼產生劑的感光而促進(在與組成物中的其他化合物或其反應生成物之間形成共價鍵之)反應之基之化合物為較佳,在分子內具有複數個藉由酸或鹼的作用促進(在與組成物中的其他化合物或其反應生成物之間形成共價鍵之)反應之基之化合物為更佳。 上述酸或鹼為在曝光步驟中從光酸產生劑或光鹼產生劑產生之酸或鹼為較佳。 作為其他交聯劑,可以列舉國際公開第2022/145355號公報的0179~0207段中記載之化合物。上述記載被編入本說明書中。 [Other crosslinking agents] The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains other crosslinking agents different from the above-mentioned free radical crosslinking agents. Other crosslinking agents refer to crosslinking agents other than the above-mentioned free radical crosslinking agents. It is preferred that the compound has multiple groups in the molecule that are promoted by the photosensitization of the above-mentioned photoacid generator or photoalkali generator (forming covalent bonds with other compounds in the composition or their reaction products), and it is more preferred that the compound has multiple groups in the molecule that are promoted by the action of an acid or a base (forming covalent bonds with other compounds in the composition or their reaction products). It is preferred that the above-mentioned acid or base is an acid or base generated from the photoacid generator or photoalkali generator in the exposure step. As other crosslinking agents, the compounds described in paragraphs 0179 to 0207 of International Publication No. 2022/145355 can be cited. The above description is incorporated into this specification.

〔聚合起始劑〕 本發明的樹脂組成物含有聚合起始劑為較佳。聚合起始劑可以為熱聚合起始劑亦可以為光聚合起始劑,但含有光聚合起始劑為尤佳。 光聚合起始劑為光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。作為光自由基聚合起始劑,並無特別限制,能夠從公知的光自由基聚合起始劑中適當選擇。例如,對紫外線區域至可見區域的光線具有感光性之光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。又,亦可以為與被光激發之增感劑作用並生成活性自由基之活性劑。 [Polymerization initiator] The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerization initiator. The polymerization initiator may be a thermal polymerization initiator or a photopolymerization initiator, but it is particularly preferred to contain a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator. There is no particular limitation on the photoradical polymerization initiator, and it can be appropriately selected from known photoradical polymerization initiators. For example, a photoradical polymerization initiator that is sensitive to light in the ultraviolet region to the visible region is preferred. In addition, it may be an activator that reacts with a photoexcited sensitizer and generates active radicals.

光自由基聚合起始劑至少含有1種在波長約240~800nm(較佳為330~500nm)的範圍內至少具有約50L・mol -1・cm -1莫耳吸光係數之化合物為較佳。化合物的莫耳吸光係數能夠利用公知的方法測定。例如,藉由紫外可見分光光度計(Varian公司製Cary-5 spectrophotometer),使用乙酸乙酯溶劑,在0.01g/L的濃度下進行測定為較佳。 The photo-radical polymerization initiator preferably contains at least one compound having a molar absorption coefficient of at least about 50 L·mol -1 ·cm -1 in the wavelength range of about 240 to 800 nm (preferably 330 to 500 nm). The molar absorption coefficient of the compound can be measured by a known method. For example, it is preferably measured by an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian) using an ethyl acetate solvent at a concentration of 0.01 g/L.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,能夠任意使用公知的化合物。例如,可以列舉鹵化烴衍生物(例如具有三𠯤骨架之化合物、具有㗁二唑骨架之化合物、具有三鹵甲基之化合物等)、醯基氧化膦等醯基膦化合物、六芳基雙咪唑、肟衍生物等肟化合物、有機過氧化物、硫化合物、酮化合物、芳香族鎓鹽、酮肟醚、胺基苯乙酮等α-胺基酮化合物、羥基苯乙酮等α-羥基酮化合物、偶氮系化合物、疊氮化合物、茂金屬化合物、有機硼化合物、鐵芳烴錯合物等。關於該等的詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2016-027357號公報的0165~0182段、國際公開第2015/199219號的0138~0151段的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。又,可以列舉日本特開2014-130173號公報的0065~0111段、日本專利第6301489號公報中記載之化合物、MATERIAL STAGE 37~60p,vol.19,No.3,2019中記載之過氧化物系光聚合起始劑、國際公開第2018/221177號中記載之光聚合起始劑、國際公開第2018/110179號中記載之光聚合起始劑、日本特開2019-043864號公報中記載之光聚合起始劑、日本特開2019-044030號公報中記載之光聚合起始劑、日本特開2019-167313號公報中記載之過氧化物系起始劑,該等內容被編入本說明書中。As the photoradical polymerization initiator, any known compound can be used. For example, alkyl halides derivatives (e.g., compounds having a trioxane skeleton, compounds having a diazole skeleton, compounds having a trihalomethyl group, etc.), acylphosphine compounds such as acylphosphine oxide, hexaarylbiimidazole, oxime compounds such as oxime derivatives, organic peroxides, sulfur compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ketoxime ethers, α-aminoketone compounds such as aminoacetophenone, α-hydroxyketone compounds such as hydroxyacetophenone, azo compounds, azide compounds, metallocene compounds, organic boron compounds, iron aromatic hydrocarbon complexes, etc. can be listed. For details of the above, please refer to paragraphs 0165 to 0182 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2016-027357 and paragraphs 0138 to 0151 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, which are incorporated into this specification. In addition, the compounds described in paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2014-130173 and Japanese Patent No. 6301489, MATERIAL STAGE 37~60p, vol.19, No.3, 2019, the photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. 2018/221177, the photopolymerization initiator described in International Publication No. 2018/110179, the photopolymerization initiator described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2019-043864, the photopolymerization initiator described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2019-044030, and the peroxide-based initiator described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2019-167313, the contents of which are incorporated into this specification.

作為酮化合物,例如,可以例示日本特開2015-087611號公報的0087段中記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。在市售品中,亦可較佳地使用KAYACURE DETX-S(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)。Examples of the ketone compound include compounds described in paragraph 0087 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2015-087611, the contents of which are incorporated herein. Among commercially available products, KAYACURE DETX-S (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) can also be preferably used.

在本發明的一實施態樣中,作為光自由基聚合起始劑,能夠較佳地使用羥基苯乙酮化合物、胺基苯乙酮化合物及醯基膦化合物。更具體而言,例如,能夠使用日本特開平10-291969號公報中記載之胺基苯乙酮系起始劑、日本專利第4225898號中記載之醯基氧化膦系起始劑,該內容被編入本說明書中。In one embodiment of the present invention, hydroxyacetophenone compounds, aminoacetophenone compounds and acylphosphine compounds can be preferably used as photoradical polymerization initiators. More specifically, for example, aminoacetophenone-based initiators described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 10-291969 and acylphosphine oxide-based initiators described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898 can be used, and the contents are incorporated into this specification.

作為α-羥基酮系起始劑,能夠使用Omnirad 184、Omnirad 1173、Omnirad 2959、Omnirad 127(以上為IGM Resins B.V.公司製造)、IRGACURE 184(IRGACURE為註冊商標)、DAROCUR 1173、IRGACURE 500、IRGACURE-2959、IRGACURE 127(以上為BASF公司製造)。As the α-hydroxyketone-based initiator, Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, Omnirad 127 (all manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), IRGACURE 184 (IRGACURE is a registered trademark), DAROCUR 1173, IRGACURE 500, IRGACURE-2959, IRGACURE 127 (all manufactured by BASF) can be used.

作為α-胺基酮系起始劑,能夠使用Omnirad 907、Omnirad 369、Omnirad 369E、Omnirad 379EG(以上為IGM Resins B.V.公司製造)、IRGACURE 907、IRGACURE 369及IRGACURE 379(以上為BASF公司製造)。As the α-aminoketone-based initiator, Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379EG (all manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), IRGACURE 907, IRGACURE 369, and IRGACURE 379 (all manufactured by BASF) can be used.

作為胺基苯乙酮系起始劑、醯基氧化膦系起始劑、茂金屬化合物,例如,亦能夠較佳地使用國際公開第2021/112189號的0161~0163段中記載之化合物。該內容被編入本說明書中。As the aminoacetophenone-based initiator, the acylphosphine oxide-based initiator, and the metallocene compound, for example, the compounds described in paragraphs 0161 to 0163 of International Publication No. 2021/112189 can also be preferably used. The contents are incorporated into this specification.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,可更佳地列舉肟化合物。藉由使用肟化合物,能夠進一步有效地提高曝光寬容度。肟化合物的曝光寬容度(曝光餘裕度)較廣且亦起到作為光硬化促進劑的作用,因此尤佳。As the photo-radical polymerization initiator, oxime compounds are more preferably cited. By using oxime compounds, the exposure tolerance can be further effectively improved. Oxime compounds have a wider exposure tolerance (exposure margin) and also function as a photohardening accelerator, so they are particularly preferred.

作為肟化合物的具體例,可以列舉日本特開2001-233842號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開2000-080068號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開2006-342166號公報中記載之化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年,第1653-1660頁)中記載之化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年,第156-162頁)中記載之化合物、Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology(1995年,第202-232頁)中記載之化合物、日本特開2000-066385號公報中記載之化合物、日本特表2004-534797號公報中記載之化合物、日本特開2017-019766號公報中記載之化合物、日本專利第6065596號公報中記載之化合物、國際公開第2015/152153號中記載之化合物、國際公開第2017/051680號中記載之化合物、日本特開2017-198865號公報中記載之化合物、國際公開第2017/164127號的0025~0038段中記載之化合物、國際公開第2013/167515號中記載之化合物等,該內容被編入本說明書中。Specific examples of oxime compounds include compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2001-233842, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2000-080068, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2006-342166, compounds described in J.C.S. Perkin II (1979, pp. 1653-1660), compounds described in J.C.S. Perkin II (1979, pp. 156-162), and compounds described in Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology. The compounds described in Japanese Unexamined Patent Application (1995, pp. 202-232), the compounds described in Japanese Unexamined Patent Application No. 2000-066385, the compounds described in Japanese Unexamined Patent Application No. 2004-534797, the compounds described in Japanese Unexamined Patent Application No. 2017-019766, the compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6065596, the compounds described in International Publication No. 20 The compounds described in 15/152153, the compounds described in International Publication No. 2017/051680, the compounds described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2017-198865, the compounds described in paragraphs 0025 to 0038 of International Publication No. 2017/164127, the compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/167515, etc., the contents of which are incorporated into this specification.

作為較佳肟化合物,例如可以列舉下述結構的化合物、3-(苯甲醯氧基(亞胺基))丁-2-酮、3-(乙醯氧基(亞胺基))丁-2-酮、3-(丙醯氧基(亞胺基))丁-2-酮、2-(乙醯氧基(亞胺基))戊-3-酮、2-(乙醯氧基(亞胺基))-1-苯基丙-1-酮、2-(苯甲醯氧基(亞胺基))-1-苯基丙-1-酮、3-((4-甲苯磺醯氧基)亞胺基)丁-2-酮及2-(乙氧基羰氧基(亞胺基))-1-苯基丙-1-酮等。在樹脂組成物中,尤其較佳地使用肟化合物作為光自由基聚合起始劑。作為光自由基聚合起始劑的肟化合物在分子內具有連結基>C=N-O-C(=O)-。Preferred oxime compounds include, for example, compounds having the following structures: 3-(benzoyloxy(imino))butan-2-one, 3-(acetyloxy(imino))butan-2-one, 3-(propionyloxy(imino))butan-2-one, 2-(acetyloxy(imino))pentan-3-one, 2-(acetyloxy(imino))-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-(benzoyloxy(imino))-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-((4-toluenesulfonyloxy)imino)butan-2-one, and 2-(ethoxycarbonyloxy(imino))-1-phenylpropan-1-one. In the resin composition, the oxime compound is preferably used as a photoradical polymerization initiator. The oxime compound used as a photoradical polymerization initiator has a linking group >C=N-O-C(=O)- in the molecule.

[化學式24] [Chemical formula 24]

作為肟化合物的市售品,可以列舉IRGACURE OXE 01、IRGACURE OXE 02、IRGACURE OXE 03、IRGACURE OXE 04(以上為BASF公司製造)、Adeka OptomerN-1919(ADEKA CORPORATION製、日本特開2012-014052號公報中記載之光自由基聚合起始劑2)、TR-PBG-304、TR-PBG-305(Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,LTD.製造)、ADEKA ARKLS NCI-730、NCI-831及ADEKA ARKLS NCI-930(ADEKA CORPORATION製造)、DFI-091(Daito Chemix Corporation製造)、SpeedCure PDO(SARTOMER ARKEMA製造)。又,亦能夠使用下述結構的肟化合物。 [化學式25] Examples of commercially available oxime compounds include IRGACURE OXE 01, IRGACURE OXE 02, IRGACURE OXE 03, and IRGACURE OXE 04 (all manufactured by BASF), Adeka Optomer N-1919 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION, photoradical polymerization initiator 2 described in JP-A-2012-014052), TR-PBG-304 and TR-PBG-305 (manufactured by Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO., LTD.), ADEKA ARKLS NCI-730, NCI-831, and ADEKA ARKLS NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION), DFI-091 (manufactured by Daito Chemix Corporation), and SpeedCure PDO (manufactured by SARTOMER ARKEMA). In addition, an oxime compound having the following structure can also be used. [Chemical Formula 25]

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,例如,亦能夠使用國際公開第2021/112189號的0169~0171段中記載之具有茀環之肟化合物、具有咔唑環的至少1個苯環成為萘環之骨架之肟化合物、具有氟原子之肟化合物。 又,亦能夠使用國際公開第2021/020359號的0208~0210段中記載之具有硝基之肟化合物、具有苯并呋喃骨架之肟化合物、在咔唑骨架中鍵結有具有羥基之取代基之肟化合物。該等內容被編入本說明書中。 As a photoradical polymerization initiator, for example, an oxime compound having a fluorene ring described in paragraphs 0169 to 0171 of International Publication No. 2021/112189, an oxime compound having a carbazole ring in which at least one benzene ring is a naphthalene ring, and an oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used. In addition, an oxime compound having a nitro group described in paragraphs 0208 to 0210 of International Publication No. 2021/020359, an oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton, and an oxime compound having a hydroxyl substituent bonded to the carbazole skeleton can also be used. These contents are incorporated into this specification.

作為光聚合起始劑,亦能夠使用具有對芳香族環導入了拉電子基團之芳香族環基Ar OX1之肟化合物(以下,亦稱為肟化合物OX)。作為上述芳香族環基Ar OX1所具有之拉電子基團,可以列舉醯基、硝基、三氟甲基、烷基亞磺醯基、芳基亞磺醯基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、氰基,醯基及硝基為較佳,從容易形成耐光性優異的膜的理由而言,醯基為更佳,苯甲醯基為進一步較佳。苯甲醯基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,鹵素原子、氰基、硝基、羥基、烷基、烷氧基、芳基、芳氧基、雜環基、雜環氧基、烯基、烷基氫硫基、芳基氫硫基、醯基或胺基為較佳,烷基、烷氧基、芳基、芳氧基、雜環氧基、烷基氫硫基、芳基氫硫基或胺基為更佳,烷氧基、烷基氫硫基或胺基為進一步較佳。 As a photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having an aromatic ring group Ar OX1 with an electron-withdrawing group introduced into the aromatic ring (hereinafter, also referred to as an oxime compound OX) can also be used. As the electron-withdrawing group possessed by the above-mentioned aromatic ring group Ar OX1 , there can be listed an acyl group, a nitro group, a trifluoromethyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, and a cyano group. An acyl group and a nitro group are preferred. From the reason that a film with excellent light resistance can be easily formed, an acyl group is more preferred, and a benzoyl group is further preferred. The benzoyl group may have a substituent. As the substituent, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxygen group, an alkenyl group, an alkylthiohydrogen group, an arylthiohydrogen group, an acyl group or an amino group is preferred; an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic oxygen group, an alkylthiohydrogen group, an arylthiohydrogen group or an amino group is more preferred; an alkoxy group, an alkylthiohydrogen group or an amino group is further preferred.

肟化合物OX為選自由式(OX1)表示之化合物及由式(OX2)表示之化合物中之至少1種為較佳,由式(OX2)表示之化合物為更佳。 [化學式26] 式中,R X1表示烷基、烯基、烷氧基、芳基、芳氧基、雜環基、雜環氧基、烷基氫硫基、芳基氫硫基、烷基亞磺醯基、芳基亞磺醯基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、醯基、醯氧基、胺基、膦醯基、胺甲醯基或胺磺醯基, R X2表示烷基、烯基、烷氧基、芳基、芳氧基、雜環基、雜環氧基、烷基氫硫基、芳基氫硫基、烷基亞磺醯基、芳基亞磺醯基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、醯氧基或胺基, R X3~R X14分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基。 其中,R X10~R X14中的至少一者為拉電子基團。 The oxime compound OX is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the formula (OX1) and a compound represented by the formula (OX2), and more preferably a compound represented by the formula (OX2). [Chemical Formula 26] In the formula, RX1 represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, an amino group, a phosphinoyl group, an aminoformyl group or an aminosulfonyl group, RX2 represents an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, an acyloxy group or an amino group, and RX3 to RX14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Among them, at least one of RX10 to RX14 is an electron-withdrawing group.

上述式中,R X12為拉電子基團,R X10、R X11、R X13、R X14為氫原子為較佳。 In the above formula, RX12 is an electron-withdrawing group, and RX10 , RX11 , RX13 , and RX14 are preferably hydrogen atoms.

作為肟化合物OX的具體例,可以列舉日本專利第4600600號公報的0083~0105段中記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。Specific examples of the oxime compound OX include compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 0105 of Japanese Patent No. 4600600, the contents of which are incorporated into the present specification.

作為尤佳之肟化合物,可以列舉日本特開2007-269779號公報中示出之具有特定取代基之肟化合物、日本特開2009-191061號公報中所示出之具有硫芳基之肟化合物等,該內容被編入本說明書中。As particularly preferred oxime compounds, there can be mentioned oxime compounds having specific substituents disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2007-269779, oxime compounds having thioaryl groups disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-191061, and the like, the contents of which are incorporated into the present specification.

從曝光靈敏度的觀點而言,光自由基聚合起始劑為選自由三鹵甲基三𠯤化合物、苄基二甲基縮酮化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚物、鎓鹽化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物及其衍生物、環戊二烯基-苯-鐵錯合物及其鹽、鹵甲基㗁二唑化合物、3-芳基取代香豆素化合物組成之群組中之化合物為較佳。From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, the photoradical polymerization initiator is preferably a compound selected from the group consisting of trihalomethyl trioxane compounds, benzyl dimethyl ketal compounds, α-hydroxy ketone compounds, α-amino ketone compounds, acyl phosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, onium salt compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds and derivatives thereof, cyclopentadienyl-benzene-iron complexes and salts thereof, halogenated methyl oxadiazole compounds, and 3-aryl substituted coumarin compounds.

又,光自由基聚合起始劑為三鹵甲基三𠯤化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚體、鎓鹽化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物,選自由三鹵甲基三𠯤化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚體、二苯甲酮化合物組成之群組中之至少1種化合物為更佳,茂金屬化合物或肟化合物為進一步較佳。Furthermore, the photoradical polymerization initiator is a trihalogenmethyl trioxane compound, an α-amino ketone compound, an acyl phosphine compound, a phosphine oxide compound, a metallocene compound, an oxime compound, a triaryl imidazole dimer, an onium salt compound, a benzophenone compound, or an acetophenone compound. It is more preferred that the initiator be at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a trihalogenmethyl trioxane compound, an α-amino ketone compound, a metallocene compound, an oxime compound, a triaryl imidazole dimer, or a benzophenone compound, and it is further preferred that the metallocene compound or the oxime compound be further preferred.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,亦能夠使用國際公開第2021/020359號的0175~0179段中記載之化合物、國際公開第2015/125469號的0048~0055段中記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。As the photoradical polymerization initiator, the compounds described in paragraphs 0175 to 0179 of International Publication No. 2021/020359 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0048 to 0055 of International Publication No. 2015/125469 can also be used, and the contents are incorporated into this specification.

作為光自由基聚合起始劑,可以使用2官能或3官能以上的光自由基聚合起始劑。藉由使用此種光自由基聚合起始劑,從光自由基聚合起始劑的1分子產生2個以上的自由基,因此可獲得良好的靈敏度。又,在使用了非對稱結構的化合物的情況下,結晶性下降而在溶劑等中的溶解性變高,隨時間的經過變得不易析出,藉此能夠提高樹脂組成物的經時穩定性。作為2官能或3官能以上的光自由基聚合起始劑的具體例,可以列舉日本特表2010-527339號公報、日本特表2011-524436號公報、國際公開第2015/004565號、日本特表2016-532675號公報的0407~0412段、國際公開第2017/033680號的0039~0055段中記載之肟化合物的二聚物、日本特表2013-522445號公報中記載之化合物(E)及化合物(G)、國際公開第2016/034963號中記載之Cmpd1~7、日本特表2017-523465號公報的0007段中記載之肟酯類光起始劑、日本特開2017-167399號公報的0020~0033段中記載之光起始劑、日本特開2017-151342號公報的0017~0026段中記載之光聚合起始劑(A)、日本專利第6469669號公報中記載之肟酯光起始劑等,該內容被編入本說明書中。As the photoradical polymerization initiator, a difunctional or trifunctional or higher photoradical polymerization initiator can be used. By using such a photoradical polymerization initiator, two or more radicals are generated from one molecule of the photoradical polymerization initiator, thereby obtaining good sensitivity. In addition, when a compound with an asymmetric structure is used, the crystallinity decreases and the solubility in a solvent or the like increases, and it becomes difficult to precipitate over time, thereby improving the temporal stability of the resin composition. Specific examples of bifunctional or trifunctional or higher photoradical polymerization initiators include dimers of oxime compounds described in JP-A-2010-527339, JP-A-2011-524436, International Publication No. 2015/004565, paragraphs 0407 to 0412 of JP-A-2016-532675, paragraphs 0039 to 0055 of International Publication No. 2017/033680, and compounds (E) and compounds described in JP-A-2013-522445. (G), Cmpd1 to 7 described in International Publication No. 2016/034963, the oxime ester photoinitiator described in paragraph 0007 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2017-523465, the photoinitiator described in paragraphs 0020 to 0033 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2017-167399, the photopolymerization initiator (A) described in paragraphs 0017 to 0026 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2017-151342, the oxime ester photoinitiator described in Japanese Patent No. 6469669, etc., the contents of which are incorporated into this specification.

當樹脂組成物含有光聚合起始劑時,相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分,其含量為0.1~30質量%為較佳,0.1~20質量%為更佳,0.5~15質量%為進一步較佳,1.0~10質量%為更進一步較佳。光聚合起始劑可以僅含有1種,亦可以含有2種以上。當含有2種以上的光聚合起始劑時,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。 再者,由於光聚合起始劑有時亦會作為熱聚合起始劑發揮作用,因此有時會藉由烘箱、加熱板等的加熱來進一步促進利用光聚合起始劑之交聯。 When the resin composition contains a photopolymerization initiator, the content thereof is preferably 0.1 to 30 mass %, more preferably 0.1 to 20 mass %, more preferably 0.5 to 15 mass %, and even more preferably 1.0 to 10 mass % relative to the total solid content of the resin composition. The photopolymerization initiator may contain only one type or two or more types. When two or more photopolymerization initiators are contained, the total amount is preferably within the above range. Furthermore, since the photopolymerization initiator sometimes also acts as a thermal polymerization initiator, the crosslinking using the photopolymerization initiator is sometimes further promoted by heating with an oven, a heating plate, etc.

〔增感劑〕 樹脂組成物可以含有增感劑。增感劑吸收特定的活性放射線而成為電子激發狀態。成為電子激發狀態之增感劑與熱自由基聚合起始劑、光自由基聚合起始劑等接觸而產生電子轉移、能量轉移、發熱等作用。藉此,熱自由基聚合起始劑、光自由基聚合起始劑引起化學變化而分解,並生成自由基、酸或鹼。 作為能夠使用之增感劑,能夠使用二苯甲酮系、米其勒酮系、香豆素系、吡唑偶氮系、苯胺基偶氮系、三苯甲烷系、蒽醌系、蒽系、蒽吡啶酮系、苯亞甲基系、氧雜菁系、吡唑并三唑偶氮系、吡啶酮偶氮系、花青系、啡噻𠯤系、吡咯并吡唑偶氮次甲基系、口山口星系、酞菁系、苯并哌喃系、靛藍系等化合物。 作為增感劑,例如,可以列舉米其勒酮、4,4’-雙(二乙胺基)二苯甲酮、2,5-雙(4’-二乙胺基亞苄基)環戊烷、2,6-雙(4’-二乙胺基亞苄基)環己酮、2,6-雙(4’-二乙胺基亞苄基)-4-甲基環己酮、4,4’-雙(二甲胺基)查耳酮、4,4’-雙(二乙胺基)查耳酮、對二甲胺基苯亞烯丙基二氫茚酮、對二甲胺基苯亞甲基二氫茚酮、2-(對二甲胺基苯基聯苯)-苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯基伸乙烯基)苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯基伸乙烯基)異萘基噻唑、1,3-雙(4’-二甲胺基亞苄基)丙酮、1,3-雙(4’-二乙胺基亞苄基)丙酮、3,3’-羰基-雙(7-二乙胺基香豆素)、3-乙醯基-7-二甲胺基香豆素、3-乙氧基羰基-7-二甲胺基香豆素、3-苄氧基羰基-7-二甲胺基香豆素、3-甲氧基羰基-7-二乙胺基香豆素、3-乙氧基羰基-7-二乙胺基香豆素(7-(二乙胺基)香豆素-3-羧酸乙酯)、N-苯基-N’-乙基乙醇胺、N-苯基二乙醇胺、N-對甲苯二乙醇胺、N-苯基乙醇胺、4-口末啉基二苯甲酮、二甲胺基苯甲酸異戊酯、二乙胺基苯甲酸異戊酯、2-巰基苯并咪唑、1-苯基-5-巰基四唑、2-巰基苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯乙烯)苯并㗁唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯乙烯)苯并噻唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯乙烯)萘(1,2-d)噻唑、2-(對二甲胺基苯甲醯基)苯乙烯、二苯乙醯胺、苯甲醯苯胺、N-甲基乙醯苯胺、3’,4’-二甲基乙醯苯胺等。 又,亦可以使用其他增感色素。 關於增感色素的詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2016-027357號公報的0161~0163段的記載,該內容被編入本說明書中。 [Sensitizer] The resin composition may contain a sensitizer. The sensitizer absorbs specific active radiation and becomes an electronically excited state. The sensitizer in the electronically excited state comes into contact with a thermal free radical polymerization initiator, a photo free radical polymerization initiator, etc., and produces electron transfer, energy transfer, heat, etc. As a result, the thermal free radical polymerization initiator and the photo free radical polymerization initiator cause chemical changes and decompose, and generate free radicals, acids or bases. As the sensitizers that can be used, compounds such as benzophenone series, michler's ketone series, coumarin series, pyrazole azo series, anilino azo series, triphenylmethane series, anthraquinone series, anthracene series, anthrapyridone series, benzylidene series, oxycyanine series, pyrazolotriazole azo series, pyridone azo series, cyanine series, phenathiophene series, pyrrolopyrazole azo methine series, phthalocyanine series, benzopyran series, indigo series, etc. can be used. As the sensitizer, for example, michler's ketone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, 2,5-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzylidene)cyclopentane, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzylidene)cyclohexanone, 2,6-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzylidene)-4-methylcyclohexanone, 4,4'-bis(dimethylamino)chalcone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)chalcone, p-dimethylaminophenylallylidenedihydroindanone, p-dimethylaminophenylallylidenedihydroindanone, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylbiphenyl)-benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylvinylene)benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminophenylvinylene)isonaphthylthiazole, 1,3-bis(4'-dimethylaminobenzylidene)acetone, 1,3-bis(4'-diethylaminobenzylidene)acetone, 3,3'-carbonyl-bis(7-diethylaminocoumarin), 3-acetyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-ethyl Oxycarbonyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-benzyloxycarbonyl-7-dimethylaminocoumarin, 3-methoxycarbonyl-7-diethylaminocoumarin, 3-ethoxycarbonyl-7-diethylaminocoumarin (7-(diethylamino)coumarin-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester), N-phenyl-N'-ethylethanolamine, N-phenyldiethanolamine, N-p-toluenediethanolamine, N-phenylethanolamine, 4-ortho-benzophenone, isoamyl dimethylaminobenzoate, Isoamyl diethylaminobenzoate, 2-benzimidazole, 1-phenyl-5-benzyltetrazolyl, 2-benzthiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyrene)benzoxazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyrene)benzothiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminostyrene)naphthalene (1,2-d)thiazole, 2-(p-dimethylaminobenzyl)styrene, diphenylacetylamide, benzanilide, N-methylacetylanilide, 3',4'-dimethylacetylanilide, etc. Other sensitizing dyes can also be used. For details of sensitizing dyes, please refer to paragraphs 0161 to 0163 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-027357, which is incorporated into this specification.

當樹脂組成物含有增感劑時,相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分,增感劑的含量為0.01~20質量%為較佳,0.1~15質量%為更佳,0.5~10質量%為進一步較佳。增感劑可以單獨使用1種,亦可以併用2種以上。When the resin composition contains a sensitizer, the content of the sensitizer is preferably 0.01 to 20 mass %, more preferably 0.1 to 15 mass %, and even more preferably 0.5 to 10 mass % relative to the total solid content of the resin composition. The sensitizer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

〔鏈轉移劑〕 本發明的樹脂組成物可以含有鏈轉移劑。鏈轉移劑例如在高分子詞典第三版(高分子學會(The Society of Polymer Science,Japan)編,2005年)683-684頁中有定義。作為鏈轉移劑,例如,可以使用在分子內具有-S-S-、-SO 2-S-、-N-O-、SH、PH、SiH及GeH之化合物群、用於RAFT(Reversible Addition Fragmentation chain Transfer:可逆加成碎斷鏈轉移)聚合之具有硫代羰基硫基之二硫苯甲酸酯、三硫碳酸酯、二硫胺甲酸酯、黃原酸酯化合物等。該等向低活性自由基供給氫而生成自由基,或者可藉由經氧化之後去質子而生成自由基。尤其,能夠較佳地使用硫醇化合物。 [Chain transfer agent] The resin composition of the present invention may contain a chain transfer agent. Chain transfer agents are defined, for example, in the third edition of the Polymer Dictionary (edited by The Society of Polymer Science, Japan, 2005), pages 683-684. As chain transfer agents, for example, a group of compounds having -SS-, -SO 2 -S-, -NO-, SH, PH, SiH and GeH in the molecule, dithiobenzoate, trithiocarbonate, dithiocarbamate, xanthate compounds having a thiocarbonylthio group used for RAFT (Reversible Addition Fragmentation chain Transfer) polymerization, etc. can be used. These generate free radicals by donating hydrogen to low-activity free radicals, or can generate free radicals by deprotonating after oxidation. In particular, thiol compounds can be preferably used.

又,鏈轉移劑亦能夠使用國際公開第2015/199219號的0152~0153段中記載之化合物,該內容被編入本說明書中。In addition, the compounds described in paragraphs 0152 to 0153 of International Publication No. 2015/199219 can also be used as chain transfer agents, and the contents are incorporated into this specification.

當樹脂組成物具有鏈轉移劑時,相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分100質量份,鏈轉移劑的含量為0.01~20質量份為較佳,0.1~10質量份為更佳,0.5~5質量份為進一步較佳。鏈轉移劑可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。當鏈轉移劑為2種以上時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。When the resin composition contains a chain transfer agent, the content of the chain transfer agent is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, and even more preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the resin composition. The chain transfer agent may be only one or two or more. When there are two or more chain transfer agents, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.

<鹼產生劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物可以含有鹼產生劑。在此,鹼產生劑係指能夠藉由物理作用或化學作用產生鹼之化合物。作為較佳鹼產生劑,可以列舉熱鹼產生劑及光鹼產生劑。 尤其,當樹脂組成物含有環化樹脂的前驅物時,樹脂組成物含有鹼產生劑為較佳。藉由樹脂組成物含有熱鹼產生劑,例如能夠藉由加熱來促進前驅物的環化反應,從而成為硬化物的機械特性或耐藥品性良好者,例如作為半導體封裝中所含之再配線層用層間絕緣膜的性能變得良好。 作為鹼產生劑,可以為離子型鹼產生劑,亦可以為非離子型鹼產生劑。作為從鹼產生劑產生之鹼,例如,可以列舉二級胺、三級胺。 鹼產生劑並無特別限定,能夠使用公知的鹼產生劑。作為公知的鹼產生劑,例如,能夠可以列舉胺甲醯基肟化合物、胺甲醯基羥基胺化合物、胺甲酸化合物、甲醯胺化合物、乙醯胺化合物、胺基甲酸酯化合物、苄基胺基甲酸酯化合物、硝基苄基胺基甲酸酯化合物、磺醯胺化合物、咪唑衍生物化合物、胺醯亞胺化合物、吡啶衍生物化合物、α-胺基苯乙酮衍生物化合物、四級銨鹽衍生物化合物、吡啶鎓鹽、α-內酯環衍生物化合物、胺基醯亞胺化合物、鄰苯二甲醯亞胺衍生物化合物、醯氧基亞胺化合物等。 作為非離子型鹼產生劑的具體例,可以列舉國際公開第2022/145355號的0249~0275段中記載之化合物。上述記載被編入本說明書中。 <Base generator> The resin composition of the present invention may contain a base generator. Here, the base generator refers to a compound that can generate a base by physical action or chemical action. As preferred base generators, thermal base generators and photobase generators can be listed. In particular, when the resin composition contains a precursor of a cyclized resin, it is preferred that the resin composition contains a base generator. By including a thermal alkali generator in the resin composition, for example, the cyclization reaction of the precursor can be promoted by heating, so that the mechanical properties or chemical resistance of the cured product are good, and the performance of the interlayer insulating film for the redistribution layer contained in the semiconductor package is improved. The alkali generator may be an ionic alkali generator or a non-ionic alkali generator. As the alkali generated from the alkali generator, for example, diamines and tertiary amines can be listed. The alkali generator is not particularly limited, and a known alkali generator can be used. As known alkali generators, for example, there can be listed aminoformyl oxime compounds, aminoformylhydroxylamine compounds, aminoformic acid compounds, formamide compounds, acetamide compounds, carbamate compounds, benzylcarbamate compounds, nitrobenzylcarbamate compounds, sulfonamide compounds, imidazole derivative compounds, aminoimide compounds, pyridine derivative compounds, α-aminoacetophenone derivative compounds, quaternary ammonium salt derivative compounds, pyridinium salts, α-lactone ring derivative compounds, aminoimide compounds, o-phthalimide derivative compounds, acyloxyimide compounds, etc. As specific examples of non-ionic base generators, the compounds described in paragraphs 0249 to 0275 of International Publication No. 2022/145355 can be cited. The above description is incorporated into this specification.

作為鹼產生劑,可以列舉下述化合物,但並不限定於該等。Examples of the base generator include the following compounds, but the base generator is not limited thereto.

[化學式27] [Chemical formula 27]

非離子型鹼產生劑的分子量為800以下為較佳,600以下為更佳,500以下為進一步較佳。下限為100以上為較佳,200以上為更佳,300以上為進一步較佳。The molecular weight of the non-ionic base generator is preferably 800 or less, more preferably 600 or less, and further preferably 500 or less. The lower limit is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 200 or more, and further preferably 300 or more.

作為離子型鹼產生劑的具體地較佳化合物,例如,可以列舉國際公開第2018/038002號的0148~0163段中記載之化合物。Specific preferred compounds as ionic base generators include, for example, the compounds described in paragraphs 0148 to 0163 of International Publication No. 2018/038002.

作為銨鹽的具體例,可以列舉下述化合物,但並不限定於該等。 [化學式28] As specific examples of ammonium salts, the following compounds can be cited, but are not limited to them. [Chemical Formula 28]

作為亞胺鹽的具體例,可以列舉下述化合物,但並不限定於該等。 [化學式29] As specific examples of imine salts, the following compounds can be cited, but are not limited thereto. [Chemical Formula 29]

當樹脂組成物含有鹼產生劑時,相對於樹脂組成物中的樹脂100質量份,鹼產生劑的含量為0.1~50質量份為較佳。下限為0.3質量份以上為更佳,0.5質量份以上為進一步較佳。上限為30質量份以下為更佳,20質量份以下為進一步較佳,10質量份以下為進一步較佳,5質量份以下為更進一步較佳,4質量份以下為尤佳。 鹼產生劑能夠使用1種或2種以上。當使用2種以上時,合計量在上述範圍內為較佳。 When the resin composition contains an alkali generator, the content of the alkali generator is preferably 0.1 to 50 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the resin in the resin composition. The lower limit is preferably 0.3 parts by mass or more, and 0.5 parts by mass or more is further preferred. The upper limit is preferably 30 parts by mass or less, 20 parts by mass or less is further preferred, 10 parts by mass or less is further preferred, 5 parts by mass or less is further preferred, and 4 parts by mass or less is particularly preferred. Alkali generators can be used in one or more than two kinds. When two or more kinds are used, the total amount is preferably within the above range.

<溶劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物含有溶劑為較佳。 溶劑能夠任意地使用公知的溶劑。溶劑較佳為有機溶劑。作為有機溶劑,可以列舉酯類、醚類、酮類、環狀烴類、亞碸類、醯胺類、脲類、醇類等化合物。 <Solvent> The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent. Any known solvent can be used as the solvent. The solvent is preferably an organic solvent. Examples of organic solvents include compounds such as esters, ethers, ketones, cyclic hydrocarbons, sulfones, amides, ureas, and alcohols.

作為酯類,例如,可以列舉乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、乙酸己酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、γ-丁內酯、ε-己內酯、δ-戊內酯、γ-戊內酯、烷氧基乙酸烷基酯(例如,烷氧基乙酸甲酯、烷氧基乙酸乙酯、烷氧基乙酸丁酯(例如,甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如,3-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、3-烷氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如,3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2-烷氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如,2-烷氧基丙酸甲酯、2-烷氧基丙酸乙酯、2-烷氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如,2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯及2-烷氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如,2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-氧代丁酸甲酯、2-氧代丁酸乙酯、己酸乙酯、庚酸乙酯、丙二酸二甲酯、丙二酸二乙酯等作為較佳者。Examples of the esters include ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, hexyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, ε-caprolactone, δ-valerolactone, γ-valerolactone, alkyl alkoxyacetates (e.g., methyl alkoxyacetate, ethyl alkoxyacetate, butyl alkoxyacetate (e.g., methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, etc.)), alkyl 3-alkoxypropionates (e.g., methyl 3-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 3-alkoxypropionate, etc. (e.g., methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, etc.) ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, etc.)), alkyl 2-alkoxypropionates (e.g., methyl 2-alkoxypropionate, ethyl 2-alkoxypropionate, propyl 2-alkoxypropionate, etc. (e.g., methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate)), methyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate and ethyl 2-alkoxy-2-methylpropionate (e.g., methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetylacetate, ethyl acetylacetate, methyl 2-oxobutyrate, ethyl 2-oxobutyrate, ethyl hexanoate, ethyl heptanoate, dimethyl malonate, diethyl malonate, etc. are preferred.

作為醚類,例如,可以列舉乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇二乙醚、二乙二醇乙基甲醚、二乙二醇丁基甲醚、三乙二醇二甲醚、四乙二醇二甲醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、甲基賽路蘇乙酸酯、乙基賽路蘇乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇二甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單丁醚、乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇乙基甲醚、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯、二丙二醇二甲醚等作為較佳者。As the ethers, for example, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, diethylene glycol butyl methyl ether, triethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetraethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl thiourea acetate, ethyl thiourea acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol dimethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol ethyl methyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether and the like can be listed as preferred ones.

作為酮類,例如,可以列舉甲基乙基酮、環己酮、環戊酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮、3-甲基環己酮、左旋葡萄糖酮(levoglucosenone)、二氫左旋葡萄糖酮等作為較佳者。As the ketones, for example, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, levoglucosenone, dihydrolevoglucosenone and the like are preferably mentioned.

作為環狀烴類,例如,可以列舉甲苯、二甲苯、苯甲醚等芳香族烴類、檸檬烯等環式萜烯類作為較佳者。Preferred examples of the cyclic hydrocarbons include aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, and anisole, and cyclic terpenes such as limonene.

作為亞碸類,例如,可以列舉二甲基亞碸作為較佳者。As the sulfoxides, for example, dimethyl sulfoxide can be cited as a preferred one.

作為醯胺類,可以列舉N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-乙基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-環己基-2-吡咯啶酮、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基異丁醯胺、3-甲氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺、3-丁氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺、N-甲醯基口末啉、N-乙醯基口末啉等作為較佳者。As the amides, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-ethyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-cyclohexyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylisobutyramide, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide, N-formyl propionamide, N-acetyl propionamide and the like are preferably exemplified.

作為脲類,可以列舉N,N,N’,N’-四甲基脲、1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑啶酮等作為較佳者。As the urea, N,N,N',N'-tetramethylurea, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone and the like are preferred.

作為醇類,可以列舉甲醇、乙醇、1-丙醇、2-丙醇、1-丁醇、1-戊醇、1-己醇、苯甲醇、乙二醇單甲醚、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、2-乙氧基乙醇、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單己醚、三乙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單甲醚、聚乙二醇單甲醚、聚丙二醇、四乙二醇、乙二醇單丁醚、乙二醇單苄醚、乙二醇單苯醚、甲基苯甲醇、正戊醇、甲基戊醇及二丙酮醇等。As alcohols, there may be mentioned methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 1-pentanol, 1-hexanol, benzyl alcohol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 2-ethoxyethanol, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monohexyl ether, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, polypropylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobenzyl ether, ethylene glycol monophenyl ether, methylbenzyl alcohol, n-pentanol, methylpentanol and diacetone alcohol.

從塗布面性狀的改善等觀點而言,溶劑為混合2種以上之形態亦較佳。From the viewpoint of improving the properties of the coated surface, it is also preferable that the solvent is in the form of a mixture of two or more types.

在本發明中,選自3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙基賽路蘇乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、二乙二醇二甲醚、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-庚酮、環己酮、環戊酮、γ-丁內酯、γ-戊內酯、3-甲氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺、甲苯、二甲基亞碸、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、丙二醇甲醚、丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯、左旋葡萄糖酮及二氫左旋葡萄糖酮中之1種溶劑或由2種以上構成之混合溶劑為較佳。併用二甲基亞碸與γ-丁內酯、併用二甲基亞碸與γ-戊內酯、併用3-甲氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺與γ-丁內酯、併用3-甲氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺、γ-丁內酯及二甲基亞碸或併用N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮與乳酸乙酯為尤佳。又,在該等併用之溶劑中進一步添加相對於溶劑的總質量為1~10質量%左右的甲苯之態樣亦為本發明的較佳態樣之一。 尤其,從樹脂組成物的保存穩定性等的觀點而言,含有γ-戊內酯作為溶劑之態樣亦為本發明的較佳態樣之一。在此種態樣中,相對於溶劑的總質量之γ-戊內酯的含量為50質量%以上為較佳,60質量%以上為更佳,70質量%以上為進一步較佳。又,上述含量的上限並無特別限定,可以為100質量%。上述含量考慮樹脂組成物中所含之特定樹脂等成分的溶解度等來決定即可。 又,當併用二甲基亞碸與γ-戊內酯時,相對於溶劑的總質量,含有60~90質量%的γ-戊內酯和10~40質量%的二甲基亞碸為較佳,含有70~90質量%的γ-戊內酯和10~30質量%的二甲基亞碸為更佳,含有75~85質量%的γ-戊內酯和15~25質量%的二甲基亞碸為進一步較佳。 In the present invention, one solvent selected from methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl celulose acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, γ-valerolactone, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide, toluene, dimethyl sulfoxide, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, propylene glycol methyl ether, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, levulose ketone and dihydrolevulose ketone or a mixed solvent consisting of two or more thereof is preferred. It is particularly preferred to use dimethyl sulfoxide and γ-butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide and γ-valerolactone, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide and γ-butyrolactone, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide, γ-butyrolactone and dimethyl sulfoxide together, or N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and ethyl lactate together. In addition, the embodiment in which 1 to 10% by mass of toluene is further added to the solvent used together relative to the total mass of the solvent is also one of the better embodiments of the present invention. In particular, from the perspective of the storage stability of the resin composition, the embodiment containing γ-valerolactone as a solvent is also one of the better embodiments of the present invention. In this embodiment, the content of γ-valerolactone relative to the total mass of the solvent is preferably 50 mass% or more, more preferably 60 mass% or more, and even more preferably 70 mass% or more. In addition, the upper limit of the above content is not particularly limited and can be 100 mass%. The above content can be determined by considering the solubility of the specific resin and other components contained in the resin composition. Furthermore, when dimethyl sulfoxide and γ-valerolactone are used together, relative to the total mass of the solvent, it is preferred that the solvent contains 60-90 mass% of γ-valerolactone and 10-40 mass% of dimethyl sulfoxide, more preferably 70-90 mass% of γ-valerolactone and 10-30 mass% of dimethyl sulfoxide, and even more preferably 75-85 mass% of γ-valerolactone and 15-25 mass% of dimethyl sulfoxide.

從塗布性的觀點而言,溶劑的含量設為本發明的樹脂組成物的總固體成分濃度達到5~80質量%之量為較佳,設為總固體成分濃度達到5~75質量%之量為更佳,設為總固體成分濃度達到10~70質量%之量為進一步較佳,設為總固體成分濃度達到20~70質量%之量為更進一步較佳。溶劑含量依據塗膜所需的厚度和塗布方法調節即可。當含有2種以上的溶劑時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。From the viewpoint of coating properties, the content of the solvent is preferably set to an amount where the total solid content concentration of the resin composition of the present invention reaches 5 to 80 mass %, more preferably 5 to 75 mass %, more preferably 10 to 70 mass %, and even more preferably 20 to 70 mass %. The solvent content can be adjusted according to the required thickness of the coating and the coating method. When two or more solvents are contained, it is preferably that the total is within the above range.

<金屬接著性改良劑> 從提高與在電極或配線等中所使用之金屬材料的接著性之觀點而言,本發明的樹脂組成物含有金屬接著性改良劑為較佳。作為金屬接著性改良劑,可以列舉具有烷氧基矽基之矽烷偶合劑、鋁系接著助劑、鈦系接著助劑、具有磺醯胺結構之化合物及具有硫脲結構之化合物、磷酸衍生物化合物、β-酮酸酯化合物、胺基化合物等。 <Metal Adhesion Improver> From the viewpoint of improving adhesion to metal materials used in electrodes or wiring, it is preferred that the resin composition of the present invention contains a metal adhesion improver. Examples of metal adhesion improvers include silane coupling agents having alkoxysilyl groups, aluminum-based adhesion promoters, titanium-based adhesion promoters, compounds having sulfonamide structures and compounds having thiourea structures, phosphoric acid derivative compounds, β-ketoester compounds, and amino compounds.

〔矽烷偶合劑〕 作為矽烷偶合劑,例如,可以列舉國際公開第2021/112189號的0316段中記載之化合物、日本特開2018-173573的0067~0078段中記載之化合物,該等內容被編入本說明書中。又,如日本特開2011-128358號公報的0050~0058段中記載,使用不同的2種以上的矽烷偶合劑亦較佳。矽烷偶合劑使用下述化合物亦較佳。以下式中,Me表示甲基,Et表示乙基。又,下述R可以列舉源於封端異氰酸酯基中的封端劑的結構。作為封端劑,依據脫離溫度選擇即可,可以列舉醇化合物、酚化合物、吡唑化合物、三唑化合物、內醯胺化合物、活性亞甲基化合物等。例如,從欲將脫離溫度設為160~180℃的觀點而言,己內醯胺等為較佳。作為此種化合物的市售品,可以列舉X-12-1293(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)等。 [Silane coupling agent] As a silane coupling agent, for example, the compound described in paragraph 0316 of International Publication No. 2021/112189 and the compound described in paragraphs 0067 to 0078 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2018-173573 can be listed, and these contents are incorporated into this specification. In addition, as described in paragraphs 0050 to 0058 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2011-128358, it is also preferred to use two or more different silane coupling agents. It is also preferred to use the following compounds as silane coupling agents. In the following formula, Me represents a methyl group and Et represents an ethyl group. In addition, the following R can list the structure of the blocking agent derived from the blocked isocyanate group. As the end-capping agent, it can be selected according to the desorption temperature, and alcohol compounds, phenol compounds, pyrazole compounds, triazole compounds, lactam compounds, active methylene compounds, etc. can be listed. For example, from the perspective of setting the desorption temperature to 160 to 180°C, caprolactam is preferred. As a commercial product of such a compound, X-12-1293 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) can be listed.

[化學式30] [Chemical formula 30]

作為其他矽烷偶合劑,例如,可以列舉乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、對苯乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-2-(胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、N-2-(胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-三乙氧基矽基-N-(1,3-二甲基-亞丁基)丙胺、N-苯基-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、三-(三甲氧基矽基丙基)異氰脲酸酯、3-脲基丙基三烷氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-異氰酸酯丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-三甲氧基矽基丙基琥珀酸酐。該等能夠單獨使用1種或組合使用2種以上。 又,作為矽烷偶合劑,亦能夠使用具有複數個烷氧基矽基之寡聚物類型的化合物。 作為此種寡聚物類型的化合物,可以列舉含有由下述式(S-1)表示之重複單元之化合物等。 [化學式31] 式(S-1)中,R S1表示一價有機基,R S2表示氫原子、羥基或烷氧基,n表示0~2的整數。 R S1具有含有聚合性基之結構為較佳。作為聚合性基,可以列舉具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基、環氧基、氧雜環丁烷基、苯并㗁唑基、封端異氰酸酯基、胺基等。作為具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之基,可以列舉乙烯基、烯丙基、異烯丙基、2-甲基烯丙基、具有與乙烯基直接鍵結之芳香環之基(例如,乙烯基苯基等)、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基、(甲基)丙烯醯氧基等,乙烯基苯基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基或(甲基)丙烯醯氧基為較佳,乙烯基苯基或(甲基)丙烯醯氧基為更佳,(甲基)丙烯醯氧基為進一步較佳。 R S2為烷氧基為較佳,甲氧基或乙氧基為更佳。 n表示0~2的整數,1為較佳。 在此,寡聚物類型的化合物中所含之複數個由式(S-1)表示之重複單元的結構分別可以相同。 在此,在寡聚物類型的化合物中所含之複數個由式(S-1)表示之重複單元中,在至少1個中n為1或2為較佳,在至少2個中n為1或2為更佳,在至少2個中n為1為進一步較佳。 作為此種寡聚物類型的化合物,能夠使用市售品,作為市售品,例如,可以列舉KR-513(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)。 As other silane coupling agents, for example, vinyl trimethoxysilane, vinyl triethoxysilane, 2-(3,4-epoxyhexyl)ethyl trimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyl methyl dimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyl trimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyl methyl diethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyl triethoxysilane, p-phenylenediyl trimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyl methyl dimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyl trimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyl methyl diethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyl triethoxysilane, 3-acryloxypropyl Oxypropyltrimethoxysilane, N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-triethoxysilyl-N-(1,3-dimethyl-butylene)propylamine, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, tris-(trimethoxysilylpropyl)isocyanurate, 3-ureidopropyltrialkoxysilane, 3-butylenepropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-butylenepropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-isocyanatepropyltriethoxysilane, 3-trimethoxysilylpropylsuccinic anhydride. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more. In addition, as a silane coupling agent, an oligomer-type compound having a plurality of alkoxysilyl groups can also be used. As such an oligomer-type compound, a compound containing a repeating unit represented by the following formula (S-1) can be cited. [Chemical Formula 31] In formula (S-1), RS1 represents a monovalent organic group, RS2 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group or an alkoxy group, and n represents an integer of 0 to 2. RS1 preferably has a structure containing a polymerizable group. Examples of the polymerizable group include a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, an epoxide group, an oxacyclobutane group, a benzoxazolyl group, a blocked isocyanate group, an amine group, and the like. As the group having an ethylenic unsaturated bond, there can be mentioned a vinyl group, an allyl group, an isoallyl group, a 2-methylallyl group, a group having an aromatic ring directly bonded to a vinyl group (e.g., vinylphenyl, etc.), a (meth)acrylamide group, a (meth)acryloxy group, etc., preferably a vinylphenyl group, a (meth)acrylamide group or a (meth)acryloxy group, more preferably a vinylphenyl group or a (meth)acryloxy group, and further preferably a (meth)acryloxy group. RS2 is preferably an alkoxy group, more preferably a methoxy group or an ethoxy group. n represents an integer of 0 to 2, preferably 1. Here, the structures of the plurality of repeating units represented by the formula (S-1) contained in the oligomer type compound may be the same. Here, among the multiple repeating units represented by formula (S-1) contained in the oligomer type compound, n is preferably 1 or 2 in at least one, more preferably 1 or 2 in at least two, and even more preferably 1 in at least two. As such an oligomer type compound, a commercially available product can be used, and as a commercially available product, for example, KR-513 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) can be cited.

〔鋁系接著助劑〕 作為鋁系接著助劑,例如,能夠列舉三(乙醯乙酸乙酯)鋁、三(乙醯丙酮)鋁、乙醯乙酸乙酯二異丙酯鋁等。 [Aluminum-based bonding aid] Examples of aluminum-based bonding aids include tri(ethyl acetylacetate)aluminum, tri(acetylacetone)aluminum, and diisopropyl ethyl acetylacetate aluminum.

作為其他金屬接著性改良劑,亦能夠使用日本特開2014-186186號公報的0046~0049段中記載之化合物、日本特開2013-072935號公報的0032~0043段中記載之硫醚系化合物,該等內容被編入本說明書中。As other metal adhesion improvers, compounds described in paragraphs 0046 to 0049 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-186186 and sulfide compounds described in paragraphs 0032 to 0043 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-072935 can also be used, and these contents are incorporated into this specification.

相對於特定樹脂100質量份,金屬接著性改良劑的含量為0.01~30質量份為較佳,0.1~10質量份為更佳,0.5~5質量份為進一步較佳。藉由設為上述下限值以上,圖案與金屬層的接著性變得良好,藉由設為上述上限值以下,圖案的耐熱性、機械特性變得良好。金屬接著性改良劑可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。當使用2種以上時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The content of the metal adhesion improver is preferably 0.01 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, and even more preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the specific resin. By setting it to above the lower limit, the adhesion between the pattern and the metal layer becomes good, and by setting it to below the upper limit, the heat resistance and mechanical properties of the pattern become good. The metal adhesion improver can be only one kind or two or more kinds. When two or more kinds are used, it is preferably that the total is within the above range.

<遷移抑制劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物進一步含有遷移抑制劑為較佳。藉由含有遷移抑制劑,例如,在將樹脂組成物適用於金屬層(或金屬配線)而形成膜時,能夠有效地抑制源於金屬層(或金屬配線)之金屬離子向膜內移動。 其中,對應於上述化合物A之化合物並不對應於遷移抑制劑。 <Migration inhibitor> The resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains a migration inhibitor. By containing a migration inhibitor, for example, when the resin composition is applied to a metal layer (or metal wiring) to form a film, it is possible to effectively inhibit metal ions originating from the metal layer (or metal wiring) from migrating into the film. Among them, the compound corresponding to the above-mentioned compound A does not correspond to the migration inhibitor.

作為遷移抑制劑,並無特別限制,可以列舉具有雜環(吡咯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、咪唑環、㗁唑環、噻唑環、吡唑環、異㗁唑環、異噻唑環、四唑環、吡啶環、嗒𠯤環、嘧啶環、吡𠯤環、哌啶環、哌𠯤環、口末啉環、2H-哌喃環及6H-哌喃環、三𠯤環)之化合物、具有硫脲類及氫硫基之化合物、受阻酚系化合物、水楊酸衍生物系化合物、醯肼衍生物系化合物。尤其,能夠較佳地使用1,2,4-三唑、苯并三唑、3-胺基-1,2,4-三唑、3,5-二胺基-1,2,4-三唑等三唑系化合物、1H-四唑、5-苯基四唑、5-胺基-1H-四唑等四唑系化合物。Migration inhibitors are not particularly limited, and examples thereof include compounds having a heterocyclic ring (pyrrole ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, imidazole ring, oxadiazole ring, thiazole ring, pyrazole ring, isoxadiazole ring, isothiazole ring, tetrazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridine ring, piperidine ring, piperidine ring, pyrimidine ring, 2H-pyranyl ring, 6H-pyranyl ring, triazole ring), compounds having thiourea and thiohydrin, hindered phenol compounds, salicylic acid derivative compounds, and hydrazide derivative compounds. In particular, triazole compounds such as 1,2,4-triazole, benzotriazole, 3-amino-1,2,4-triazole, and 3,5-diamino-1,2,4-triazole, and tetrazole compounds such as 1H-tetrazole, 5-phenyltetrazole, and 5-amino-1H-tetrazole can be preferably used.

作為遷移抑制劑,亦能夠使用捕捉鹵素離子等陰離子之離子捕捉劑。As a migration inhibitor, an ion capture agent that captures anions such as halogen ions can also be used.

作為其他遷移抑制劑,能夠使用日本特開2013-015701號公報的0094段中記載之防鏽劑、日本特開2009-283711號公報的0073~0076段中記載之化合物、日本特開2011-059656號公報的0052段中記載之化合物、日本特開2012-194520號公報的0114段、0116段及0118段中記載之化合物、國際公開第2015/199219號的0166段中記載之化合物等,該內容被編入本說明書中。As other migration inhibitors, the rustproofing agent described in paragraph 0094 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-015701, the compounds described in paragraphs 0073 to 0076 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2009-283711, the compound described in paragraph 0052 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2011-059656, the compounds described in paragraphs 0114, 0116 and 0118 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-194520, the compound described in paragraph 0166 of International Publication No. 2015/199219, etc. can be used, and the contents are incorporated into this specification.

作為遷移抑制劑的具體例,可以列舉下述化合物。As specific examples of migration inhibitors, the following compounds can be cited.

[化學式32] [Chemical formula 32]

當本發明的樹脂組成物具有遷移抑制劑時,相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分,遷移抑制劑的含量為0.01~5.0質量%為較佳,0.05~2.0質量%為更佳,0.1~1.0質量%為進一步較佳。When the resin composition of the present invention contains a migration inhibitor, the content of the migration inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 5.0 mass %, more preferably 0.05 to 2.0 mass %, and even more preferably 0.1 to 1.0 mass %, relative to the total solid content of the resin composition.

遷移抑制劑可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。當遷移抑制劑為2種以上時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The number of migration inhibitors may be one or more. When there are two or more migration inhibitors, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.

<聚合抑制劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物含有聚合抑制劑為較佳。作為聚合抑制劑,可以列舉酚系化合物、醌系化合物、胺基系化合物、N-氧自由基化合物系化合物、硝基系化合物、亞硝基系化合物、雜芳香環系化合物、金屬化合物等。 <Polymerization inhibitor> The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a polymerization inhibitor. Examples of the polymerization inhibitor include phenolic compounds, quinone compounds, amino compounds, N-oxyl radical compounds, nitro compounds, nitroso compounds, heteroaromatic ring compounds, and metal compounds.

作為聚合抑制劑的具體的化合物,可以列舉國際公開第2021/112189的0310段中記載之化合物、對氫醌、鄰氫醌、4-羥基-2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶1-氧自由基、啡㗁𠯤、1,4,4-三甲基-2,3-二吖雙環[3.2.2]壬-2-烯-N,N-二氧化物等。該內容被編入本說明書中。Specific examples of the polymerization inhibitor include compounds described in paragraph 0310 of International Publication No. 2021/112189, p-hydroquinone, o-hydroquinone, 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidinyl-1-oxyl radical, phenanthroline, 1,4,4-trimethyl-2,3-diazabicyclo[3.2.2]non-2-ene-N,N-dioxide, etc. The contents are incorporated into this specification.

當本發明的樹脂組成物具有聚合抑制劑時,相對於樹脂組成物的總固體成分,聚合抑制劑的含量為0.01~20質量%為較佳,0.02~15質量%為更佳,0.05~10質量%為進一步較佳。When the resin composition of the present invention contains a polymerization inhibitor, the content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 20 mass %, more preferably 0.02 to 15 mass %, and even more preferably 0.05 to 10 mass %, relative to the total solid content of the resin composition.

聚合抑制劑可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。當聚合抑制劑為2種以上時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。The polymerization inhibitor may be one or more. When the polymerization inhibitor is two or more, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.

<光吸收劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物含有因曝光而使其曝光波長的吸光度變小的化合物(光吸收劑)亦較佳。 <Light absorber> The resin composition of the present invention preferably contains a compound (light absorber) whose absorbance at the exposure wavelength decreases due to exposure.

樹脂組成物中所含之化合物a是否對應於光吸收劑(亦即,是否因曝光而使其曝光波長的吸光度變小)能夠藉由下述方法來判定。 首先,製備與樹脂組成物中所含之濃度相同濃度的化合物a的溶液,並測定曝光光的波長處的化合物a的莫耳吸光係數(mol -1・L・cm -1,亦稱為“莫耳吸光係數1”。)。為了減少化合物a的莫耳吸光係數降低等變化的影響,迅速進行上述測定。關於上述溶液中的溶劑,當樹脂組成物含有溶劑時使用該溶劑,當樹脂組成物不含溶劑時使用N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮。 接著,對上述化合物a的溶液進行曝光光的照射。相對於1莫耳的化合物a,將曝光量的累積量設為500mJ。 之後,使用曝光後的上述化合物a的溶液,測定曝光光的波長處的化合物a的莫耳吸光係數(mol -1・L・cm -1,亦稱為“莫耳吸光係數2”。)。 由上述莫耳吸光係數1及莫耳吸光係數2,並依據下述式算出衰減率(%),當衰減率(%)為5%以上時,判斷化合物a為因曝光而使其曝光波長的吸光度變小的化合物(亦即,光吸收劑)。 衰減率(%)=1-莫耳吸光係數2/莫耳吸光係數1×100 上述衰減率為10%以上為較佳,20%以上為更佳。又,上述衰減率的下限並無特別限定,0%以上即可。 作為上述曝光光的波長,將樹脂組成物用於形成感光膜時,只要為該感光膜被曝光之波長即可。 又,作為上述曝光光的波長,較佳為樹脂組成物中所含之光聚合起始劑具有靈敏度之波長。光聚合起始劑對某一波長具有靈敏度係指在某一波長處對光聚合起始劑進行曝光時會產生聚合起始種。 作為上述曝光光的波長,若以與光源的關係而言,則可以列舉(1)半導體雷射(波長830nm、532nm、488nm、405nm、375nm、355nm等)、(2)金屬鹵化物燈、(3)高壓水銀燈、g射線(波長436nm)、h射線(波長405nm)、i射線(波長365nm)、寬(g、h、i射線的3種波長)、(4)準分子雷射、KrF準分子雷射(波長248nm)、ArF準分子雷射(波長193nm)、F2準分子雷射(波長157nm)、(5)極紫外線;EUV(波長13.6nm)、(6)電子束、(7)YAG雷射的二次諧波532nm、三次諧波355nm等。 關於曝光光的波長,例如,只要選擇光聚合起始劑具有靈敏度之波長即可,但h射線(波長405nm)或i射線(波長365nm)為較佳,i射線(波長365nm)為更佳。 Whether compound a contained in the resin composition corresponds to a light absorber (that is, whether its absorbance at the exposure wavelength decreases due to exposure) can be determined by the following method. First, prepare a solution of compound a at the same concentration as the concentration contained in the resin composition, and measure the molar absorbance of compound a at the wavelength of the exposure light (mol -1・L・cm -1 , also called "molar absorbance 1"). In order to reduce the influence of changes such as a decrease in the molar absorbance of compound a, the above measurement is performed quickly. Regarding the solvent in the above solution, when the resin composition contains a solvent, the solvent is used, and when the resin composition does not contain a solvent, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone is used. Then, the solution of compound a is irradiated with exposure light. The cumulative exposure amount is set to 500mJ relative to 1 mol of compound a. Afterwards, the molar absorbance of compound a at the wavelength of the exposure light is measured using the solution of compound a after exposure (mol -1・L・cm -1 , also referred to as "molar absorbance 2"). The attenuation rate (%) is calculated from the molar absorbance 1 and the molar absorbance 2 according to the following formula. When the attenuation rate (%) is 5% or more, compound a is judged to be a compound whose absorbance at the exposure wavelength decreases due to exposure (i.e., a light absorber). Attenuation rate (%) = 1-molar absorbance 2/molar absorbance 1×100 The attenuation rate is preferably 10% or more, and more preferably 20% or more. In addition, the lower limit of the attenuation rate is not particularly limited, and 0% or more is sufficient. The wavelength of the exposure light mentioned above can be any wavelength to which the photosensitive film is exposed when the resin composition is used to form a photosensitive film. Furthermore, the wavelength of the exposure light mentioned above is preferably a wavelength to which the photopolymerization initiator contained in the resin composition has sensitivity. The photopolymerization initiator having sensitivity to a certain wavelength means that when the photopolymerization initiator is exposed at a certain wavelength, polymerization initiator species will be generated. As for the wavelength of the exposure light, in terms of its relationship with the light source, there are (1) semiconductor lasers (wavelengths of 830nm, 532nm, 488nm, 405nm, 375nm, 355nm, etc.), (2) metal halide lamps, (3) high-pressure mercury lamps, g-rays (wavelength 436nm), h-rays (wavelength 405nm), i-rays (wavelength 365nm), broadband (3 wavelengths of g, h, and i rays), (4) excimer laser, KrF excimer laser (wavelength 248nm), ArF excimer laser (wavelength 193nm), F2 excimer laser (wavelength 157nm), (5) extreme ultraviolet light; EUV (wavelength 13.6nm), (6) electron beam, (7) YAG laser's second harmonic wave 532nm, third harmonic wave 355nm, etc. Regarding the wavelength of the exposure light, for example, it is sufficient to select a wavelength to which the photopolymerization initiator has sensitivity, but h rays (wavelength 405nm) or i rays (wavelength 365nm) are preferred, and i rays (wavelength 365nm) are more preferred.

光吸收劑可以為因曝光而產生自由基聚合起始種之化合物,但從解析度及耐藥品性的觀點而言,不會因曝光而產生自由基聚合起始種之化合物為較佳。 光吸收劑是否為因曝光而產生自由基聚合起始種之化合物,可以藉由下述方法來判定。 製備與樹脂組成物中所含之濃度相同濃度的光吸收劑、及含有自由基交聯劑之溶液。當樹脂組成物含有自由基交聯劑時,以相同濃度來使用與樹脂組成物中所含之自由基交聯劑相同的化合物作為上述溶液中的自由基交聯劑。當樹脂組成物不含自由基交聯劑時,以光吸收劑的5倍的濃度來使用甲基丙烯酸甲酯。 之後,進行曝光光的照射。將曝光量的累積量設為500mJ。 曝光後,例如藉由高速液相層析法判斷聚合性化合物的聚合,相對於聚合性化合物的總莫耳量,已聚合之聚合性化合物的莫耳量的比例為10%以下時,判定光吸收劑為不會因曝光而產生自由基聚合起始種之化合物。 上述莫耳量的比例為5%以下為較佳,3%以下為更佳。又,上述莫耳量的比例的下限並無特別限定,可以為0%。 作為上述曝光光的波長,將樹脂組成物用於形成感光膜時,只要為該感光膜被曝光之波長即可。 又,作為上述曝光光的波長,較佳為樹脂組成物中所含之光聚合起始劑具有靈敏度之波長。 The light absorber may be a compound that generates a radical polymerization initiator upon exposure, but from the viewpoint of resolution and chemical resistance, a compound that does not generate a radical polymerization initiator upon exposure is preferred. Whether the light absorber is a compound that generates a radical polymerization initiator upon exposure can be determined by the following method. A light absorber having the same concentration as that contained in the resin composition and a solution containing a radical crosslinking agent are prepared. When the resin composition contains a radical crosslinking agent, a compound that is the same as the radical crosslinking agent contained in the resin composition is used as the radical crosslinking agent in the above solution at the same concentration. When the resin composition does not contain a radical crosslinking agent, methyl methacrylate is used at a concentration 5 times that of the light absorber. Thereafter, exposure light is irradiated. The accumulated exposure amount is set to 500 mJ. After exposure, for example, the polymerization of the polymerizable compound is determined by high-speed liquid chromatography. When the ratio of the molar amount of the polymerizable compound to the total molar amount of the polymerizable compound is 10% or less, the light absorber is determined to be a compound that does not generate free radical polymerization initiators due to exposure. The above molar ratio is preferably 5% or less, and 3% or less is more preferably. In addition, the lower limit of the above molar ratio is not particularly limited and can be 0%. As the wavelength of the above exposure light, when the resin composition is used to form a photosensitive film, it only needs to be the wavelength to which the photosensitive film is exposed. In addition, as the wavelength of the above exposure light, it is preferably a wavelength to which the photopolymerization initiator contained in the resin composition has sensitivity.

作為因曝光而產生自由基聚合起始種之化合物,可以列舉與上述光自由基聚合起始劑相同的化合物。當組成物含有光自由基聚合起始劑作為光吸收劑時,將產生之自由基種的聚合起始能力最低者作為光吸收劑,將除此以外的作為光聚合起始劑。 作為不會因曝光而產生自由基聚合起始種之化合物,除了光酸產生劑、光鹼產生劑以外,可以列舉因曝光而使吸收波長變化之色素等。 該等中,作為光吸收劑,萘醌二疊氮化合物或因曝光而使吸光度變化之色素為較佳,萘醌二疊氮化合物為更佳。 又,作為光吸收劑,例如,亦可以考慮組合使用光酸產生劑或光鹼產生劑與依據pH曝光波長的吸光度變小的化合物。 As compounds that generate free radical polymerization initiators due to exposure, the same compounds as the above-mentioned photoradical polymerization initiators can be listed. When the composition contains a photoradical polymerization initiator as a light absorber, the one with the lowest polymerization initiation ability of the generated free radical species is used as the light absorber, and the others are used as photopolymerization initiators. As compounds that do not generate free radical polymerization initiators due to exposure, in addition to photoacid generators and photoalkali generators, pigments that change the absorption wavelength due to exposure can be listed. Among them, naphthoquinone diazide compounds or pigments that change the absorbance due to exposure are preferred as light absorbers, and naphthoquinone diazide compounds are more preferred. Furthermore, as a light absorber, for example, it is also possible to consider using a photoacid generator or a photobase generator in combination with a compound whose absorbance decreases depending on the exposure wavelength of pH.

〔萘醌二疊氮化合物〕 作為萘醌二疊氮化合物,可以列舉因曝光而產生茚羧酸而使其曝光波長的吸光度變小的化合物,具有1,2-萘醌二疊氮結構之化合物為較佳。 作為萘醌二疊氮化合物,羥基化合物的萘醌二疊氮磺酸酯為較佳。 作為上述羥基化合物,由下述式(H1)~(H6)中的任一個表示之化合物為較佳。 [化學式33] 式(H1)中,R 1及R 2分別獨立地表示一價有機基,R 3及R 4分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價有機基,n1、n2、m1及m2分別獨立地為0~5的整數,m1及m2中的至少1個為1~5的整數。 式(H2)中,Z表示四價有機基,L 1、L 2、L 3及L 4分別獨立地表示單鍵或二價有機基,R 5、R 6、R 7及R 8分別獨立地表示一價有機基,n3、n4、n5及n6分別獨立地為0~3的整數,m3、m4、m5及m6分別獨立地為0~2的整數,m3、m4、m5及m6中的至少1個為1或2。 式(H3)中,R 9及R 10分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價有機基,L 5分別獨立地表示二價有機基,n7表示3~8的整數。 式(H4)中,L 6表示二價有機基,L 7及L 8分別獨立地表示含有脂肪族的三級或四級碳之二價有機基。 式(H5)中,R 11、R 12、R 13、R 14、R 15、R 16、R 17、R 18、R 19及R 20分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子或一價有機基,L 9、L 10及L 11分別獨立地表示單鍵或二價有機基,m7、m8、m9、m10分別獨立地表示0~2的整數,m7、m8、m9、m10中的至少1個為1或2。 式(H6)中,R 42、R 43、R 44及R 45分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價有機基,R 46及R 47分別獨立地表示一價有機基,n16及n17分別獨立地表示0~4的整數,m11及m12分別獨立地表示0~4的整數,m11及m12中的至少1個為1~4的整數。 [Naphthoquinone diazide compound] Examples of naphthoquinone diazide compounds include compounds that generate indene carboxylic acid upon exposure and reduce the absorbance at the exposure wavelength, and compounds having a 1,2-naphthoquinone diazide structure are preferred. Examples of naphthoquinone diazide compounds include naphthoquinone diazide sulfonates of hydroxyl compounds. Examples of the hydroxyl compounds include compounds represented by any one of the following formulae (H1) to (H6). [Chemical Formula 33] In formula (H1), R1 and R2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, R3 and R4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, n1, n2, m1 and m2 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 5, and at least one of m1 and m2 is an integer of 1 to 5. In formula (H2), Z represents a tetravalent organic group, L1 , L2 , L3 and L4 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent organic group, R5 , R6 , R7 and R8 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, n3, n4, n5 and n6 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, m3, m4, m5 and m6 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 2, and at least one of m3, m4, m5 and m6 is 1 or 2. In formula (H3), R9 and R10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, L5 each independently represents a divalent organic group, and n7 represents an integer of 3 to 8. In formula (H4), L6 represents a divalent organic group, and L7 and L8 each independently represent a divalent organic group containing a tertiary or quaternary carbon of an aliphatic group. In formula (H5), R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , R 17 , R 18 , R 19 and R 20 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a monovalent organic group, L 9 , L 10 and L 11 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent organic group, m7, m8, m9 and m10 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 2, and at least one of m7, m8, m9 and m10 is 1 or 2. In formula (H6), R 42 , R 43 , R 44 and R 45 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, R 46 and R 47 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, n16 and n17 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, m11 and m12 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, and at least one of m11 and m12 is an integer of 1 to 4.

式(H1)中,R 1及R 2分別獨立地為碳數1~60的一價有機基為較佳,碳數1~30的一價有機基為更佳。作為R 1及R 2中的一價有機基,可以列舉可以具有取代基之烴基,例如,可以列舉羥基等可以具有取代基之芳香族烴基等。 式(H1)中,R 3及R 4分別獨立地為碳數1~60的一價有機基為較佳,碳數1~30的一價有機基為更佳。作為R 3及R 4中的一價有機基,可以列舉可以具有取代基之烴基,例如,可以列舉羥基等可以具有取代基之烴基等。 式(H1)中,n1及n2分別獨立地為0或1為較佳,0為更佳。 式(H1)中,m1及m2均為1為較佳。 In formula (H1), R1 and R2 are each independently a monovalent organic group having 1 to 60 carbon atoms, preferably a monovalent organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. Examples of the monovalent organic group in R1 and R2 include a alkyl group which may have a substituent, for example, an aromatic alkyl group which may have a substituent such as a hydroxyl group. In formula (H1), R3 and R4 are each independently a monovalent organic group having 1 to 60 carbon atoms, preferably a monovalent organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. Examples of the monovalent organic group in R3 and R4 include a alkyl group which may have a substituent, for example, an alkyl group which may have a substituent such as a hydroxyl group. In formula (H1), n1 and n2 are each independently 0 or 1, preferably 0. In formula (H1), it is preferred that m1 and m2 are both 1.

由式(H1)表示之化合物為由式(H1-1)~式(H1-5)中的任一個表示之化合物為較佳。 [化學式34] 式(H1-1)中,R 21、R 22及R 23分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價有機基,氫原子或碳數1~20的一價有機基為較佳,氫原子或由下述式(R-1)表示之基為更佳。 [化學式35] 式(R-1)中,R 29表示氫原子、烷基或烷氧基,n13表示0~2的整數,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。 (H1-1)中,n8、n9及n10分別獨立地表示0~2的整數,0或1為較佳。 The compound represented by formula (H1) is preferably a compound represented by any one of formula (H1-1) to formula (H1-5). [Chemical Formula 34] In formula (H1-1), R 21 , R 22 and R 23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, preferably a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or a group represented by the following formula (R-1). [Chemical Formula 35] In formula (R-1), R29 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an alkoxy group, n13 represents an integer of 0 to 2, and * represents a bonding site with other structures. In formula (H1-1), n8, n9 and n10 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 2, preferably 0 or 1.

式(H1-2)中,R 24表示氫原子或一價有機基,氫原子、碳數1~20的烷基或碳數1~20的烷氧基為較佳。n14、n15及n16分別獨立地表示0~2的整數。R 30表示氫原子或烷基。 In formula (H1-2), R24 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. n14, n15, and n16 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 2. R30 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.

式(H1-3)中,R 25、R 26、R 27及R 28分別獨立地表示一價有機基,氫原子、烷基或由上述式(R-1)表示之基為較佳。 式(H1-3)中,n11、n12及n13分別獨立地表示0~2的整數,0或1為較佳。 In formula (H1-3), R25 , R26 , R27 and R28 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a group represented by the above formula (R-1). In formula (H1-3), n11, n12 and n13 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 2, preferably 0 or 1.

作為由式(H1-1)表示之化合物,由下述式(H1-1-1)~式(H1-1-4)中的任一個表示之化合物為較佳。 作為由式(H1-2)表示之化合物,由下述式(H1-2-1)或(H1-2-2)表示之化合物為較佳。 作為由式(H1-3)表示之化合物,由下述式(H1-3-1)~式(H1-3-3)表示之化合物為較佳。 [化學式36] As the compound represented by formula (H1-1), a compound represented by any one of the following formulas (H1-1-1) to (H1-1-4) is preferred. As the compound represented by formula (H1-2), a compound represented by the following formula (H1-2-1) or (H1-2-2) is preferred. As the compound represented by formula (H1-3), a compound represented by the following formulas (H1-3-1) to (H1-3-3) is preferred. [Chemical Formula 36]

式(H2)中,Z為碳數1~20的四價基為較佳,由下述式(Z-1)~(Z-4)中的任一個表示之基為更佳。下述式(Z-1)~(Z-4)中,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。 [化學式37] 式(H2)中,L 1、L 2、L 3及L 4分別獨立地為單鍵或亞甲基為較佳。 式(H2)中,R 5、R 6、R 7及R 8分別獨立地為碳數1~30的有機基為較佳。 式(H2)中,n3、n4、n5及n6分別獨立地為0~2的整數為較佳,0或1為更佳。 式(H2)中,m3、m4、m5及m6分別獨立地為1或2為較佳,1為更佳。 作為由式(H2)表示之化合物,可以例示下述結構的化合物。 [化學式38] In formula (H2), Z is preferably a tetravalent group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a group represented by any one of the following formulas (Z-1) to (Z-4). In the following formulas (Z-1) to (Z-4), * represents a bonding site with other structures. [Chemical Formula 37] In formula (H2), L 1 , L 2 , L 3 and L 4 are each independently a single bond or a methylene group. In formula (H2), R 5 , R 6 , R 7 and R 8 are each independently an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. In formula (H2), n3, n4, n5 and n6 are each independently an integer of 0 to 2, preferably 0 or 1. In formula (H2), m3, m4, m5 and m6 are each independently 1 or 2, preferably 1. Examples of the compound represented by formula (H2) include compounds having the following structures. [Chemical Formula 38]

式(H3)中,R 9及R 10分別獨立地表示氫原子或碳數1~20的一價有機基為較佳。 式(H3)中,L 5分別獨立地為由下述式(L-1)表示之基為較佳。 [化學式39] 式(L-1)中,R 30表示碳數1~20的一價有機基,n14表示1~5的整數,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。 式(H3)中,n7為4~6的整數為較佳。 作為由式(H3)表示之化合物,可以列舉下述化合物。下述式中,n分別獨立地表示0~9的整數。 [化學式40] In formula (H3), R9 and R10 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. In formula (H3), L5 are each independently a group represented by the following formula (L-1). [Chemical Formula 39] In formula (L-1), R 30 represents a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, n14 represents an integer of 1 to 5, and * represents a bonding site with other structures. In formula (H3), n7 is preferably an integer of 4 to 6. The following compounds can be cited as compounds represented by formula (H3). In the following formula, n each independently represents an integer of 0 to 9. [Chemical Formula 40]

式(H4)中,L 6為-C(CF 32-、-S(=O) 2-或-C(=O)-為較佳。 式(H4)中,L 7及L 8分別獨立地為碳數2~20的二價有機基為較佳。 作為由式(H4)表示之化合物,可以列舉下述化合物。 [化學式41] In formula (H4), L 6 is preferably -C(CF 3 ) 2 -, -S(=O) 2 - or -C(=O)-. In formula (H4), L 7 and L 8 are preferably independently a divalent organic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of the compound represented by formula (H4) include the following compounds. [Chemical Formula 41]

式(H5)中,R 11、R 12、R 13、R 14、R 15、R 16、R 17、R 18、R 19及R 20分別獨立地為氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、烯基、烷氧基、烯丙基或醯基為較佳。 式(H5)中,L 9、L 10及L 11分別獨立地為單鍵、-O-、-S-、-S(=O) 2-、-C(=O)-、-C(=O)O-、亞環戊基、亞環己基、伸苯基或碳數1~20的二價有機基為較佳,由下述式(L-2)~式(L-4)中的任一個表示之基為更佳。 [化學式42] 式(L-2)~式(L-4)中,R 31及R 32分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、烯基或芳基,R 34、R 35、R 36及R 37分別獨立地表示氫原子或烷基,n15為1~5的整數,R 38、R 39、R 40及R 41分別獨立地表示氫原子或烷基,*表示與其他結構的鍵結部位。 作為由式(H5)表示之化合物,可以列舉下述化合物。 [化學式43] In formula (H5), R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , R 17 , R 18 , R 19 and R 20 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an allyl group or an acyl group. In formula (H5), L 9 , L 10 and L 11 are each independently a single bond, -O-, -S-, -S(=O) 2 -, -C(=O)-, -C(=O)O-, a cyclopentylene group, a cyclohexylene group, a phenylene group or a divalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. A group represented by any one of the following formulas (L-2) to (L-4) is more preferred. [Chemical Formula 42] In formula (L-2) to formula (L-4), R 31 and R 32 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an aryl group, R 34 , R 35 , R 36 and R 37 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, n15 is an integer from 1 to 5, R 38 , R 39 , R 40 and R 41 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and * represents a bonding site with other structures. As the compound represented by formula (H5), the following compounds can be listed. [Chemical Formula 43]

式(H6)中,R 42、R 43、R 44及R 45分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價有機基,氫原子或碳數1~20的一價有機基為較佳,氫原子或碳數1~20的烷基為更佳,碳數1~4的烷基為更佳。 式(H6)中,R 46及R 47分別獨立地為烷基、烷氧基或芳基為較佳,烷基為更佳。 式(H6)中,n16及n17分別獨立地為0~2的整數為較佳,0或1為更佳。 式(H6)中,n16及n17分別獨立地為1~3的整數為較佳,2或3為更佳。 作為由式(H6)表示之化合物,可以列舉下述化合物。 [化學式44] In formula (H6), R 42 , R 43 , R 44 and R 45 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, preferably a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. In formula (H6), R 46 and R 47 each independently represent an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or an aryl group, and more preferably an alkyl group. In formula (H6), n16 and n17 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 2, preferably 0 or 1. In formula (H6), n16 and n17 each independently represent an integer of 1 to 3, more preferably 2 or 3. As the compound represented by formula (H6), the following compounds can be listed. [Chemical Formula 44]

此外,作為羥基化合物,能夠列舉2,3,4-三羥基二苯甲酮、2,4,4′-三羥基二苯甲酮、2,4,6-三羥基二苯甲酮、2,3,4-三羥基-2′-甲基二苯甲酮、2,3,4,4′-四羥基二苯甲酮、2,2′,4,4′-四羥基二苯甲酮、2,4,6,3′,4′-五羥基二苯甲酮、2,3,4,2′,4′-五羥基二苯甲酮、2,3,4,2′,5′-五羥基二苯甲酮、2,4,6,3′,4′,5′-六羥基二苯甲酮、2,3,4,3′,4′,5′-六羥基二苯甲酮等多羥基二苯甲酮類、 2,3,4-三羥基苯乙酮、2,3,4-三羥基苯基戊酮、2,3,4-三羥基苯基己酮等多羥基苯基烷基酮類、 雙(2,4-二羥基苯基)甲烷、雙(2,3,4-三羥基苯基)甲烷、雙(2,4-二羥基苯基)丙烷-1、雙(2,3,4-三羥基苯基)丙烷-1、降二氫癒創木酸、1,1-雙(4-羥基苯基)環己烷等雙((聚)羥基苯基)烷烴類、 3,4,5-三羥基苯甲酸丙酯、2,3,4-三羥基苯甲酸苯酯、3,4,5-三羥基苯甲酸苯酯等多羥基苯甲酸酯類、 雙(2,3,4-三羥基苯甲醯基)甲烷、雙(3-乙醯基-4,5,6-三羥基苯基)-甲烷、雙(2,3,4-三羥基苯甲醯基)苯、雙(2,4,6-三羥基苯甲醯基)苯等的雙(多羥基苯甲醯基)烷烴或雙(多羥基苯甲醯基)芳基類、 乙二醇-二(3,5-二羥基苯甲酸酯)、乙二醇-二(3,4,5-三羥基苯甲酸酯)等伸烷基-二(多羥基苯甲酸酯)類、 2,3,4-聯苯三醇、3,4,5-聯苯三醇、3,5,3′,5′-聯苯四醇、2,4,2′,4′-聯苯四醇、2,4,6,3′,5′-聯苯五醇、2,4,6,2′,4′,6′-聯苯六醇、2,3,4,2′,3′,4′-聯苯六醇等的多羥基聯苯類、 4,4′-硫代雙(1,3-二羥基)苯等雙(多羥基)硫醚類、 2,2′,4,4′-四羥基二苯醚等雙(多羥基苯基)醚類、 2,2′,4,4′-四羥基二苯基亞碸等雙(多羥基苯基)亞碸類、 2,2′,4,4′-二苯基碸等雙(多羥基苯基)碸類、 三(4-羥基苯基)甲烷、4,4′,4″-三羥基-3,5,3′,5′-四甲基三苯基甲烷、4,4′,3″,4″-四羥基-3,5,3′,5′-四甲基三苯基甲烷、4-[雙(3,5-二甲基-4-羥基苯基)甲基]-2-甲氧基-苯酚、4,4′-(3,4-二醇-苯亞甲基)雙[2,6-二甲基苯酚]、4,4′-[(2-羥基-苯基)亞甲基]雙[2-環己基-5-甲基苯酚、4,4′,2″,3″,4″-五羥基-3,5,3′,5′-四甲基三苯基甲烷、2,3,4,2′,3′,4′-六羥基-5,5′-二乙醯基三苯基甲烷、2,3,4,2′,3′,4′,3″,4″-八羥基-5,5′-二乙醯基三苯基甲烷、2,4,6,2′,4′,6′-六羥基-5,5′-二丙醯基三苯基甲烷等的多羥基三苯基甲烷類、4,4′-(苯基亞甲基)雙苯酚、4,4′-(1-苯基-亞乙基)雙[2-甲基苯酚]、4,4′,4″-亞乙基-三苯酚等的多羥基三苯基乙烷類、 3,3,3′,3′-四甲基-1,1′-螺雙-茚烷-5,6,5′,6′-四醇、3,3,3′,3′-四甲基-1,1′-螺雙-茚烷-5,6,7,5′,6′,7′-六醇、3,3,3′,3′-四甲基-1,1′-螺雙-茚烷-4,5,6,4′,5′,6′-六醇、3,3,3′,3′-四甲基-1,1′-螺雙-茚烷-4,5,6,5′,6′,7′-六醇等多羥基螺雙-茚烷類、2,4,4-三甲基-2′,4′,7′-三羥基黃烷等多羥基黃烷類、 3,3-雙(3,4-二羥基苯基)酞內酯、3,3-雙(2,3,4-三羥基苯基)酞內酯、3′,4′,5′,6′-四羥基雙[酞內酯-3,9′-口山口星]等多羥基酞內酯類、桑色素、檞黃酮、芸香苷等類黃酮色素類、 α,α’,α’’-三(4-羥基苯基)1,3,5-三異丙基苯、α,α’,α’’-三(3,5-二甲基-4-羥基苯基)1,3,5-三異丙基苯、α,α’,α’’-三(3,5-二乙基-4-羥基苯基)1,3,5-三異丙基苯、α,α’,α’’-三(3,5-二正丙基-4-羥基苯基)1,3,5-三異丙基苯、α,α’,α’’-三(3,5-二異丙基-4-羥基苯基)1,3,5-三異丙基苯、α,α’,α’’-三(3,5-二正丁基-4-羥基苯基)1,3,5-三異丙基苯、α,α’,α’’-三(3-甲基-4-羥基苯基)1,3,5-三異丙基苯、α,α’,α’’-三(3-甲氧基-4-羥基苯基)1,3,5-三異丙基苯、α,α’,α’’-三(2,4-二羥基苯基)1,3,5-三異丙基苯、1,3,5-三(3,5-二甲基-4-羥基苯基)苯、1,3,5-三(5-甲基-2-羥基苯基)苯、2,4,6-三(3,5-二甲基-4-羥基苯硫基甲基)對稱三甲苯、1-[α-甲基-α-(4’-羥基苯基)乙基]-4-[α,α’-雙(4’’-羥基苯基)乙基]苯、1-[α-甲基(4’-羥基苯基)乙基]-3-[α,α’-雙(4’’-羥基苯基)乙基]苯、1-[α-甲基-α-(3’,5’-二甲基-4’-羥基苯基)乙基]-4-[α,α’-雙(3’’,5’’-二甲基-4’’-羥基苯基)乙基]苯、1-[α-甲基(3’-甲基-4’-羥基苯基)乙基]-4-[α’,α’-雙(3’’-甲基-4’’-羥基苯基)乙基]苯、1-[α-甲基-α-(3’-甲氧基-4’-羥基苯基)乙基]-4-[α’,α’-雙(3’’-甲氧基-4’’-羥基苯基)乙基]苯、1-[α-甲基-α-(2’,4’-二羥基苯基)乙基]-4-[α’,α’-雙(4’’-羥基苯基)乙基]苯、1-[α-甲基(2’,4’-二羥基苯基)乙基]-3-[α’,α’-雙(4’’-羥基苯基)乙基]苯等日本特開平4-253058中記載之多羥基化合物、α,α,α’,α’,α’’,α’’-六-(4-羥基苯基)-1,3,5-三乙基苯等日本特開平5-224410號中記載之多羥基化合物、1,2,2,3-四(對羥基苯基)丙烷、1,3,3,5-四(對羥基苯基)戊烷等日本特開平5-303200號、EP-530148中記載之聚(羥基苯基)烷烴類、 對雙(2,3,4-三羥基苯甲醯基)苯、對雙(2,4,6-三羥基苯甲醯基)苯、間雙(2,3,4-三羥基苯甲醯基)苯、間雙(2,4,6-三羥基苯甲醯基)苯、對雙(2,5-二羥基-3-溴基苯甲醯基)苯、對雙(2,3,4-三羥基-5-甲基苯甲醯基)苯、對雙(2,3,4-三羥基-5-甲氧基苯甲醯基)苯、對雙(2,3,4-三羥基-5-硝基苯甲醯基)苯、對雙(2,3,4-三羥基-5-氰基苯甲醯基)苯、1,3,5-三(2,5-二羥基苯甲醯基)苯、1,3,5-三(2,3,4-三羥基苯甲醯基)苯、1,2,3-三(2,3,4-三羥基苯甲醯基)苯、1,2,4-三(2,3,4-三羥基苯甲醯基)苯、1,2,4,5-四(2,3,4-三羥基苯甲醯基)苯、α,α’-雙(2,3,4-三羥基苯甲醯基)對二甲苯、α,α’,α’-三(2,3,4-三羥基苯甲醯基)對稱三甲苯、 2,6-雙-(2-羥基-3,5-二甲基苄基)-對甲酚、2,6-雙-(2-羥基-5′-甲基苄基)-對甲酚、2,6-雙-(2,4,6-三羥苄基)-對甲酚、2,6-雙-(2,3,4-三羥苄基)-對甲酚、2,6-雙(2,3,4-三羥苄基)-3,5-二甲基-苯酚、4,6-雙-(4-羥基-3,5-二甲基苄基)-五倍子酚、2,6-雙-(4-羥基-3,5-二甲基苄基)-1,3,4-三羥基-苯酚、4,6-雙-(2,4,6-三羥苄基)-2,4-二甲基-苯酚、4,6-雙-(2,3,4-三羥苄基)-2,5-二甲基-苯酚、2,6-雙-(4-羥苄基)-對甲酚、2,6-雙(4-羥苄基)-4-環己基苯酚、2,6-雙(4-羥基-3-甲基苄基)-對甲酚、2,6-雙(4-羥基-3,5-二甲基苄基)-對甲酚、2,6-雙(4-羥基-2,5-二甲基苄基)-對甲酚、2,6-雙(4-羥基-3-甲基苄基)-4-苯基-苯酚、2,2′,6,6′-四[(4-羥基苯基)甲基]-4,4′-亞甲基二苯酚、2,2′,6,6′-四[(4-羥基-3,5-二甲基苯基)甲基]-4,4′-亞甲基二苯酚、2,2′,6,6′-四[(4-羥基-3-甲基苯基)甲基]-4,4′-亞甲基二苯酚、2,2′-雙[(4-羥基-3,5-二甲基苯基)甲基]6,6′-二甲基-4,4′-亞甲基二苯酚、2,2’,3,3’-四氫-3,3,3’,3’-四甲基-1,1’-螺雙(1H-茚)-5,5’,6,6’,7,7’己醇、雙(4-羥基-3,5-二甲基苯基)-(4-羥基-3-甲氧基苯基)甲烷等。 又,亦能夠使用酚醛清漆樹脂等酚樹脂的低核體。 In addition, as the hydroxyl compound, there can be mentioned 2,3,4-trihydroxybenzophenone, 2,4,4′-trihydroxybenzophenone, 2,4,6-trihydroxybenzophenone, 2,3,4-trihydroxy-2′-methylbenzophenone, 2,3,4,4′-tetrahydroxybenzophenone, 2,2′,4,4′-tetrahydroxybenzophenone, 2 ,4,6,3′,4′-pentahydroxybenzophenone, 2,3,4,2′,4′-pentahydroxybenzophenone, 2,3,4,2′,5′-pentahydroxybenzophenone, 2,4,6,3′,4′,5′-hexahydroxybenzophenone, 2,3,4,3′,4′,5′-hexahydroxybenzophenone and other polyhydroxybenzophenones, 2,3,4-Trihydroxyacetophenone, 2,3,4-trihydroxyphenylpentanone, 2,3,4-trihydroxyphenylhexanone and other polyhydroxyphenyl alkyl ketones, Bis(2,4-dihydroxyphenyl)methane, bis(2,3,4-trihydroxyphenyl)methane, bis(2,4-dihydroxyphenyl)propane-1, bis(2,3,4-trihydroxyphenyl)propane-1, nordihydroretinic acid, 1,1-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)cyclohexane and other bis((poly)hydroxyphenyl)alkanes, Polyhydroxybenzoic acid esters such as 3,4,5-trihydroxybenzoic acid propyl ester, 2,3,4-trihydroxybenzoic acid phenyl ester, 3,4,5-trihydroxybenzoic acid phenyl ester, Bis(2,3,4-trihydroxybenzoyl)methane, bis(3-acetyl-4,5,6-trihydroxyphenyl)-methane, bis(2,3,4-trihydroxybenzoyl)benzene, bis(2,4,6-trihydroxybenzoyl)benzene and other bis(polyhydroxybenzoyl)alkanes or bis(polyhydroxybenzoyl)aryls, Ethylene glycol-bis(3,5-dihydroxybenzoate), ethylene glycol-bis(3,4,5-trihydroxybenzoate) and other alkyl-bis(polyhydroxybenzoate), 2,3,4-biphenyltriol, 3,4,5-biphenyltriol, 3,5,3′,5′-biphenyltetraol, 2,4,2′,4′-biphenyltetraol, 2,4,6,3′,5′-biphenylpentaol, 2,4,6,2′,4′,6′-biphenylhexanol, 2,3,4,2′,3′,4′-biphenylhexanol and other polyhydroxy biphenyls, 4,4′-thiobis(1,3-dihydroxy)benzene and other di(polyhydroxy) sulfides, 2,2′,4,4′-tetrahydroxydiphenyl ether and other bis(polyhydroxyphenyl) ethers, 2,2′,4,4′-tetrahydroxydiphenyl sulfone and other bis(polyhydroxyphenyl) sulfones, 2,2′,4,4′-diphenyl sulfone and other bis(polyhydroxyphenyl) sulfones, Tris(4-hydroxyphenyl)methane, 4,4′,4″-trihydroxy-3,5,3′,5′-tetramethyltriphenylmethane, 4,4′,3″,4″-tetrahydroxy-3,5,3′,5′-tetramethyltriphenylmethane, 4-[bis(3,5-dimethyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)methyl]-2-methoxy-phenol, 4,4′-(3,4-diol-benzylidene)bis[2,6-dimethylphenol], 4,4′-[(2-hydroxy-phenyl)methylene]bis[2-cyclohexyl-5-methylphenol, 4,4′,2″,3″,4″-pentahydroxy-3,5,3′, 5'-tetramethyltriphenylmethane, 2,3,4,2',3',4'-hexahydroxy-5,5'-diethyltriphenylmethane, 2,3,4,2',3',4',3",4"-octahydroxy-5,5'-diethyltriphenylmethane, 2,4,6,2',4',6'-hexahydroxy-5,5'-dipropionyltriphenylmethane and other polyhydroxytriphenylmethanes, 4,4'-(phenylmethylene)bisphenol, 4,4'-(1-phenyl-ethylidene)bis[2-methylphenol], 4,4',4"-ethylidene-triphenol and other polyhydroxytriphenylethanes, 3,3,3′,3′-tetramethyl-1,1′-spirobi-indane-5,6,5′,6′-tetraol, 3,3,3′,3′-tetramethyl-1,1′-spirobi-indane-5,6,7,5′,6′,7′-hexanol, 3,3,3′,3′-tetramethyl-1,1′-spirobi-indane-4,5,6,4′,5′,6′-hexanol, 3,3,3′,3′-tetramethyl-1,1′-spirobi-indane-4,5,6,5′,6′,7′-hexanol and other polyhydroxyspirobi-indanes, 2,4,4-trimethyl-2′,4′,7′-trihydroxyflavanes and other polyhydroxyflavanes, 3,3-Bis(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)phthalolide, 3,3-bis(2,3,4-trihydroxyphenyl)phthalolide, 3′,4′,5′,6′-tetrahydroxybis[phthalolide-3,9′-oroyama-koshi] and other polyhydroxyphthalolides, morin, quercetin, rutin and other flavonoid pigments, α,α’,α’’-tri(4-hydroxyphenyl)1,3,5-triisopropylbenzene, α,α’,α’’-tri(3,5-dimethyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)1,3,5-triisopropylbenzene, α,α’,α’’-tri(3,5-diethyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)1,3,5-triisopropylbenzene, α,α’,α’’-tri(3, 5-di-n-propyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) 1,3,5-triisopropylbenzene, α,α’,α’’-tris(3,5-diisopropyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) 1,3,5-triisopropylbenzene, α,α’,α’’-tris(3,5-di-n-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) 1,3,5-triisopropylbenzene, α,α’,α’’-tris(3-methyl -4-hydroxyphenyl) 1,3,5-triisopropylbenzene, α,α’,α’’-tris(3-methoxy-4-hydroxyphenyl) 1,3,5-triisopropylbenzene, α,α’,α’’-tris(2,4-dihydroxyphenyl) 1,3,5-triisopropylbenzene, 1,3,5-tris(3,5-dimethyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)benzene, 1,3,5-tris(5-methyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)benzene, 2,4,6-tris(3,5-dimethyl-4-hydroxyphenylthiomethyl) symmetric trimethylbenzene, 1-[α-methyl-α-(4’-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl]-4-[α,α’-bis(4’’-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl]benzene, 1-[α-methyl(4’-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl]-3-[α ,α'-bis(4''-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl]benzene, 1-[α-methyl-α-(3',5'-dimethyl-4''-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl]-4-[α,α'-bis(3'',5''-dimethyl-4''-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl]benzene, 1-[α-methyl(3'-methyl-4'-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl]-4-[α',α'-bis(3''-methyl-4''-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl]benzene, 1-[α-methyl-α-(3'-methoxy-4'-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl]-4-[α',α'-bis(3''-methoxy-4''-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl]benzene, 1-[α-methyl-α-(2',4'-dihydroxyphenyl)ethyl]-4- [α’,α’-bis(4’’-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl]benzene, 1-[α-methyl(2’,4’-dihydroxyphenyl)ethyl]-3-[α’,α’-bis(4’’-hydroxyphenyl)ethyl]benzene and other polyhydroxy compounds described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 4-253058, α,α,α’,α’,α’’,α’’-hexa-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-1,3,5-triethylbenzene and other polyhydroxy compounds described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 5-224410, 1,2,2,3-tetra(p-hydroxyphenyl)propane, 1,3,3,5-tetra(p-hydroxyphenyl)pentane and other poly(hydroxyphenyl)alkanes described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 5-303200, EP-530148, p-Bis(2,3,4-trihydroxybenzyl)benzene, p-Bis(2,4,6-trihydroxybenzyl)benzene, m-Bis(2,3,4-trihydroxybenzyl)benzene, m-Bis(2,4,6-trihydroxybenzyl)benzene, p-Bis(2,5-dihydroxy-3-bromobenzyl)benzene, p-Bis(2,3,4-trihydroxy-5-methylbenzyl)benzene, p-Bis(2,3,4-trihydroxy-5-methoxybenzyl)benzene, p-Bis(2,3,4-trihydroxy-5-nitrobenzyl)benzene, p-Bis(2,3,4-trihydroxy-5- 1,3,5-tris(2,5-dihydroxybenzyl)benzene, 1,3,5-tris(2,3,4-trihydroxybenzyl)benzene, 1,2,3-tris(2,3,4-trihydroxybenzyl)benzene, 1,2,4-tris(2,3,4-trihydroxybenzyl)benzene, 1,2,4,5-tetrakis(2,3,4-trihydroxybenzyl)benzene, α,α’-bis(2,3,4-trihydroxybenzyl)p-xylene, α,α’,α’-tris(2,3,4-trihydroxybenzyl)symmetric trimethylbenzene, 2,6-Bis-(2-hydroxy-3,5-dimethylbenzyl)-p-cresol, 2,6-Bis-(2-hydroxy-5′-methylbenzyl)-p-cresol, 2,6-Bis-(2,4,6-trihydroxybenzyl)-p-cresol, 2,6-Bis-(2,3,4-trihydroxybenzyl)-p-cresol, 2,6-Bis-(2,3,4-trihydroxybenzyl)-3,5-dimethyl-phenol, 4,6-Bis-(4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethylbenzyl)-gallate, 2,6-Bis-(4 -Hydroxy-3,5-dimethylbenzyl)-1,3,4-trihydroxy-phenol, 4,6-bis-(2,4,6-trihydroxybenzyl)-2,4-dimethyl-phenol, 4,6-bis-(2,3,4-trihydroxybenzyl)-2,5-dimethyl-phenol, 2,6-bis-(4-hydroxybenzyl)-p-cresol, 2,6-bis(4-hydroxybenzyl)-4-cyclohexylphenol, 2,6-bis(4-hydroxy-3-methylbenzyl)-p-cresol, 2,6-bis(4-hydroxy-3,5 -dimethylbenzyl)-p-cresol, 2,6-bis(4-hydroxy-2,5-dimethylbenzyl)-p-cresol, 2,6-bis(4-hydroxy-3-methylbenzyl)-4-phenyl-phenol, 2,2′,6,6′-tetrakis[(4-hydroxyphenyl)methyl]-4,4′-methylenediphenol, 2,2′,6,6′-tetrakis[(4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl)methyl]-4,4′-methylenediphenol, 2,2′,6,6′-tetrakis[(4-hydroxy-3 -methylphenyl)methyl]-4,4′-methylenediphenol, 2,2′-bis[(4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl)methyl]6,6′-dimethyl-4,4′-methylenediphenol, 2,2’,3,3’-tetrahydro-3,3,3’,3’-tetramethyl-1,1’-spirobis(1H-indene)-5,5’,6,6’,7,7’hexanol, bis(4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl)-(4-hydroxy-3-methoxyphenyl)methane, etc. In addition, low-nucleus forms of phenolic resins such as novolac resins can also be used.

作為萘醌二疊氮磺酸,可以列舉6-重氮-5,6-二氫-5-氧代-1-萘磺酸、1,2-萘醌-(2)-重氮-5-磺酸等,該等可以混合使用。Examples of the naphthoquinonediazidesulfonic acid include 6-diazo-5,6-dihydro-5-oxo-1-naphthalenesulfonic acid and 1,2-naphthoquinone-(2)-diazo-5-sulfonic acid, and these may be used in combination.

羥基化合物的萘醌二疊氮磺酸酯的製造方法並無特別限定,例如,藉由用氯磺酸或亞硫醯氯對萘醌二疊氮磺酸進行磺醯氯化,並使所獲得之萘醌二疊氮磺醯氯與羥基化合物進行縮合反應來獲得。 例如,能夠藉由在二㗁烷、丙酮或四氫呋喃等溶劑中,在三乙胺等鹼性觸媒的存在下,使羥基化合物與萘醌二疊氮磺醯氯的規定量反應而進行酯化,並水洗、乾燥所獲得之生成物來獲得。 The method for producing naphthoquinone diazide sulfonic acid ester of a hydroxy compound is not particularly limited. For example, it can be obtained by sulfonyl chlorinating naphthoquinone diazide sulfonic acid with chlorosulfonic acid or thionyl chloride, and subjecting the obtained naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl chloride to a condensation reaction with a hydroxy compound. For example, it can be obtained by subjecting a hydroxy compound to a predetermined amount of naphthoquinone diazide sulfonyl chloride in a solvent such as dioxane, acetone or tetrahydrofuran in the presence of an alkaline catalyst such as triethylamine to esterification, and then washing and drying the obtained product.

萘醌二疊氮磺酸酯中的酯化率並無特別限定,10%以上為較佳,20%以上為更佳。又,上述酯化率的上限並無特別限定,可以為100%。 上述酯化率能夠藉由 1H-NMR等作為羥基化合物所具有之羥基中被酯化的基的比例來確認。 The esterification rate in naphthoquinone diazide sulfonic acid ester is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% or more, and more preferably 20% or more. The upper limit of the esterification rate is not particularly limited, and may be 100%. The esterification rate can be confirmed by 1 H-NMR or the like as the ratio of esterified groups in the hydroxyl groups of the hydroxyl compound.

此外,作為光吸收劑,亦能夠使用日本特開2019-206689號公報的0088~0108段中記載之化合物。In addition, as the light absorber, the compounds described in paragraphs 0088 to 0108 of JP-A-2019-206689 can also be used.

<其他添加劑> 本發明的樹脂組成物可以依據需要在獲得本發明的效果之範圍內含有各種添加物,例如,界面活性劑、高級脂肪酸衍生物、熱聚合起始劑、無機粒子、紫外線吸收劑、有機鈦化合物、抗氧化劑、光酸產生劑、抗凝聚劑、酚系化合物、其他高分子化合物、可塑劑及其他助劑類(例如,消泡劑、阻燃劑等)等。此外,本發明的樹脂組成物亦可以含有脲化合物、碳二亞胺化合物或異脲化合物。藉由適當地含有該等成分,能夠調整膜物理性質等性質。關於該等成分,例如,能夠參閱日本特開2012-003225號公報的0183段以後(對應之美國專利申請公開第2013/0034812號說明書的0237段)的記載、日本特開2008-250074號公報的0101~0104、0107~0109段等的記載,該等內容被編入本說明書中。當摻合該等添加劑時,將其合計含量設為本發明的樹脂組成物的固體成分的3質量%以下為較佳。 作為該等的其他添加劑,可以列舉國際公開第2022/145355號的0316~00358段中記載之化合物。上述記載被編入本說明書中。 <Other additives> The resin composition of the present invention may contain various additives as needed within the scope of obtaining the effects of the present invention, such as surfactants, higher fatty acid derivatives, thermal polymerization initiators, inorganic particles, ultraviolet absorbers, organic titanium compounds, antioxidants, photoacid generators, anti-agglomeration agents, phenolic compounds, other polymer compounds, plasticizers and other additives (e.g., defoamers, flame retardants, etc.). In addition, the resin composition of the present invention may also contain urea compounds, carbodiimide compounds or isourea compounds. By appropriately containing these components, the properties of the film such as physical properties can be adjusted. For these components, for example, reference can be made to paragraphs 0183 and thereafter of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2012-003225 (paragraph 0237 of the corresponding U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0034812), paragraphs 0101 to 0104, 0107 to 0109 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2008-250074, and the contents are incorporated into this specification. When these additives are blended, it is preferred that their total content is set to 3% by mass or less of the solid content of the resin composition of the present invention. As other additives, the compounds described in paragraphs 0316 to 00358 of International Publication No. 2022/145355 can be cited. The above description is incorporated into this manual.

<樹脂組成物的特性> 本發明的樹脂組成物的黏度能夠依據樹脂組成物的固體成分濃度來調整。從塗布膜厚的觀點而言,1,000mm 2/s~12,000mm 2/s為較佳,2,000mm 2/s~10,000mm 2/s為更佳,2,500mm 2/s~8,000mm 2/s為進一步較佳。只要在上述範圍內,則容易獲得均勻性高的塗布膜。例如,若為1,000mm 2/s以上,則容易以作為再配線用絕緣膜所需的膜厚塗布,若為12,000mm 2/s以下,則可獲得塗布面狀優異的塗膜。 <Characteristics of the resin composition> The viscosity of the resin composition of the present invention can be adjusted according to the solid content concentration of the resin composition. From the viewpoint of the coating film thickness, 1,000 mm 2 /s to 12,000 mm 2 /s is preferred, 2,000 mm 2 /s to 10,000 mm 2 /s is more preferred, and 2,500 mm 2 /s to 8,000 mm 2 /s is further preferred. Within the above range, a highly uniform coating film can be easily obtained. For example, if it is 1,000 mm 2 /s or more, it is easy to apply the film with the required film thickness as a redistribution insulation film, and if it is 12,000 mm 2 /s or less, a coating film with excellent coating surface appearance can be obtained.

<對樹脂組成物含有物質的限制> 本發明的樹脂組成物的含水率未達2.0質量%為較佳,未達1.5質量%為更佳,未達1.0質量%為進一步較佳。若未達2.0%,則樹脂組成物的保存穩定性得到提高。 作為維持含水量之方法,可以列舉調整保管條件下的濕度、降低保管時的收容容器的孔隙率等。 <Restrictions on substances contained in the resin composition> The resin composition of the present invention preferably has a water content of less than 2.0% by mass, more preferably less than 1.5% by mass, and even more preferably less than 1.0% by mass. If it is less than 2.0%, the storage stability of the resin composition is improved. As a method for maintaining the water content, it is possible to cite such methods as adjusting the humidity under storage conditions and reducing the porosity of the storage container during storage.

從絕緣性的觀點而言,本發明的樹脂組成物的金屬含量未達5質量ppm(parts per million(百萬分率))為較佳,未達1質量ppm為更佳,未達0.5質量ppm為進一步較佳。作為金屬,可以列舉鈉、鉀、鎂、鈣、鐵、銅、鉻、鎳等,但作為有機化合物與金屬的錯合物來包含之金屬除外。當包含複數種金屬時,該等金屬的合計在上述範圍內為較佳。From the viewpoint of insulation, the metal content of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably less than 5 mass ppm (parts per million), more preferably less than 1 mass ppm, and even more preferably less than 0.5 mass ppm. Examples of metals include sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, iron, copper, chromium, nickel, etc., but metals contained as complexes of organic compounds and metals are excluded. When multiple metals are contained, the total of the metals is preferably within the above range.

又,作為減少意外地包含在本發明的樹脂組成物中的金屬雜質之方法,能夠列舉如下方法:選擇金屬含量少的原料作為構成本發明的樹脂組成物之原料,對構成本發明的樹脂組成物之原料進行過濾器過濾,用聚四氟乙烯等對裝置內進行內襯而在盡可能抑制污染的條件下進行蒸餾等。Furthermore, as a method for reducing the metal impurities accidentally contained in the resin composition of the present invention, the following methods can be cited: selecting a raw material with a low metal content as a raw material constituting the resin composition of the present invention, filtering the raw material constituting the resin composition of the present invention through a filter, lining the inside of the device with polytetrafluoroethylene or the like and performing distillation under conditions that suppress contamination as much as possible, etc.

關於本發明的樹脂組成物,若考慮作為半導體材料的用途,則從配線腐蝕性的觀點而言,鹵素原子的含量未達500質量ppm為較佳,未達300質量ppm為更佳,未達200質量ppm為進一步較佳。其中,以鹵素離子的狀態存在者未達5質量ppm為較佳,未達1質量ppm為更佳,未達0.5質量ppm為進一步較佳。作為鹵素原子,可以列舉氯原子及溴原子。氯原子及溴原子或氯離子及溴離子的合計分別在上述範圍內為較佳。 作為調整鹵素原子的含量之方法,可較佳地列舉離子交換處理等。 Regarding the resin composition of the present invention, if the use as a semiconductor material is considered, from the perspective of wiring corrosion, the content of halogen atoms is preferably less than 500 mass ppm, more preferably less than 300 mass ppm, and further preferably less than 200 mass ppm. Among them, the content of halogen ions is preferably less than 5 mass ppm, more preferably less than 1 mass ppm, and further preferably less than 0.5 mass ppm. As halogen atoms, chlorine atoms and bromine atoms can be listed. It is preferred that the total of chlorine atoms and bromine atoms or chlorine ions and bromine ions are respectively within the above range. As a method for adjusting the content of halogen atoms, ion exchange treatment, etc. can be preferably listed.

作為本發明的樹脂組成物的收容容器,能夠使用以往公知的收容容器。作為收容容器,以抑制雜質混入原材料或本發明的樹脂組成物中為目的,使用由6種6層樹脂構成容器內壁之多層瓶、以6種樹脂形成7層結構之瓶亦較佳。作為此種容器,例如,可以列舉日本特開2015-123351號公報中記載之容器。As a container for the resin composition of the present invention, a conventionally known container can be used. As a container, in order to suppress the mixing of impurities into the raw materials or the resin composition of the present invention, it is also preferable to use a multi-layer bottle having an inner wall composed of six types of six layers of resins or a bottle having a seven-layer structure formed of six types of resins. As such a container, for example, the container described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2015-123351 can be cited.

<樹脂組成物的硬化物> 藉由硬化本發明的樹脂組成物,能夠獲得樹脂組成物的硬化物。 本發明的硬化物為使樹脂組成物硬化而成之硬化物。 樹脂組成物的硬化藉由加熱來進行為較佳,加熱溫度為120℃~400℃為更佳,140℃~380℃為進一步較佳,170℃~350℃為尤佳。樹脂組成物的硬化物的形態並無特別限定,能夠依據用途選擇膜狀、棒狀、球狀、顆粒狀等。在本發明中,硬化物為膜狀為較佳。藉由樹脂組成物的圖案加工,亦能夠依據在壁面形成保護膜、形成導通用通孔、調整阻抗、靜電電容或內部應力、賦予散熱功能等用途來選擇硬化物的形狀。硬化物(由硬化物構成之膜)的膜厚為0.5μm以上且150μm以下為較佳。 硬化本發明的樹脂組成物時的收縮率為50%以下為較佳,45%以下為更佳,40%以下為進一步較佳。在此,收縮率係指樹脂組成物的硬化前後的體積變化的百分率,能夠由下述式計算。 收縮率[%]=100-(硬化後的體積÷硬化前的體積)×100 <Cured resin composition> By curing the resin composition of the present invention, a cured resin composition can be obtained. The cured resin composition of the present invention is a cured resin composition. The curing of the resin composition is preferably performed by heating, and the heating temperature is preferably 120°C to 400°C, more preferably 140°C to 380°C, and even more preferably 170°C to 350°C. The shape of the cured resin composition is not particularly limited, and can be selected from a film, rod, spherical, granular, etc. according to the application. In the present invention, the cured product is preferably a film. By patterning the resin composition, the shape of the cured product can be selected according to the purpose of forming a protective film on the wall, forming a conductive through hole, adjusting impedance, electrostatic capacitance or internal stress, and providing a heat dissipation function. The film thickness of the cured product (film composed of the cured product) is preferably 0.5μm or more and 150μm or less. The shrinkage rate when curing the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 50% or less, 45% or less is more preferably, and 40% or less is further preferably. Here, the shrinkage rate refers to the percentage of the volume change of the resin composition before and after curing, and can be calculated by the following formula. Shrinkage rate [%] = 100-(volume after curing ÷ volume before curing) × 100

<樹脂組成物的硬化物的特性> 本發明的樹脂組成物的硬化物的醯亞胺化反應率為70%以上為較佳,80%以上為更佳,90%以上為進一步較佳。若為70%以上,則有時會成為機械特性優異的硬化物。 本發明的樹脂組成物的硬化物的斷裂伸長率為30%以上為較佳,40%以上為更佳,50%以上為進一步較佳。 本發明的樹脂組成物的硬化物的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)為180℃以上為較佳,210℃以上為更佳,230℃以上為進一步較佳。 <Characteristics of the cured product of the resin composition> The imidization reaction rate of the cured product of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more, and even more preferably 90% or more. If it is 70% or more, it may become a cured product with excellent mechanical properties. The elongation at break of the cured product of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 40% or more, and even more preferably 50% or more. The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the cured product of the resin composition of the present invention is preferably 180°C or more, more preferably 210°C or more, and even more preferably 230°C or more.

<樹脂組成物的製備> 本發明的樹脂組成物能夠藉由混合上述各成分來製備。混合方法並無特別限定,能夠藉由以往公知的方法來進行。 作為混合方法,可以列舉利用攪拌葉片之混合、利用球磨機之混合、使罐旋轉之混合等。 混合中的溫度為10~30℃為較佳,15~25℃為更佳。 <Preparation of resin composition> The resin composition of the present invention can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components. The mixing method is not particularly limited, and can be performed by a conventionally known method. As the mixing method, mixing using a stirring blade, mixing using a ball mill, mixing by rotating a tank, etc. can be listed. The temperature during mixing is preferably 10 to 30°C, and more preferably 15 to 25°C.

以去除本發明的樹脂組成物中的灰塵或微粒等異物為目的,進行使用過濾器之過濾為較佳。關於過濾器孔徑,例如5μm以下為較佳,1μm以下為更佳,0.5μm以下為進一步較佳,0.1μm以下為更進一步較佳。過濾器的材質為聚四氟乙烯、聚乙烯或尼龍為較佳。當過濾器的材質為聚乙烯時,HDPE(高密度聚乙烯)為更佳。過濾器可以使用用有機溶劑預先洗淨者。在過濾器的過濾步驟中,可以將複數種過濾器串聯或並聯連接而使用。當使用複數種過濾器時,可以組合使用孔徑或材質不同的過濾器。作為連接態樣,例如,可以列舉如下態樣:將孔徑1μm的HDPE過濾器作為第一段,將孔徑0.2μm的HDPE過濾器作為第二段,將兩者串聯連接。又,可以將各種材料過濾複數次。過濾複數次時,可以為循環過濾。又,可以進行加壓過濾。當藉由加壓來進行過濾時,所加壓之壓力為0.01MPa以上且1.0MPa以下為較佳,0.03MPa以上且0.9MPa以下為更佳,0.05MPa以上且0.7MPa以下為進一步較佳,0.05MPa以上且0.5MPa以下為更進一步較佳。 除了使用過濾器之過濾以外,亦可以進行使用吸附材料之雜質的去除處理。亦可以組合過濾器過濾和使用吸附材料之雜質去除處理。作為吸附材料,能夠使用公知的吸附材料。例如,可以列舉矽膠、沸石等無機系吸附材料、活性碳等有機系吸附材料。 可以在用過濾器進行過濾之後,實施將填充於瓶中的樹脂組成物放置於減壓下進行脫氣之步驟。 For the purpose of removing foreign matter such as dust or particles in the resin composition of the present invention, it is preferred to perform filtering using a filter. Regarding the pore size of the filter, for example, 5 μm or less is preferred, 1 μm or less is more preferred, 0.5 μm or less is further preferred, and 0.1 μm or less is further preferred. The material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon. When the material of the filter is polyethylene, HDPE (high-density polyethylene) is more preferred. The filter can be pre-cleaned with an organic solvent. In the filtering step of the filter, a plurality of filters can be connected in series or in parallel for use. When a plurality of filters are used, filters with different pore sizes or materials can be used in combination. As a connection example, for example, the following example can be cited: a HDPE filter with a pore size of 1 μm is used as the first section, and a HDPE filter with a pore size of 0.2 μm is used as the second section, and the two are connected in series. In addition, various materials can be filtered multiple times. When filtering is repeated multiple times, it can be a cycle filtration. In addition, pressurized filtration can be performed. When filtering is performed by pressurization, the pressure applied is preferably 0.01 MPa or more and 1.0 MPa or less, 0.03 MPa or more and 0.9 MPa or less, 0.05 MPa or more and 0.7 MPa or less is further preferred, and 0.05 MPa or more and 0.5 MPa or less is further preferred. In addition to filtering using a filter, impurity removal using an adsorbent can also be performed. Filtering using a filter and impurity removal using an adsorbent can also be combined. As the adsorbent, a known adsorbent can be used. For example, inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon can be listed. After filtering using a filter, the resin composition filled in the bottle can be placed under reduced pressure for degassing.

(硬化物的製造方法) 本發明的硬化物的製造方法包括將樹脂組成物適用於基材上而形成膜之膜形成步驟為較佳。 硬化物的製造方法包括上述膜形成步驟、選擇性地對藉由膜形成步驟而形成之膜進行曝光之曝光步驟、及使用顯影液對藉由曝光步驟曝光之膜進行顯影而形成圖案之顯影步驟為更佳。 硬化物的製造方法包括上述膜形成步驟、上述曝光步驟、上述顯影步驟、以及對藉由顯影步驟而獲得之圖案進行加熱之加熱步驟及對藉由顯影步驟而獲得之圖案進行曝光之顯影後曝光步驟中的至少一者為尤佳。 又,硬化物的製造方法包括上述膜形成步驟及加熱上述膜之步驟亦較佳。 以下,對各步驟的詳細內容進行說明。 (Method for producing a cured product) The method for producing a cured product of the present invention preferably includes a film forming step of applying a resin composition to a substrate to form a film. The method for producing a cured product preferably includes the film forming step, an exposure step of selectively exposing the film formed by the film forming step, and a developing step of developing the film exposed by the exposure step with a developer to form a pattern. The method for producing a cured product preferably includes at least one of the film forming step, the exposure step, the developing step, a heating step of heating the pattern obtained by the developing step, and a post-development exposure step of exposing the pattern obtained by the developing step. Furthermore, it is also preferred that the method for producing a cured product includes the above-mentioned film forming step and the step of heating the above-mentioned film. The details of each step are described below.

<膜形成步驟> 本發明的樹脂組成物能夠在適用於基材上而形成膜之膜形成步驟中使用。 本發明的硬化物的製造方法包括將樹脂組成物適用於基材上而形成膜之膜形成步驟為較佳。 <Film-forming step> The resin composition of the present invention can be used in a film-forming step of applying the resin composition to a substrate to form a film. The method for producing a cured product of the present invention preferably includes a film-forming step of applying the resin composition to a substrate to form a film.

〔基材〕 基材的種類能夠依據用途適當確定,並無特別限定。作為基材,可以列舉矽、氮化矽、聚矽、氧化矽、非晶矽等半導體製作用基材、石英、玻璃、光學膜、陶瓷材料、沉積膜、磁性膜、反射膜、Ni、Cu、Cr、Fe等金屬基材(例如,可以為由金屬形成之基材及例如藉由鍍覆、沉積等形成有金屬層之基材中的任一種)、紙、SOG(Spin On Glass:旋塗式玻璃)、TFT(薄膜電晶體)陣列基材、模製基材、電漿顯示面板(PDP)的電極板等。基材尤其為半導體製作用基材為較佳,矽基材、Cu基材及模製基材為更佳。 可以在該等基材的表面上設置有由六甲基二矽氮烷(HMDS)等形成之密接層或氧化層等層。 基材的形狀並無特別限定,可以為圓形形狀,亦可以為矩形形狀。 關於基材的尺寸,若為圓形形狀,則例如直徑為100~450mm為較佳,200~450mm為更佳。若為矩形形狀,則例如短邊的長度為100~1000mm為較佳,200~700mm為更佳。 作為基材,例如可以使用板狀,較佳為使用面板狀基材(基板)。 [Substrate] The type of substrate can be appropriately determined according to the application and is not particularly limited. Examples of the substrate include semiconductor substrates such as silicon, silicon nitride, polysilicon, silicon oxide, and amorphous silicon, quartz, glass, optical films, ceramic materials, deposited films, magnetic films, reflective films, metal substrates such as Ni, Cu, Cr, and Fe (for example, any of a substrate formed of metal and a substrate having a metal layer formed by plating, deposition, etc.), paper, SOG (Spin On Glass), TFT (Thin Film Transistor) array substrate, molded substrate, and electrode plates of a plasma display panel (PDP). The substrate is preferably a semiconductor substrate, and a silicon substrate, a Cu substrate, and a molded substrate are more preferably. A bonding layer or an oxide layer formed of hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) or the like may be provided on the surface of the substrate. The shape of the substrate is not particularly limited, and may be circular or rectangular. Regarding the size of the substrate, if it is circular, for example, the diameter is preferably 100 to 450 mm, and 200 to 450 mm is more preferred. If it is rectangular, for example, the length of the short side is preferably 100 to 1000 mm, and 200 to 700 mm is more preferred. As the substrate, for example, a plate-shaped substrate may be used, and a panel-shaped substrate (substrate) is preferably used.

當在樹脂層(例如,由硬化物構成之層)的表面或金屬層的表面上適用樹脂組成物而形成膜時,樹脂層或金屬層成為基材。When a resin composition is applied to the surface of a resin layer (for example, a layer composed of a hardened material) or the surface of a metal layer to form a film, the resin layer or the metal layer becomes a base material.

作為將樹脂組成物適用於基材上之方法,塗布為較佳。 作為所適用之方法,具體而言,可以列舉浸塗法、氣刀塗布法、簾塗法、線棒塗布法、凹版塗布法、擠壓塗布法、噴塗法、旋塗法、狹縫塗布法及噴墨法等。從膜厚度的均勻性的觀點而言,旋塗法、狹縫塗布法、噴塗法或噴墨法為較佳,從膜厚度的均勻性的觀點及生產性的觀點而言,旋塗法及狹縫塗布法為更佳。依據所適用之方法來調整樹脂組成物的固體成分濃度或塗布條件,藉此能夠獲得所需厚度的膜。又,亦能夠依據基材的形狀適當選擇塗布方法,若為晶圓等圓形基材,則旋塗法或噴塗法、噴墨法等為較佳,若為矩形基材,則狹縫塗布法、噴塗法、噴墨法等為較佳。在旋塗法的情況下,例如,能夠以500~3,500rpm的轉速適用10秒~3分鐘左右。 又,亦能夠適用將預先藉由上述賦予方法賦予並形成於臨時支撐體上之塗膜轉印到基材上之方法。 關於轉印方法,亦能夠較佳地使用日本特開2006-023696號公報的0023、0036~0051段或日本特開2006-047592號公報的0096~0108段中記載之製作方法。 又,亦可以進行在基材的端部去除多餘膜之步驟。關於此種步驟的例子,可以列舉邊珠沖洗(edge bead rinse:EBR)、背面沖洗等。 亦可以採用如下預濕步驟:在將樹脂組成物塗布於基材之前,在基材上塗布各種溶劑以提高基材的潤濕性之後塗布樹脂組成物。 As a method for applying the resin composition to the substrate, coating is preferred. As the applicable method, specifically, dip coating, air knife coating, curtain coating, wire rod coating, gravure coating, extrusion coating, spray coating, spin coating, slit coating and inkjet coating can be listed. From the perspective of uniformity of film thickness, spin coating, slit coating, spray coating or inkjet coating is preferred, and from the perspective of uniformity of film thickness and productivity, spin coating and slit coating are more preferred. By adjusting the solid content concentration of the resin composition or the coating conditions according to the method to be applied, a film of the desired thickness can be obtained. In addition, the coating method can be appropriately selected according to the shape of the substrate. If it is a circular substrate such as a wafer, spin coating, spray coating, inkjet method, etc. are preferred. If it is a rectangular substrate, slit coating, spray coating, inkjet method, etc. are preferred. In the case of spin coating, for example, it can be applied at a rotation speed of 500 to 3,500 rpm for about 10 seconds to 3 minutes. In addition, a method of transferring the coating film previously applied by the above-mentioned applying method and formed on the temporary support to the substrate can also be applied. Regarding the transfer method, the production method described in paragraphs 0023, 0036 to 0051 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2006-023696 or paragraphs 0096 to 0108 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2006-047592 can also be preferably used. In addition, a step of removing excess film at the end of the substrate can also be performed. Examples of such a step include edge bead rinse (EBR) and back rinse. The following pre-wetting step can also be adopted: before applying the resin composition to the substrate, various solvents are applied to the substrate to improve the wettability of the substrate and then the resin composition is applied.

<乾燥步驟> 在膜形成步驟(層形成步驟)之後,為了去除溶劑,上述膜可以供於對所形成之膜(層)進行乾燥之步驟(乾燥步驟)。 亦即,本發明的硬化物的製造方法可以包括對藉由膜形成步驟形成之膜進行乾燥之乾燥步驟。 上述乾燥步驟在膜形成步驟之後且曝光步驟之前進行為較佳。 乾燥步驟中的膜的乾燥溫度為50~150℃為較佳,70℃~130℃為更佳,90℃~110℃為進一步較佳。又,可以藉由減壓來進行乾燥。作為乾燥時間,可以例示30秒~20分鐘,1分鐘~10分鐘為較佳,2分鐘~7分鐘為更佳。 <Drying step> After the film forming step (layer forming step), the film may be subjected to a step of drying the formed film (layer) in order to remove the solvent (drying step). That is, the method for producing a hardened product of the present invention may include a drying step of drying the film formed by the film forming step. The drying step is preferably performed after the film forming step and before the exposure step. The drying temperature of the film in the drying step is preferably 50 to 150°C, more preferably 70 to 130°C, and even more preferably 90 to 110°C. In addition, drying may be performed by reducing the pressure. The drying time may be 30 seconds to 20 minutes, preferably 1 minute to 10 minutes, and more preferably 2 minutes to 7 minutes.

<曝光步驟> 上述膜可以供於選擇性地對膜進行曝光之曝光步驟。 硬化物的製造方法可以包括選擇性地對藉由膜形成步驟形成之膜進行曝光之曝光步驟。 選擇性曝光係指對膜的一部分進行曝光。又,藉由選擇性曝光,在膜上形成經曝光之區域(曝光部)及未曝光之區域(非曝光部)。 曝光量只要能夠硬化本發明的樹脂組成物,則並無特別限定,例如,以波長365nm處的曝光能量換算計,50~10,000mJ/cm 2為較佳,200~8,000mJ/cm 2為更佳。 <Exposure step> The above-mentioned film can be provided for an exposure step of selectively exposing the film. The method for manufacturing a cured product may include an exposure step of selectively exposing the film formed by the film forming step. Selective exposure refers to exposing a portion of the film. In addition, by selective exposure, an exposed area (exposed portion) and an unexposed area (non-exposed portion) are formed on the film. The exposure amount is not particularly limited as long as it can cure the resin composition of the present invention. For example, when converted to exposure energy at a wavelength of 365nm, 50 to 10,000mJ/ cm2 is preferred, and 200 to 8,000mJ/ cm2 is more preferred.

曝光波長能夠在190~1,000nm的範圍內適當確定,240~550nm為較佳。The exposure wavelength can be appropriately determined within the range of 190 to 1,000 nm, preferably 240 to 550 nm.

關於曝光波長,若以與光源的關係來說,則可以列舉(1)半導體雷射(波長830nm、532nm、488nm、405nm、375nm、355nm等)、(2)金屬鹵化物燈、(3)高壓水銀燈、g射線(波長436nm)、h射線(波長405nm)、i射線(波長365nm)、寬波長(g、h、i射線3種波長)、(4)準分子雷射、KrF準分子雷射(波長248nm)、ArF準分子雷射(波長193nm)、F 2準分子雷射(波長157nm)、(5)極紫外線;EUV(波長13.6nm)、(6)電子束、(7)YAG雷射的二次諧波532nm、三次諧波355nm等。關於本發明的樹脂組成物,尤其利用高壓水銀燈之曝光為較佳,從曝光靈敏度的觀點而言,利用i射線之曝光為更佳。 曝光的方式並無特別限定,只要為由本發明的樹脂組成物構成之膜的至少一部分被曝光之方式即可,可以列舉使用了光罩之曝光、利用雷射直接成像法之曝光等。 Regarding exposure wavelength, in terms of its relationship with the light source, we can cite (1) semiconductor lasers (wavelengths of 830nm, 532nm, 488nm, 405nm, 375nm, 355nm, etc.), (2) metal halide lamps, (3) high-pressure mercury lamps, g-rays (wavelength 436nm), h-rays (wavelength 405nm), i-rays (wavelength 365nm), wide wavelengths (3 wavelengths of g, h, and i-rays), (4) excimer lasers, KrF excimer lasers (wavelength 248nm), ArF excimer lasers (wavelength 193nm), F 2 Excimer laser (wavelength 157nm), (5) extreme ultraviolet light; EUV (wavelength 13.6nm), (6) electron beam, (7) secondary harmonic 532nm, third harmonic 355nm of YAG laser, etc. With regard to the resin composition of the present invention, exposure using a high-pressure mercury lamp is particularly preferred, and from the perspective of exposure sensitivity, exposure using i-rays is more preferred. The exposure method is not particularly limited as long as at least a portion of the film composed of the resin composition of the present invention is exposed, and examples thereof include exposure using a mask, exposure using a laser direct imaging method, etc.

<曝光後加熱步驟> 上述膜可以供於在曝光後進行加熱之步驟(曝光後加熱步驟)。 亦即,本發明的硬化物的製造方法可以包括對藉由曝光步驟而曝光之膜進行加熱之曝光後加熱步驟。 曝光後加熱步驟能夠在曝光步驟之後且顯影步驟之前進行。 曝光後加熱步驟中的加熱溫度為50℃~140℃為較佳,60℃~120℃為更佳。 曝光後加熱步驟中的加熱時間為30秒~300分鐘為較佳,1分鐘~10分鐘為更佳。 曝光後加熱步驟中的升溫速度從加熱開始時的溫度至最高加熱溫度為1~12℃/分鐘為較佳,2~10℃/分鐘為更佳,3~10℃/分鐘為進一步較佳。 又,升溫速度可以在加熱過程中適當變更。 作為曝光後加熱步驟中的加熱方法,並無特別限定,能夠使用公知的加熱板、烘箱、紅外線加熱器等。 又,在加熱時,藉由流通氮、氦、氬等惰性氣體,在低氧濃度的環境下進行亦較佳。 <Post-exposure heating step> The above-mentioned film can be provided for a step of heating after exposure (post-exposure heating step). That is, the method for producing a cured product of the present invention may include a post-exposure heating step of heating the film exposed by the exposure step. The post-exposure heating step can be performed after the exposure step and before the development step. The heating temperature in the post-exposure heating step is preferably 50°C to 140°C, and more preferably 60°C to 120°C. The heating time in the post-exposure heating step is preferably 30 seconds to 300 minutes, and more preferably 1 minute to 10 minutes. The heating rate in the post-exposure heating step is preferably 1 to 12°C/minute from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature, more preferably 2 to 10°C/minute, and even more preferably 3 to 10°C/minute. In addition, the heating rate can be appropriately changed during the heating process. There is no particular limitation on the heating method in the post-exposure heating step, and a known heating plate, oven, infrared heater, etc. can be used. In addition, when heating, it is also preferred to conduct the heating in an environment with low oxygen concentration by circulating an inert gas such as nitrogen, helium, and argon.

<顯影步驟> 曝光後的上述膜可以供於使用顯影液進行顯影而形成圖案之顯影步驟。 亦即,本發明的硬化物的製造方法可以包括使用顯影液對藉由曝光步驟曝光之膜進行顯影而形成圖案之顯影步驟。 藉由進行顯影,去除膜的曝光部及非曝光部中的一者而形成圖案。 在此,將藉由顯影步驟去除膜的非曝光部之顯影稱為負型顯影,將藉由顯影步驟去除膜的曝光部之顯影稱為正型顯影。 <Developing step> The film after exposure can be subjected to a developing step of forming a pattern by developing with a developer. That is, the method for producing a hardened product of the present invention may include a developing step of forming a pattern by developing the film exposed by the exposure step with a developer. By developing, one of the exposed portion and the non-exposed portion of the film is removed to form a pattern. Here, the development of removing the non-exposed portion of the film by the developing step is referred to as negative development, and the development of removing the exposed portion of the film by the developing step is referred to as positive development.

〔顯影液〕 作為在顯影步驟中使用之顯影液,可以列舉鹼水溶液或包含有機溶劑之顯影液。 [Developer] As the developer used in the developing step, there can be cited an alkaline aqueous solution or a developer containing an organic solvent.

當顯影液為鹼水溶液時,作為鹼水溶液能夠包含之鹼性化合物,可以列舉無機鹼類、一級胺類、二級胺類、三級胺類、四級銨鹽,較佳為TMAH(氫氧化四甲基銨)、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、氫氧化鈉、矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鈉、氨、乙胺、正丙胺、二乙胺、二正丁胺、三乙胺、甲基二乙胺、二甲基乙醇胺、三乙醇胺、氫氧化四乙基銨、氫氧化四丙基銨、氫氧化四丁基銨、氫氧化四戊基銨、氫氧化四己基銨、氫氧化四辛基銨、氫氧化乙基三甲基銨、氫氧化丁基三甲基銨、氫氧化甲基三戊基銨、氫氧化二丁基二戊基銨、氫氧化二甲基雙(2-羥基乙基)銨、氫氧化三甲基苯基銨、氫氧化三甲基苄基銨、氫氧化三乙基苄基銨、吡咯、哌啶,更佳為TMAH。在顯影液總質量中,顯影液中的鹼性化合物的含量為0.01~10質量%為較佳,0.1~5質量%為更佳,0.3~3質量%為進一步較佳。When the developer is an alkaline aqueous solution, the alkaline compound that can be contained in the alkaline aqueous solution includes inorganic bases, primary amines, secondary amines, tertiary amines, and quaternary ammonium salts, preferably TMAH (tetramethylammonium hydroxide), potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate, ammonia, ethylamine, n-propylamine, diethylamine, di-n-butylamine, triethylamine, methyldiethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, triethanolamine, tetraethyl hydroxide ammonium, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, tetrapentylammonium hydroxide, tetrahexylammonium hydroxide, tetraoctylammonium hydroxide, ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, butyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, methyltripentylammonium hydroxide, dibutyldipentylammonium hydroxide, dimethylbis(2-hydroxyethyl)ammonium hydroxide, trimethylphenylammonium hydroxide, trimethylbenzylammonium hydroxide, triethylbenzylammonium hydroxide, pyrrole, piperidine, and more preferably TMAH. The content of the alkaline compound in the developer is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass, and even more preferably 0.3 to 3% by mass, based on the total mass of the developer.

當顯影液含有有機溶劑時,作為有機溶劑,能夠使用國際公開第2021/112189號的0387段中記載之化合物。該內容被編入本說明書中。又,作為醇類,亦可較佳地列舉甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、異丙醇、丁醇、戊醇、辛醇、二乙二醇、丙二醇、甲基異丁基甲醇、三乙二醇等,作為醯胺類,亦可較佳地列舉N-甲基吡咯啶酮、N-乙基吡咯啶酮、二甲基甲醯胺等。When the developer contains an organic solvent, the compounds described in paragraph 0387 of International Publication No. 2021/112189 can be used as the organic solvent. The contents are incorporated into this specification. In addition, as alcohols, preferably methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol, pentanol, octanol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, methyl isobutyl carbinol, triethylene glycol, etc. can also be listed, and as amides, preferably N-methylpyrrolidone, N-ethylpyrrolidone, dimethylformamide, etc. can also be listed.

又,當顯影液含有有機溶劑時,有機溶劑能夠使用1種或混合使用2種以上。在本發明中,尤其含有選自由環戊酮、γ-丁內酯、二甲基亞碸、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮及環己酮組成之群組中之至少1種之顯影液為較佳,含有選自由環戊酮、γ-丁內酯及二甲基亞碸組成之群組中之至少1種之顯影液為更佳,含有環戊酮之顯影液為尤佳。Furthermore, when the developer contains an organic solvent, the organic solvent can be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the present invention, a developer containing at least one selected from the group consisting of cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and cyclohexanone is preferred, a developer containing at least one selected from the group consisting of cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone and dimethyl sulfoxide is more preferred, and a developer containing cyclopentanone is particularly preferred.

當顯影液含有有機溶劑時,相對於顯影液的總質量之有機溶劑的含量為50質量%以上為較佳,70質量%以上為更佳,80質量%以上為進一步較佳,90質量%以上為尤佳。又,上述含量亦可以為100質量%。When the developer contains an organic solvent, the content of the organic solvent relative to the total mass of the developer is preferably 50 mass % or more, more preferably 70 mass % or more, further preferably 80 mass % or more, and particularly preferably 90 mass % or more. Furthermore, the above content may also be 100 mass %.

當顯影液含有有機溶劑時,顯影液可以進一步含有鹼性化合物及鹼產生劑中的至少一者。藉由顯影液中的鹼性化合物及鹼產生劑中的至少一者滲透到圖案中,有時圖案的斷裂伸長率等性能得到提高。When the developer contains an organic solvent, the developer may further contain at least one of an alkaline compound and an alkali generator. When at least one of the alkaline compound and the alkali generator in the developer permeates into the pattern, the properties such as the elongation at break of the pattern may be improved.

作為鹼性化合物,從殘存於硬化後的膜時的可靠性(進一步加熱硬化物時與基材的密接性)的觀點而言,有機鹼為較佳。 作為鹼性化合物,具有胺基之鹼性化合物為較佳,一級胺、二級胺、三級胺、銨鹽、三級醯胺等為較佳,為了促進醯亞胺化反應,一級胺、二級胺、三級胺或銨鹽為較佳,二級胺、三級胺或銨鹽為更佳,二級胺或三級胺為進一步較佳,三級胺為尤佳。 作為鹼性化合物,從硬化物的機械特性(斷裂伸長率)的觀點而言,不易殘存於硬化膜(所獲得之硬化物)中者為較佳,從促進環化的觀點而言,殘存量在加熱前不易因氣化等減少者為較佳。 因此,鹼性化合物的沸點在常壓(101,325Pa)下為30℃~350℃為較佳,80℃~270℃為更佳,100℃~230℃為進一步較佳。 鹼性化合物的沸點比從顯影液中所含之有機溶劑的沸點減去20℃而得之溫度高為較佳,比顯影液中所含之有機溶劑的沸點高為更佳。 例如,有機溶劑的沸點為100℃時,所使用之鹼性化合物的沸點為80℃以上為較佳,沸點為100℃以上為更佳。 顯影液可以僅含有1種鹼性化合物,亦可以含有2種以上。 As alkaline compounds, organic bases are preferred from the viewpoint of reliability when remaining in the cured film (adhesion to the substrate when the cured product is further heated). As alkaline compounds, alkaline compounds having an amine group are preferred, and primary amines, secondary amines, tertiary amines, ammonium salts, tertiary amides, etc. are preferred. In order to promote the imidization reaction, primary amines, secondary amines, tertiary amines or ammonium salts are preferred, secondary amines, tertiary amines or ammonium salts are more preferred, secondary amines or tertiary amines are further preferred, and tertiary amines are particularly preferred. As an alkaline compound, it is preferred that it is not easy to remain in the cured film (the obtained cured product) from the viewpoint of the mechanical properties (elongation at break) of the cured product, and it is preferred that the residual amount is not easy to be reduced by gasification before heating from the viewpoint of promoting cyclization. Therefore, the boiling point of the alkaline compound is preferably 30℃~350℃ at normal pressure (101,325Pa), more preferably 80℃~270℃, and even more preferably 100℃~230℃. The boiling point of the alkaline compound is preferably higher than the temperature obtained by subtracting 20℃ from the boiling point of the organic solvent contained in the developer, and it is even more preferred that it is higher than the boiling point of the organic solvent contained in the developer. For example, when the boiling point of the organic solvent is 100°C, the boiling point of the alkaline compound used is preferably 80°C or higher, and more preferably 100°C or higher. The developer may contain only one alkaline compound, or may contain two or more.

作為鹼性化合物的具體例,可以列舉乙醇胺、二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺、乙胺、二乙胺、三乙胺、己胺、十二胺、環己胺、環己基甲胺、環己基二甲胺、苯胺、N-甲基苯胺、N,N-二甲基苯胺、二苯胺、吡啶、丁胺、異丁胺、二丁基胺、三丁胺、二環己胺、DBU(二吖雙環十一碳烯)、DABCO(1,4-二吖雙環[2.2.2]辛烷)、N,N-二異丙基乙胺、氫氧化四甲基銨、氫氧化四丁基銨、乙二胺、丁二胺、1,5-二胺基戊烷、N-甲基己胺、N-甲基二環己胺、三辛胺、N-乙基乙二胺、N,N-二乙基乙二胺、N,N,N’,N’-四丁基-1,6-己二胺、精三胺、二胺基環己烷、雙(2-甲氧基乙基)胺、哌啶、甲基哌啶、二甲基哌啶、哌𠯤、莨菪烷(tropane)、N-苯基苄胺、1,2-二苯胺乙烷、2-胺基乙醇、甲苯胺、胺基苯酚、己基苯胺、伸苯基二胺、苯基乙胺、二苄胺、吡咯、N-甲基吡咯、N,N,N,N-四甲基乙二胺、N,N,N,N-四甲基-1,3-丙二胺等。Specific examples of the alkaline compound include ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, ethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, hexylamine, dodecylamine, cyclohexylamine, cyclohexylmethylamine, cyclohexyldimethylamine, aniline, N-methylaniline, N,N-dimethylaniline, diphenylamine, pyridine, butylamine, isobutylamine, dibutylamine, tributylamine, dicyclohexylamine, DBU (diazabicycloundecene), DABCO (1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane), N,N-diisopropylethylamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, ethylenediamine, butanediamine, 1,5-diaminopentane, N-methylhexylamine, N -Methyldicyclohexylamine, trioctylamine, N-ethylethylenediamine, N,N-diethylethylenediamine, N,N,N’,N’-tetrabutyl-1,6-hexanediamine, fine triamine, diaminocyclohexane, bis(2-methoxyethyl)amine, piperidine, methylpiperidine, dimethylpiperidine, piperidine, tropane, N-phenylbenzylamine, 1,2-diphenylamineethane, 2-aminoethanol, toluidine, aminophenol, hexylaniline, phenylenediamine, phenylethylamine, dibenzylamine, pyrrole, N-methylpyrrole, N,N,N,N-tetramethylethylenediamine, N,N,N,N-tetramethyl-1,3-propylenediamine, etc.

鹼產生劑的較佳態樣與上述組成物中所含之鹼產生劑的較佳態樣相同。尤其,鹼產生劑為熱鹼產生劑為較佳。The preferred embodiment of the base generator is the same as the preferred embodiment of the base generator contained in the above composition. In particular, the base generator is preferably a thermal base generator.

當顯影液含有鹼性化合物及鹼產生劑中的至少一者時,相對於顯影液的總質量,鹼性化合物或鹼產生劑的含量為10質量%以下為較佳,5質量%以下為更佳。上述含量的下限並無特別限定,例如,0.1質量%以上為較佳。 當鹼性化合物或鹼產生劑在使用顯影液之環境下為固體時,相對於顯影液的總固體成分,鹼性化合物或鹼產生劑的含量為70~100質量%亦較佳。 顯影液可以僅含有1種鹼性化合物及鹼產生劑中的至少一者,亦可以含有2種以上的鹼性化合物及鹼產生劑中的至少一者。鹼性化合物及鹼產生劑中的至少一者為2種以上時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。 When the developer contains at least one of an alkaline compound and an alkali generator, the content of the alkaline compound or the alkali generator is preferably 10% by mass or less, and more preferably 5% by mass or less relative to the total mass of the developer. The lower limit of the above content is not particularly limited, for example, 0.1% by mass or more is preferred. When the alkaline compound or the alkali generator is solid in the environment in which the developer is used, the content of the alkaline compound or the alkali generator is also preferably 70 to 100% by mass relative to the total solid content of the developer. The developer may contain only one alkaline compound and at least one of the alkali generators, or may contain at least one of two or more alkaline compounds and alkali generators. When at least one of the alkaline compound and the alkali generator is two or more, it is preferred that the total amount is within the above range.

顯影液可以進一步含有其他成分。 作為其他成分,例如,可以列舉公知的界面活性劑或公知的消泡劑等。 The developer may further contain other components. As other components, for example, a known surfactant or a known defoaming agent can be listed.

〔顯影液的供給方法〕 只要能夠形成所需圖案,則顯影液的供給方法並無特別限制,有如下方法:將形成有膜之基材浸漬於顯影液中之方法、使用噴嘴對形成於基材上之膜供給顯影液之旋覆浸沒顯影或連續供給顯影液之方法。噴嘴的種類並無特別限制,可以列舉直噴嘴、噴淋噴嘴、噴霧噴嘴等。 從顯影液的滲透性、非圖像部的去除性、製造上的效率的觀點而言,將顯影液用直噴嘴供給之方法或用噴霧噴嘴連續供給之方法為較佳,從顯影液對圖像部的滲透性的觀點而言,用噴霧噴嘴供給之方法為更佳。 又,可以採用如下步驟:用直噴嘴連續供給顯影液之後,旋轉基材以從基材上去除顯影液,旋轉乾燥後再度用直噴嘴連續供給顯影液之後,旋轉基材以從基材上去除顯影液,亦可以將該步驟重複複數次。 作為顯影步驟中的顯影液的供給方法,可以列舉:向基材連續供給顯影液之步驟、在基材上使顯影液以大致靜止狀態保持之步驟、利用超音波等使顯影液在基材上振動之步驟及將該等組合之步驟等。 [Developer supply method] As long as the desired pattern can be formed, the developer supply method is not particularly limited, and there are the following methods: a method of immersing the substrate formed with a film in the developer, a method of using a nozzle to supply the developer to the film formed on the substrate by immersion development, or a method of continuously supplying the developer. The type of nozzle is not particularly limited, and can be a straight nozzle, a shower nozzle, a spray nozzle, etc. From the perspective of the permeability of the developer, the removability of the non-image part, and the efficiency in manufacturing, the method of supplying the developer with a straight nozzle or the method of continuously supplying with a spray nozzle is preferred, and from the perspective of the permeability of the developer to the image part, the method of supplying with a spray nozzle is more preferred. In addition, the following steps may be adopted: after continuously supplying the developer with a direct nozzle, the substrate is rotated to remove the developer from the substrate, and after rotating and drying, the developer is continuously supplied with the direct nozzle again, and the substrate is rotated to remove the developer from the substrate. This step may also be repeated several times. As a method for supplying the developer in the developing step, there can be listed: a step of continuously supplying the developer to the substrate, a step of keeping the developer on the substrate in a substantially static state, a step of vibrating the developer on the substrate using ultrasound or the like, and a step of combining these steps, etc.

作為顯影時間,10秒~10分鐘為較佳,20秒~5分鐘為更佳。顯影時的顯影液的溫度並無特別限定,10~45℃為較佳,18℃~30℃為更佳。The developing time is preferably 10 seconds to 10 minutes, more preferably 20 seconds to 5 minutes. The temperature of the developer during the developing is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 to 45°C, more preferably 18 to 30°C.

在顯影步驟中,可以在使用顯影液進行處理之後進一步進行利用沖洗液之圖案的洗淨(沖洗)。又,亦可以採用在與圖案接觸之顯影液未完全乾燥之前供給沖洗液等方法。In the developing step, the pattern may be cleaned (rinsed) with a rinse solution after being treated with a developer. Alternatively, a rinse solution may be supplied before the developer in contact with the pattern is completely dried.

〔沖洗液〕 當顯影液為鹼水溶液時,作為沖洗液,例如能夠使用水。當顯影液為含有有機溶劑之顯影液時,作為沖洗液,例如,能夠使用與顯影液中所含之溶劑不同的溶劑(例如,水、與顯影液中所含之有機溶劑不同的有機溶劑)。 [Rinsing liquid] When the developer is an alkaline aqueous solution, water, for example, can be used as the rinse liquid. When the developer is a developer containing an organic solvent, a solvent different from the solvent contained in the developer (for example, water, an organic solvent different from the organic solvent contained in the developer) can be used as the rinse liquid.

作為在沖洗液含有有機溶劑時的有機溶劑,可以列舉與在上述顯影液含有有機溶劑時所例示之有機溶劑相同的有機溶劑。 沖洗液中所含之有機溶劑為與顯影液中所含之有機溶劑不同的有機溶劑為較佳,與顯影液中所含之有機溶劑相比,圖案的溶解度小的有機溶劑為更佳。 As the organic solvent when the rinse liquid contains an organic solvent, the same organic solvent as the one exemplified when the developer contains an organic solvent can be cited. It is preferable that the organic solvent contained in the rinse liquid is different from the organic solvent contained in the developer, and it is more preferable that the organic solvent has a lower solubility in the pattern than the organic solvent contained in the developer.

當沖洗液含有有機溶劑時,有機溶劑能夠使用1種或混合使用2種以上。有機溶劑為環戊酮、γ-丁內酯、二甲基亞碸、N-甲基吡咯啶酮、環己酮、PGMEA、PGME為較佳,環戊酮、γ-丁內酯、二甲基亞碸、PGMEA、PGME為更佳,環己酮、PGMEA為進一步較佳。When the rinse solution contains an organic solvent, the organic solvent can be used alone or in combination of two or more. The organic solvent is preferably cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolidone, cyclohexanone, PGMEA, PGME, more preferably cyclopentanone, γ-butyrolactone, dimethyl sulfoxide, PGMEA, PGME, and even more preferably cyclohexanone and PGMEA.

當沖洗液含有有機溶劑時,相對於沖洗液的總質量,有機溶劑為50質量%以上為較佳,70質量%以上為更佳,90質量%以上為進一步較佳。又,相對於沖洗液的總質量,有機溶劑可以為100質量%。When the rinse liquid contains an organic solvent, the organic solvent is preferably 50 mass % or more, more preferably 70 mass % or more, and even more preferably 90 mass % or more relative to the total mass of the rinse liquid. Alternatively, the organic solvent may be 100 mass % relative to the total mass of the rinse liquid.

沖洗液可以含有鹼性化合物及鹼產生劑中的至少一者。 雖然並無特別限定,但當顯影液含有有機溶劑時,沖洗液含有有機溶劑、鹼性化合物及鹼產生劑中的至少一者之態樣亦為本發明的較佳態樣之一。 作為沖洗液中所含之鹼性化合物及鹼產生劑,可以列舉當上述顯影液含有有機溶劑時可以含有之鹼性化合物及作為鹼產生劑所例示之化合物,較佳態樣亦相同。 關於沖洗液中所含之鹼性化合物及鹼產生劑,考慮在沖洗液中的溶劑中的溶解度等來選擇即可。 The rinse solution may contain at least one of an alkaline compound and an alkali generator. Although not particularly limited, when the developer contains an organic solvent, the embodiment in which the rinse solution contains at least one of the organic solvent, the alkaline compound and the alkali generator is also one of the preferred embodiments of the present invention. As the alkaline compound and the alkali generator contained in the rinse solution, the alkaline compound that can be contained when the developer contains an organic solvent and the compound exemplified as the alkali generator can be listed, and the preferred embodiments are also the same. With regard to the alkaline compound and the alkali generator contained in the rinse solution, it is sufficient to select them in consideration of the solubility in the solvent in the rinse solution, etc.

當沖洗液含有鹼性化合物及鹼產生劑中的至少一者時,相對於沖洗液的總質量,鹼性化合物或鹼產生劑的含量為10質量%以下為較佳,5質量%以下為更佳。上述含量的下限並無特別限定,例如,0.1質量%以上為較佳。 當鹼性化合物或鹼產生劑在使用沖洗液之環境下為固體時,相對於沖洗液的總固體成分,鹼性化合物或鹼產生劑的含量為70~100質量%亦較佳。 當沖洗液含有鹼性化合物及鹼產生劑中的至少一者時,沖洗液可以僅含有1種鹼性化合物及鹼產生劑中的至少一者,亦可以含有2種以上的鹼性化合物及鹼產生劑中的至少一者。鹼性化合物及鹼產生劑中的至少一者為2種以上時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。 When the rinse liquid contains at least one of an alkaline compound and an alkali generator, the content of the alkaline compound or the alkali generator is preferably 10% by mass or less, and more preferably 5% by mass or less relative to the total mass of the rinse liquid. The lower limit of the above content is not particularly limited, for example, 0.1% by mass or more is preferred. When the alkaline compound or the alkali generator is solid in the environment where the rinse liquid is used, the content of the alkaline compound or the alkali generator is also preferably 70-100% by mass relative to the total solid content of the rinse liquid. When the rinse liquid contains at least one of an alkaline compound and an alkali generator, the rinse liquid may contain only one alkaline compound and at least one of an alkali generator, or may contain two or more alkaline compounds and at least one of an alkali generator. When at least one of the alkaline compound and the alkali generator is two or more, it is preferred that the total amount is within the above range.

沖洗液可以進一步含有其他成分。 作為其他成分,例如,可以列舉公知的界面活性劑或公知的消泡劑等。 The rinse solution may further contain other components. As other components, for example, a known surfactant or a known defoaming agent can be listed.

〔沖洗液的供給方法〕 只要能夠形成所需圖案,則沖洗液的供給方法並無特別限制,有如下方法:將基材浸漬於沖洗液中之方法、藉由液堆向基材供給沖洗液之方法、藉由噴淋向基材供給沖洗液之方法、藉由直噴嘴等手段向基材上連續供給沖洗液之方法。 從沖洗液的滲透性、非圖像部的去除性、製造上的效率的觀點而言,有利用噴淋噴嘴、直噴嘴、噴霧噴嘴等供給沖洗液之方法,利用噴霧噴嘴連續供給之方法為較佳,從沖洗液對圖像部的滲透性的觀點而言,利用噴霧噴嘴供給之方法為更佳。噴嘴的種類並無特別限制,可以列舉直噴嘴、噴淋噴嘴、噴霧噴嘴等。 亦即,沖洗步驟為利用直噴嘴對上述曝光後的膜供給或連續供給沖洗液之步驟為較佳,藉由噴霧噴嘴供給沖洗液之步驟為更佳。 作為沖洗步驟中的沖洗液的供給方法,能夠採用向基材連續供給沖洗液之步驟、在基材上以大致靜止狀態保持沖洗液之步驟、在基材上用超音波等使沖洗液振動之步驟及將它們組合之步驟等。 [Method for supplying the rinse liquid] As long as the desired pattern can be formed, there is no particular limitation on the method for supplying the rinse liquid. The following methods are available: a method of immersing the substrate in the rinse liquid, a method of supplying the rinse liquid to the substrate by a liquid pile, a method of supplying the rinse liquid to the substrate by spraying, and a method of continuously supplying the rinse liquid to the substrate by means of a straight nozzle or the like. From the perspective of the permeability of the rinse liquid, the removability of the non-image portion, and the efficiency in manufacturing, there are methods for supplying the rinse liquid by using a shower nozzle, a straight nozzle, a spray nozzle, etc. The method of continuously supplying by using a spray nozzle is preferred. From the perspective of the permeability of the rinse liquid to the image portion, the method of supplying by using a spray nozzle is more preferred. The type of nozzle is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a straight nozzle, a shower nozzle, a spray nozzle, and the like. That is, the rinsing step is preferably a step of supplying or continuously supplying the rinsing liquid to the film after exposure using a straight nozzle, and more preferably a step of supplying the rinsing liquid using a spray nozzle. As a method of supplying the rinsing liquid in the rinsing step, there can be adopted a step of continuously supplying the rinsing liquid to the substrate, a step of keeping the rinsing liquid in a substantially stationary state on the substrate, a step of vibrating the rinsing liquid on the substrate using ultrasound or the like, and a step of combining them, and the like.

作為沖洗時間,10秒~10分鐘為較佳,20秒~5分鐘為更佳。沖洗時的沖洗液的溫度並無特別限定,10~45℃為較佳,18℃~30℃為更佳。The rinsing time is preferably 10 seconds to 10 minutes, more preferably 20 seconds to 5 minutes. The temperature of the rinsing liquid during rinsing is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 to 45°C, more preferably 18 to 30°C.

在顯影步驟中,使用顯影液進行處理之後或使用沖洗液洗淨圖案之後,可以包括使處理液與圖案接觸之步驟。又,亦可以採用在與圖案接觸之顯影液或沖洗液未完全乾燥之前供給處理液等方法。In the developing step, after the pattern is treated with a developer or after the pattern is washed with a rinse solution, a step of bringing the treatment solution into contact with the pattern may be included. Alternatively, a method of supplying the treatment solution before the developer or rinse solution in contact with the pattern is completely dried may be adopted.

作為上述處理液,可以列舉含有水及有機溶劑中的至少一者和鹼性化合物及鹼產生劑中的至少一者之處理液。 上述有機溶劑、以及鹼性化合物及鹼產生劑中的至少一者的較佳態樣與上述沖洗液中使用之有機溶劑、以及鹼性化合物及鹼產生劑中的至少一者的較佳態樣相同。 處理液向圖案的供給方法能夠使用與上述沖洗液的供給方法相同的方法,較佳態樣亦相同。 As the above-mentioned treatment liquid, a treatment liquid containing at least one of water and an organic solvent and at least one of an alkaline compound and an alkali generator can be listed. The preferred embodiment of the above-mentioned organic solvent and at least one of the alkaline compound and the alkali generator is the same as the preferred embodiment of the organic solvent and at least one of the alkaline compound and the alkali generator used in the above-mentioned rinse liquid. The method of supplying the treatment liquid to the pattern can use the same method as the method of supplying the above-mentioned rinse liquid, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.

相對於處理液的總質量,處理液中的鹼性化合物或鹼產生劑的含量為10質量%以下為較佳,5質量%以下為更佳。上述含量的下限並無特別限定,例如0.1質量%以上為較佳。 又,當鹼性化合物或鹼產生劑在使用處理液之環境下為固體時,相對於處理液的總固體成分,鹼性化合物或鹼產生劑的含量為70~100質量%亦較佳。 當處理液含有鹼性化合物及鹼產生劑中的至少一者時,處理液可以僅含有1種鹼性化合物及鹼產生劑中的至少一者,亦可以含有2種以上的鹼性化合物及鹼產生劑中的至少一者。鹼性化合物及鹼產生劑中的至少一者為2種以上時,其合計在上述範圍內為較佳。 The content of the alkaline compound or alkali generator in the treatment liquid is preferably 10% by mass or less, and more preferably 5% by mass or less relative to the total mass of the treatment liquid. The lower limit of the above content is not particularly limited, for example, 0.1% by mass or more is preferred. In addition, when the alkaline compound or alkali generator is solid in the environment in which the treatment liquid is used, the content of the alkaline compound or alkali generator is 70 to 100% by mass relative to the total solid component of the treatment liquid. When the treatment liquid contains at least one of the alkaline compound and the alkali generator, the treatment liquid may contain only one alkaline compound and at least one of the alkali generator, or may contain at least one of two or more alkaline compounds and alkali generators. When at least one of the alkaline compound and the alkali generator is two or more, it is preferred that the total amount is within the above range.

<加熱步驟> 藉由顯影步驟獲得之圖案(在進行沖洗步驟的情況下為沖洗後的圖案)可以供於對藉由上述顯影獲得之圖案進行加熱之加熱步驟。 亦即,本發明的硬化物的製造方法可以包括對藉由顯影步驟獲得之圖案進行加熱之加熱步驟。 又,本發明的硬化物的製造方法亦可以包括對未進行顯影步驟而藉由其他方法來獲得之圖案或藉由膜形成步驟獲得之膜進行加熱之加熱步驟。 在加熱步驟中,聚醯亞胺前驅物等樹脂環化而成為聚醯亞胺等樹脂。 又,亦進行特定樹脂或除了特定樹脂以外的交聯劑中的未反應的交聯性基的交聯等。 作為加熱步驟中的加熱溫度(最高加熱溫度),50~450℃為較佳,150~350℃為更佳,150~250℃為進一步較佳,160~250℃為更進一步較佳,160~230℃為尤佳。 <Heating step> The pattern obtained by the developing step (the pattern after washing in the case of the washing step) can be subjected to a heating step of heating the pattern obtained by the above-mentioned development. That is, the method for producing a hardened product of the present invention may include a heating step of heating the pattern obtained by the developing step. Furthermore, the method for producing a hardened product of the present invention may also include a heating step of heating a pattern obtained by other methods without the developing step or a film obtained by the film forming step. In the heating step, a resin such as a polyimide precursor is cyclized to become a resin such as a polyimide. In addition, crosslinking of unreacted crosslinking groups in the specific resin or the crosslinking agent other than the specific resin is also performed. As the heating temperature (maximum heating temperature) in the heating step, 50 to 450°C is preferred, 150 to 350°C is more preferred, 150 to 250°C is further preferred, 160 to 250°C is further preferred, and 160 to 230°C is particularly preferred.

加熱步驟為藉由加熱並利用由上述鹼產生劑產生之鹼等的作用,在上述圖案內促進上述聚醯亞胺前驅物的環化反應之步驟為較佳。The heating step is preferably a step of promoting the cyclization reaction of the polyimide precursor in the pattern by heating and utilizing the action of the base generated by the base generator.

加熱步驟中的加熱以1~12℃/分鐘的升溫速度從加熱開始時的溫度進行至最高加熱溫度為較佳。上述升溫速度為2~10℃/分鐘為更佳,3~10℃/分鐘為進一步較佳。藉由將升溫速度設為1℃/分鐘以上,能夠確保生產性,並且防止酸或溶劑的過度揮發,藉由將升溫速度設為12℃/分鐘以下,能夠緩和硬化物的殘存應力。 此外,在能夠急速加熱的烘箱的情況下,從加熱開始時的溫度至最高加熱溫度,以1~8℃/秒的升溫速度進行為較佳,2~7℃/秒為更佳,3~6℃/秒為進一步較佳。 The heating in the heating step is preferably performed at a heating rate of 1 to 12°C/min from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature. The above heating rate is preferably 2 to 10°C/min, and 3 to 10°C/min is further preferred. By setting the heating rate to 1°C/min or more, productivity can be ensured and excessive volatilization of acid or solvent can be prevented. By setting the heating rate to 12°C/min or less, the residual stress of the hardened material can be alleviated. In addition, in the case of an oven capable of rapid heating, it is preferably performed at a heating rate of 1 to 8°C/sec from the temperature at the start of heating to the maximum heating temperature, 2 to 7°C/sec is further preferred, and 3 to 6°C/sec is further preferred.

加熱開始時的溫度為20℃~150℃為較佳,20℃~130℃為更佳,25℃~120℃為進一步較佳。加熱開始時的溫度係指開始進行加熱至最高加熱溫度之步驟時的溫度。例如,將本發明的樹脂組成物適用於基材上之後使其乾燥的情況下為該乾燥後的膜(層)的溫度,例如,使其從比樹脂組成物中所含之溶劑的沸點低30~200℃的溫度開始升溫為較佳。The temperature at the start of heating is preferably 20°C to 150°C, more preferably 20°C to 130°C, and even more preferably 25°C to 120°C. The temperature at the start of heating refers to the temperature at the start of the step of heating to the maximum heating temperature. For example, when the resin composition of the present invention is applied to a substrate and then dried, it is the temperature of the dried film (layer). For example, it is preferred to start heating from a temperature 30 to 200°C lower than the boiling point of the solvent contained in the resin composition.

加熱時間(最高加熱溫度下的加熱時間)為5~360分鐘為較佳,10~300分鐘為更佳,15~240分鐘為進一步較佳。The heating time (heating time at the highest heating temperature) is preferably 5 to 360 minutes, more preferably 10 to 300 minutes, and further preferably 15 to 240 minutes.

尤其,在形成多層積層體之情況下,從層間密接性的觀點而言,加熱溫度為30℃以上為較佳,80℃以上為更佳,100℃以上為進一步較佳,120℃以上為尤佳。 上述加熱溫度的上限為350℃以下為較佳,250℃以下為更佳,240℃以下為進一步較佳。 In particular, when forming a multi-layer laminate, from the perspective of inter-layer adhesion, the heating temperature is preferably 30°C or higher, 80°C or higher, 100°C or higher, and 120°C or higher. The upper limit of the above heating temperature is preferably 350°C or lower, 250°C or lower, and 240°C or lower.

加熱可以分階段進行。作為例子,可以進行如下步驟:以3℃/分鐘從25℃升溫至120℃且在120℃下保持60分鐘,以2℃/分鐘從120℃升溫至180℃且在180℃下保持120分鐘。又,如美國專利第9159547號說明書中記載,一邊照射紫外線一邊進行處理亦較佳。藉由此種預處理步驟能夠提高膜的特性。預處理步驟在10秒~2小時左右的短時間內進行即可,15秒~30分鐘為更佳。預處理步驟可以設為2階段以上的步驟,例如,可以為在100~150℃的範圍內進行第1階段的預處理步驟,之後在150~200℃的範圍內進行第2階段的預處理步驟。 進而,可以在加熱之後進行冷卻,作為此時的冷卻速度,1~5℃/分鐘為較佳。 Heating can be performed in stages. For example, the following steps can be performed: heating from 25°C to 120°C at 3°C/min and maintaining at 120°C for 60 minutes, heating from 120°C to 180°C at 2°C/min and maintaining at 180°C for 120 minutes. In addition, as described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 9159547, it is also preferred to perform the treatment while irradiating with ultraviolet rays. This pretreatment step can improve the properties of the membrane. The pretreatment step can be performed in a short time of about 10 seconds to 2 hours, and 15 seconds to 30 minutes is more preferred. The pretreatment step can be set as a step of two or more stages. For example, the first stage pretreatment step can be carried out in the range of 100 to 150°C, and then the second stage pretreatment step can be carried out in the range of 150 to 200°C. Furthermore, cooling can be carried out after heating, and the cooling speed at this time is preferably 1 to 5°C/minute.

關於加熱步驟,從防止特定樹脂的分解的觀點而言,藉由使氮、氦、氬等惰性氣體流過、在減壓下進行等,在低氧濃度的環境下進行為較佳。氧濃度為50ppm(體積比)以下為較佳,20ppm(體積比)以下為更佳。 作為加熱步驟中的加熱手段,並無特別限定,例如,可以列舉加熱板、紅外爐、電熱式烘箱、熱風式烘箱、紅外線烘箱等。 Regarding the heating step, from the viewpoint of preventing the decomposition of the specific resin, it is preferable to conduct the heating step in a low oxygen concentration environment by flowing an inert gas such as nitrogen, helium, or argon, or by conducting the heating step under reduced pressure. The oxygen concentration is preferably 50 ppm (volume ratio) or less, and more preferably 20 ppm (volume ratio) or less. The heating means in the heating step is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a heating plate, an infrared furnace, an electric heating oven, a hot air oven, an infrared oven, and the like.

<顯影後曝光步驟> 藉由顯影步驟獲得之圖案(在進行沖洗步驟的情況下為沖洗後的圖案)亦可以代替上述加熱步驟或除了上述加熱步驟以外,亦供於對顯影步驟之後的圖案進行曝光之顯影後曝光步驟。 亦即,本發明的硬化物的製造方法可以包括對藉由顯影步驟獲得之圖案進行曝光之顯影後曝光步驟。本發明的硬化物的製造方法可以包括加熱步驟及顯影後曝光步驟,亦可以包括加熱步驟及顯影後曝光步驟中的任一者。 在顯影後曝光步驟中,例如,能夠促進藉由光鹼產生劑的感光進行聚醯亞胺前驅物等的環化之反應、藉由光酸產生劑的感光進行酸分解性基的脫離之反應等。 在顯影後曝光步驟中,只要顯影步驟中獲得之圖案的至少一部分被曝光即可,但上述圖案全部被曝光為較佳。 以感光性化合物具有靈敏度之波長處的曝光能量換算計,顯影後曝光步驟中的曝光量為50~20,000mJ/cm 2為較佳,100~15,000mJ/cm 2為更佳。 關於顯影後曝光步驟,例如能夠使用上述曝光步驟中的光源進行,使用寬頻光為較佳。 <Post-development exposure step> The pattern obtained by the development step (the pattern after washing in the case of washing step) may be subjected to a post-development exposure step for exposing the pattern after the development step, instead of or in addition to the above-mentioned heating step. That is, the method for producing a hardened product of the present invention may include a post-development exposure step for exposing the pattern obtained by the development step. The method for producing a hardened product of the present invention may include a heating step and a post-development exposure step, or may include either a heating step or a post-development exposure step. In the post-development exposure step, for example, the cyclization reaction of the polyimide precursor etc. by the photosensitization of the photobase generator, the removal reaction of the acid-degradable group by the photosensitization of the photoacid generator, etc. can be promoted. In the post-development exposure step, at least a part of the pattern obtained in the development step is sufficient to be exposed, but it is preferred that the entire pattern is exposed. The exposure amount in the post-development exposure step is preferably 50 to 20,000 mJ/ cm2 , and more preferably 100 to 15,000 mJ/ cm2 , calculated as exposure energy at a wavelength at which the photosensitive compound has sensitivity. Regarding the post-development exposure step, for example, it can be performed using the light source in the above-mentioned exposure step, and it is preferred to use broadband light.

<金屬層形成步驟> 藉由顯影步驟獲得之圖案(供於加熱步驟及顯影後曝光步驟中的至少一者之圖案為較佳)亦可以供於在圖案上形成金屬層之金屬層形成步驟。 亦即,本發明的硬化物的製造方法包括在藉由顯影步驟獲得之圖案(供於加熱步驟及顯影後曝光步驟中的至少一者之圖案為較佳)上形成金屬層之金屬層形成步驟為較佳。 <Metal layer forming step> The pattern obtained by the developing step (preferably the pattern provided for at least one of the heating step and the post-development exposure step) can also be provided for the metal layer forming step of forming a metal layer on the pattern. That is, the method for producing a hardened product of the present invention preferably includes a metal layer forming step of forming a metal layer on the pattern obtained by the developing step (preferably the pattern provided for at least one of the heating step and the post-development exposure step).

作為金屬層,並無特別限定,能夠使用現有的金屬種類,可以例示銅、鋁、鎳、釩、鈦、鉻、鈷、金、鎢、錫、銀及包含該等金屬之合金,銅及鋁為更佳,銅為進一步較佳。The metal layer is not particularly limited, and existing metals can be used. Examples thereof include copper, aluminum, nickel, vanadium, titanium, chromium, cobalt, gold, tungsten, tin, silver, and alloys containing these metals. Copper and aluminum are more preferred, and copper is further preferred.

金屬層的形成方法並無特別限定,能夠適用現有的方法。例如,能夠使用日本特開2007-157879號公報、日本特表2001-521288號公報、日本特開2004-214501號公報、日本特開2004-101850號公報、美國專利第7888181B2、美國專利第9177926B2中記載之方法。例如,可考慮光微影、PVD(物理沉積法)、CVD(化學氣相沈積法)、剝離(lift off)、電鍍、無電鍍、蝕刻、印刷及組合該等之方法等。更具體而言,可以列舉組合濺鍍、光微影及蝕刻之圖案化方法、組合光微影與電鍍之圖案化方法。作為鍍覆的較佳態樣,可以列舉使用了硫酸銅鍍液或氰化銅鍍液之電鍍。The method for forming the metal layer is not particularly limited, and existing methods can be applied. For example, methods described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2007-157879, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2001-521288, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2004-214501, Japanese Patent Publication No. 2004-101850, U.S. Patent No. 7888181B2, and U.S. Patent No. 9177926B2 can be used. For example, photolithography, PVD (physical deposition), CVD (chemical vapor deposition), lift-off, electroplating, electroless plating, etching, printing, and a combination of these methods can be considered. More specifically, a patterning method combining sputtering, photolithography, and etching, and a patterning method combining photolithography and electroplating can be cited. As a preferred embodiment of the coating, electroplating using a copper sulfate plating solution or a copper cyanide plating solution can be cited.

作為金屬層的厚度,以最厚的部分計,0.01~50μm為較佳,1~10μm為更佳。The thickness of the metal layer is preferably 0.01 to 50 μm, more preferably 1 to 10 μm, based on the thickest portion.

<用途> 作為能夠適用本發明的硬化物的製造方法或硬化物之領域,可以列舉電子裝置的絕緣膜、再配線層用層間絕緣膜、應力緩衝膜等。除此以外,可以列舉密封膜、基板材料(撓性印刷電路板的基膜或覆蓋膜、層間絕緣膜)或藉由蝕刻在上述之類的安裝用途的絕緣膜上形成圖案之情況等。關於該等用途,例如,能夠參閱Science & Technology Co.,Ltd.“聚醯亞胺的高功能化和應用技術”2008年4月、柿本雅明/監修、CMC技術圖書館“聚醯亞胺材料的基礎和開發”2011年11月發行,日本聚醯亞胺・芳香族系高分子研究會/編“最新聚醯亞胺 基礎和應用”NTS,2010年8月等。 <Application> As the manufacturing method of the cured product or the field of the cured product to which the present invention can be applied, insulating films for electronic devices, interlayer insulating films for redistribution layers, stress buffer films, etc. can be listed. In addition, sealing films, substrate materials (base films or cover films of flexible printed circuit boards, interlayer insulating films) or the formation of patterns by etching on insulating films for mounting purposes such as the above can be listed. For such uses, for example, you can refer to Science & Technology Co., Ltd. "High-functionalization and application technology of polyimide" April 2008, Kakimoto Masaaki/supervised, CMC Technical Library "Basics and development of polyimide materials" November 2011, Japan Polyimide and Aromatic Polymer Research Association/ed. "Latest Polyimide Fundamentals and Applications" NTS, August 2010, etc.

本發明的硬化物的製造方法或本發明的硬化物亦能夠用於膠印版面或網版版面等版面的製造、對成形部件的蝕刻的使用、電子、尤其微電子中的保護漆及介電層的製造等。The method for producing the cured product of the present invention or the cured product of the present invention can also be used for producing offset printing plates or screen printing plates, etching of formed parts, and producing protective varnishes and dielectric layers in electronics, especially microelectronics.

(積層體及積層體的製造方法) 本發明的積層體係指具有複數層由本發明的硬化物構成之層之結構體。 積層體為包含2層以上的由硬化物構成之層之積層體,亦可以為積層3層以上而成之積層體。 上述積層體中所含之2層以上的由上述硬化物構成之層中,至少1層為由本發明的硬化物構成之層,從抑制硬化物的收縮或伴隨上述收縮之硬化物的變形等之觀點而言,上述積層體中所含之由硬化物構成之層全部為由本發明的硬化物構成之層亦較佳。 (Laminar body and method for manufacturing the laminated body) The laminated body of the present invention refers to a structure having a plurality of layers composed of the hardened material of the present invention. The laminated body is a laminated body including two or more layers composed of hardened materials, and may also be a laminated body including three or more layers. Among the two or more layers composed of the hardened materials contained in the laminated body, at least one layer is a layer composed of the hardened material of the present invention. From the viewpoint of suppressing the shrinkage of the hardened material or the deformation of the hardened material accompanying the shrinkage, it is also preferable that all the layers composed of hardened materials contained in the laminated body are layers composed of the hardened material of the present invention.

亦即,本發明的積層體的製造方法包括本發明的硬化物的製造方法為較佳,包括重複複數次本發明的硬化物的製造方法之步驟為更佳。That is, the method for manufacturing the laminate of the present invention preferably includes the method for manufacturing the hardened object of the present invention, and more preferably includes repeating the steps of the method for manufacturing the hardened object of the present invention several times.

本發明的積層體包含2層以上的由硬化物構成之層,並且在上述由硬化物構成之層彼此的任意層之間包含金屬層之態樣為較佳。上述金屬層藉由上述金屬層形成步驟形成為較佳。 亦即,本發明的積層體的製造方法在進行複數次硬化物的製造方法之間進一步包括在由硬化物構成之層上形成金屬層之金屬層形成步驟為較佳。金屬層形成步驟的較佳態樣如上所述。 作為上述積層體,例如,可以列舉至少包含依序積層有由第一硬化物構成之層、金屬層、由第二硬化物構成之層這3個層之層結構之積層體作為較佳者。 上述由第一硬化物構成之層及上述由第二硬化物構成之層均為由本發明的硬化物構成之層為較佳。用於形成由上述第一硬化物構成之層之本發明的樹脂組成物和用於形成由上述第二硬化物構成之層之本發明的樹脂組成物可以為組成相同的組成物,亦可以為組成不同的組成物。本發明的積層體中的金屬層可較佳地用作再配線層等金屬配線。 The laminate of the present invention preferably includes two or more layers consisting of a hardened material, and preferably includes a metal layer between any of the layers consisting of the hardened material. The metal layer is preferably formed by the metal layer forming step. That is, the method for manufacturing the laminate of the present invention preferably further includes a metal layer forming step of forming a metal layer on the layer consisting of a hardened material between multiple hardened material manufacturing methods. The preferred embodiment of the metal layer forming step is as described above. As the above-mentioned laminate, for example, a laminate having a layer structure including at least three layers, namely, a layer composed of a first hardened material, a metal layer, and a layer composed of a second hardened material, can be cited as a preferred one. It is preferred that both the layer composed of the first hardened material and the layer composed of the second hardened material are layers composed of the hardened material of the present invention. The resin composition of the present invention used to form the layer composed of the first hardened material and the resin composition of the present invention used to form the layer composed of the second hardened material may be a composition of the same composition or a composition of different compositions. The metal layer in the laminate of the present invention can be preferably used as metal wiring such as a redistribution layer.

<積層步驟> 本發明的積層體的製造方法包括積層步驟為較佳。 積層步驟為包括在圖案(樹脂層)或金屬層的表面,再度依序進行(a)膜形成步驟(層形成步驟)、(b)曝光步驟、(c)顯影步驟、(d)加熱步驟及顯影後曝光步驟中的至少一者之一系列的步驟。其中,可以為重複(a)膜形成步驟、(d)加熱步驟及顯影後曝光步驟中的至少一者之態樣。又,可以在(d)加熱步驟及顯影後曝光步驟中的至少一者之後包括(e)金屬層形成步驟。積層步驟中當然可以適當地進一步包括上述乾燥步驟等。 <Lamination step> The method for manufacturing a laminated body of the present invention preferably includes a lamination step. The lamination step is a series of steps including performing (a) a film forming step (layer forming step), (b) an exposure step, (c) a developing step, (d) a heating step, and at least one of a post-development exposure step on the surface of a pattern (resin layer) or a metal layer in sequence again. Among them, it can be a state in which at least one of (a) a film forming step, (d) a heating step, and a post-development exposure step is repeated. In addition, it can include (e) a metal layer forming step after at least one of (d) a heating step and a post-development exposure step. The layering step may of course further include the above-mentioned drying step, etc. as appropriate.

當在積層步驟之後進一步進行積層步驟時,可以在上述曝光步驟之後,且在上述加熱步驟之後或上述金屬層形成步驟之後進一步進行表面活化處理步驟。作為表面活化處理,可以例示電漿處理。關於表面活化處理的詳細內容,留待後述。When a further layering step is performed after the layering step, a surface activation treatment step may be performed after the exposure step and after the heating step or after the metal layer forming step. As the surface activation treatment, plasma treatment may be exemplified. The details of the surface activation treatment will be described later.

上述積層步驟進行2~20次為較佳,進行2~9次為更佳。 例如,如樹脂層/金屬層/樹脂層/金屬層/樹脂層/金屬層,將樹脂層設為2層以上且20層以下的結構為較佳,設為2層以上且9層以下的結構為進一步較佳。 上述各層的組成、形狀、膜厚等可以相同,亦可以不同。 The above-mentioned lamination step is preferably performed 2 to 20 times, and more preferably 2 to 9 times. For example, in the case of resin layer/metal layer/resin layer/metal layer/resin layer/metal layer, it is preferred to set the resin layer to a structure of more than 2 layers and less than 20 layers, and it is further preferred to set the resin layer to a structure of more than 2 layers and less than 9 layers. The composition, shape, film thickness, etc. of the above-mentioned layers may be the same or different.

在本發明中,尤其在設置金屬層之後,進一步形成上述本發明的樹脂組成物的硬化物(樹脂層)以覆蓋上述金屬層之態樣為較佳。具體而言,可以列舉以(a)膜形成步驟、(b)曝光步驟、(c)顯影步驟、(d)加熱步驟及顯影後曝光步驟中的至少一者、(e)金屬層形成步驟的順序重複之態樣、或者以(a)膜形成步驟、(d)加熱步驟及顯影後曝光步驟中的至少一者、(e)金屬層形成步驟的順序重複之態樣。藉由交替進行積層本發明的樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)之積層步驟與金屬層形成步驟,能夠交替積層本發明的樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)與金屬層。In the present invention, after the metal layer is provided, it is preferred that a cured product (resin layer) of the resin composition of the present invention is further formed to cover the metal layer. Specifically, there can be cited an embodiment in which the following sequence of (a) film forming step, (b) exposure step, (c) development step, (d) heating step and at least one of the post-development exposure step, and (e) metal layer forming step is repeated, or an embodiment in which the following sequence of (a) film forming step, (d) heating step and at least one of the post-development exposure step, and (e) metal layer forming step is repeated. By alternately performing the step of laminating the resin composition layer (resin layer) of the present invention and the step of forming the metal layer, the resin composition layer (resin layer) of the present invention and the metal layer can be alternately laminated.

(表面活化處理步驟) 本發明的積層體的製造方法包括對上述金屬層及樹脂組成物層的至少一部分進行表面活化處理之表面活化處理步驟為較佳。 表面活化處理步驟通常在金屬層形成步驟之後進行,但亦可以在上述顯影步驟之後(較佳為加熱步驟及顯影後曝光步驟中的至少一者之後)、對樹脂組成物層進行表面活化處理步驟之後進行金屬層形成步驟。 表面活化處理可以僅對金屬層的至少一部分進行,亦可以僅對曝光後的樹脂組成物層的至少一部分進行,亦可以分別對金屬層及曝光後的樹脂組成物層這兩者的至少一部分進行。表面活化處理對金屬層的至少一部分進行為較佳,對金屬層中表面形成樹脂組成物層之區域的一部分或全部進行表面活化處理為較佳。如此,藉由對金屬層的表面進行表面活化處理,能夠提高與設置於其表面之樹脂組成物層(膜)的密接性。 表面活化處理亦對曝光後的樹脂組成物層(樹脂層)的一部分或全部進行為較佳。如此,藉由對樹脂組成物層的表面進行表面活化處理,能夠提高與設置於經表面活化處理之表面之金屬層、樹脂層的密接性。尤其,在進行負型顯影之情況等樹脂組成物層被硬化之情況下,不易因表面處理而受損,從而容易提高密接性。 表面活化處理例如能夠藉由國際公開第2021/112189號的0415段中記載之方法實施。該內容被編入本說明書中。 (Surface activation treatment step) The method for manufacturing a laminate of the present invention preferably includes a surface activation treatment step of performing surface activation treatment on at least a portion of the above-mentioned metal layer and the resin composition layer. The surface activation treatment step is usually performed after the metal layer forming step, but the metal layer forming step can also be performed after the above-mentioned development step (preferably after at least one of the heating step and the post-development exposure step) and after performing the surface activation treatment step on the resin composition layer. The surface activation treatment can be performed only on at least a portion of the metal layer, or only on at least a portion of the resin composition layer after exposure, or can be performed on at least a portion of both the metal layer and the resin composition layer after exposure. It is preferred that the surface activation treatment be performed on at least a portion of the metal layer, and it is preferred that the surface activation treatment be performed on a portion or all of the area of the metal layer where the resin composition layer is formed on the surface. In this way, by performing the surface activation treatment on the surface of the metal layer, the adhesion with the resin composition layer (film) disposed on the surface thereof can be improved. It is also preferred that the surface activation treatment be performed on a portion or all of the resin composition layer (resin layer) after exposure. In this way, by performing a surface activation treatment on the surface of the resin composition layer, the adhesion with the metal layer and the resin layer provided on the surface after the surface activation treatment can be improved. In particular, when the resin composition layer is hardened, such as when negative development is performed, it is not easy to be damaged by the surface treatment, so that the adhesion is easily improved. The surface activation treatment can be implemented, for example, by the method described in paragraph 0415 of International Publication No. 2021/112189. This content is incorporated into this specification.

(半導體元件及其製造方法) 本發明亦揭示了包含本發明的硬化物或積層體之半導體元件。 又,本發明亦揭示了包括本發明的硬化物的製造方法或積層體的製造方法之半導體元件的製造方法。 作為將本發明的樹脂組成物用於形成再配線層用層間絕緣膜之半導體元件的具體例,能夠參閱日本特開2016-027357號公報的0213~0218段的記載及圖1的記載,該等內容被編入本說明書中。 [實施例] (Semiconductor device and method for manufacturing the same) The present invention also discloses a semiconductor device including the cured product or laminate of the present invention. Furthermore, the present invention also discloses a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device including a method for manufacturing the cured product or laminate of the present invention. As a specific example of a semiconductor device in which the resin composition of the present invention is used to form an interlayer insulating film for a redistribution layer, reference can be made to paragraphs 0213 to 0218 and FIG. 1 of Japanese Patent Publication No. 2016-027357, which are incorporated into this specification. [Example]

以下,列舉實施例對本發明進一步具體地進行說明。以下實施例所示之材料、使用量、比例、處理內容、處理步驟等,只要不脫離本發明的主旨,則能夠適當地變更。因此,本發明的範圍並不限定於以下所示之具體例。只要無特別說明,則“份”、“%”為質量基準。The present invention is further specifically described below by way of examples. The materials, usage amounts, ratios, processing contents, processing steps, etc. shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed without departing from the main purpose of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. Unless otherwise specified, "parts" and "%" are based on mass.

<環化樹脂的前驅物的製造方法> 〔合成例1:環化樹脂的前驅物(樹脂1)的合成〕 將4,4’-氧二鄰苯二甲酸二酐(ODPA)23.48g和雙鄰苯二甲酸二酐(BPDA)22.27g加入分離式燒瓶中,並加入甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯(HEMA)39.69g和四氫呋喃136.83g,在室溫(25℃)下攪拌,一邊攪拌一邊加入吡啶24.66g而獲得了反應混合物。由反應產生之發熱結束之後,自然冷卻至室溫,並放置了16小時。 接著,在冰冷卻下,一邊對將二環己基碳二亞胺(DCC)62.46g溶解於四氫呋喃61.57g中而得之溶液進行攪拌,一邊耗時40分鐘將其加入到反應混合物中,接著,一邊對將4,4’-二胺基二苯醚(DADPE)27.42g懸浮於四氫呋喃119.73g中而得者進行攪拌一邊耗時60分鐘將其加入到反應混合物中。進而在室溫下攪拌2小時之後,加入7.17g的乙醇攪拌1小時,接著,加入了136.83g的四氫呋喃。藉由過濾去除反應混合物中所生成之沉澱物,藉此獲得了反應液。 將所獲得之反應液加入到716.21g的乙醇中,生成了由粗聚合物構成之沉澱物。濾取所生成之粗聚合物並將其溶解於四氫呋喃403.49g中,從而獲得了粗聚合物溶液。將所獲得之粗聚合物溶液滴加到8470.26g水中,使聚合物沉澱,濾取所獲得之沉澱物之後,進行真空乾燥而獲得了80.3g的粉末狀樹脂1。藉由凝膠滲透層析法(標準聚苯乙烯換算)測定了樹脂1的分子量之結果,重量平均分子量(Mw)為20,000。藉由 1H-NMR確認到樹脂1的結構為由下述式(P-1)表示之結構。 <Method for producing a precursor of a cyclized resin> [Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of a precursor of a cyclized resin (Resin 1)] 23.48 g of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic anhydride (ODPA) and 22.27 g of diphthalic anhydride (BPDA) were added to a separation flask, and 39.69 g of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (HEMA) and 136.83 g of tetrahydrofuran were added, and stirred at room temperature (25°C). While stirring, 24.66 g of pyridine was added to obtain a reaction mixture. After the heat generated by the reaction subsided, the mixture was naturally cooled to room temperature and left to stand for 16 hours. Next, under ice cooling, a solution of 62.46 g of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) dissolved in 61.57 g of tetrahydrofuran was added to the reaction mixture over 40 minutes while stirring, and then 27.42 g of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether (DADPE) suspended in 119.73 g of tetrahydrofuran was added to the reaction mixture over 60 minutes while stirring. After stirring at room temperature for 2 hours, 7.17 g of ethanol was added and stirred for 1 hour, and then 136.83 g of tetrahydrofuran was added. The precipitate generated in the reaction mixture was removed by filtration, thereby obtaining a reaction solution. The obtained reaction solution was added to 716.21 g of ethanol to generate a precipitate consisting of a crude polymer. The generated crude polymer was filtered and dissolved in 403.49 g of tetrahydrofuran to obtain a crude polymer solution. The obtained crude polymer solution was added dropwise to 8470.26 g of water to precipitate the polymer, and the obtained precipitate was filtered and then vacuum dried to obtain 80.3 g of powdered resin 1. The molecular weight of resin 1 was measured by gel permeation chromatography (standard polystyrene conversion), and the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 20,000. The structure of resin 1 was confirmed by 1 H-NMR to be a structure represented by the following formula (P-1).

〔合成例2:環化樹脂的前驅物(樹脂2)的合成〕 將21.2g的4,4’-氧二鄰苯二甲酸酐、18.0g的甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、23.9g的吡啶及250mL的二甘二甲醚(diglyme,二乙二醇二甲醚)進行混合,在60℃的溫度下攪拌4小時而合成了4,4’-氧二鄰苯二甲酸與甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯的二酯。接著,將反應混合物冷卻至-10℃,一邊將溫度保持在-10±5℃,一邊耗時60分鐘添加了17.0g的亞硫醯氯。用50mL的N-甲基吡咯啶酮稀釋之後,在-10±5℃下,耗時60分鐘向反應混合物中滴加了將12.6g的4,4’-二胺基二苯醚溶解於100mL的N-甲基吡咯啶酮中而得之溶液,並將混合物在室溫下攪拌了2小時。之後,添加乙醇10.0g,並在室溫下攪拌了1小時。 接著,加入6000g的水使聚醯亞胺前驅物沉澱,並將沉澱物(水-聚醯亞胺前驅物混合物)攪拌了15分鐘。濾取攪拌後的沉澱物(聚醯亞胺前驅物的固體),使其溶解於四氫呋喃500g中。在所獲得之溶液中加入6000g的水(不良溶劑),使聚醯亞胺前驅物沉澱,並將沉澱物(水-聚醯亞胺前驅物混合物)攪拌了15分鐘。再度過濾了攪拌後的沉澱物(聚醯亞胺前驅物的固體),並在減壓下且在45℃下乾燥了3天。 將乾燥後的粉體46.6g溶解於四氫呋喃419.6g中之後,添加2.3g的三乙胺並在室溫下攪拌了35分鐘。之後,添加乙醇3000g,濾取了沉澱物。將所獲得之沉澱物溶解於四氫呋喃281.8g中。對其添加水17.1g及離子交換樹脂UP6040(Ambertech Limited製造)46.6g,並攪拌了4小時。之後,藉由過濾去除離子交換樹脂,向5,600g的水中加入所獲得之聚合物溶液而獲得了沉澱物。濾取沉澱物,在減壓下,在45℃乾燥24小時,藉此獲得了45.1g樹脂2。 藉由 1H-NMR確認到樹脂2的結構為由下述式(P-2)表示之結構。藉由凝膠滲透層析法(標準聚苯乙烯換算)測定了樹脂2的分子量之結果,重量平均分子量(Mw)為20,000。又,藉由適當調整4,4’-二胺基二苯醚的當量,分別合成了Mw為5,000之樹脂2、Mw為10,000之樹脂2、Mw為30,000之樹脂2。 [Synthesis Example 2: Synthesis of a precursor of a cyclized resin (Resin 2)] 21.2 g of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic anhydride, 18.0 g of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 23.9 g of pyridine and 250 mL of diglyme (diethylene glycol dimethyl ether) were mixed and stirred at 60°C for 4 hours to synthesize a diester of 4,4'-oxydiphthalic acid and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. Then, the reaction mixture was cooled to -10°C, and 17.0 g of sulfinyl chloride was added over 60 minutes while the temperature was maintained at -10±5°C. After diluting with 50 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone, a solution obtained by dissolving 12.6 g of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether in 100 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone was added dropwise to the reaction mixture at -10±5°C over 60 minutes, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Thereafter, 10.0 g of ethanol was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Next, 6000 g of water was added to precipitate the polyimide precursor, and the precipitate (water-polyimide precursor mixture) was stirred for 15 minutes. The stirred precipitate (solid of the polyimide precursor) was filtered and dissolved in 500 g of tetrahydrofuran. 6000 g of water (poor solvent) was added to the obtained solution to precipitate the polyimide precursor, and the precipitate (water-polyimide precursor mixture) was stirred for 15 minutes. The stirred precipitate (solid of the polyimide precursor) was filtered again and dried at 45°C under reduced pressure for 3 days. 46.6 g of the dried powder was dissolved in 419.6 g of tetrahydrofuran, and 2.3 g of triethylamine was added and stirred at room temperature for 35 minutes. Thereafter, 3000 g of ethanol was added and the precipitate was filtered. The obtained precipitate was dissolved in 281.8 g of tetrahydrofuran. 17.1 g of water and 46.6 g of ion exchange resin UP6040 (manufactured by Ambertech Limited) were added thereto, and the mixture was stirred for 4 hours. Thereafter, the ion exchange resin was removed by filtration, and the obtained polymer solution was added to 5,600 g of water to obtain a precipitate. The precipitate was filtered and dried at 45°C under reduced pressure for 24 hours to obtain 45.1 g of resin 2. The structure of resin 2 was confirmed to be a structure represented by the following formula (P-2) by 1 H-NMR. The molecular weight of resin 2 was measured by gel permeation chromatography (standard polystyrene conversion), and the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 20,000. Furthermore, by appropriately adjusting the equivalent weight of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, resin 2 having a Mw of 5,000, resin 2 having a Mw of 10,000, and resin 2 having a Mw of 30,000 were synthesized.

〔合成例3~9:環化樹脂的前驅物(樹脂3~樹脂9)的合成〕 除了適當變更所使用之化合物以外,藉由與合成例2相同的方法合成了由下述式(P-3)~式(P-9)中的任一個表示之結構的樹脂3~樹脂9。 樹脂3的Mw為20,000,樹脂4的Mw為20,000,樹脂5的Mw為20,000,樹脂6的Mw為20,000,樹脂7的Mw為20,000,樹脂8的Mw為20,000,樹脂9的Mw為20,000。 [Synthesis Examples 3 to 9: Synthesis of Cyclic Resin Promotors (Resins 3 to 9)] Resins 3 to 9 having a structure represented by any of the following formulas (P-3) to (P-9) were synthesized by the same method as Synthesis Example 2 except that the compounds used were appropriately changed. The Mw of Resin 3 was 20,000, the Mw of Resin 4 was 20,000, the Mw of Resin 5 was 20,000, the Mw of Resin 6 was 20,000, the Mw of Resin 7 was 20,000, the Mw of Resin 8 was 20,000, and the Mw of Resin 9 was 20,000.

〔合成例10:環化樹脂的前驅物(樹脂10)的合成〕 在安裝有冷凝器及攪拌機之燒瓶中,一邊去除水分,一邊將4,4’-(六氟亞異丙基)二鄰苯二甲酸酐(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造)18.0g(40.5毫莫耳)溶解於N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)80.0g中。接著,添加4,4’-二胺基二苯醚(Tokyo Chemical Industry Co.,Ltd.製造)7.95g(39.7毫莫耳),並在25℃下攪拌3小時,進而在45℃下攪拌了3小時。接著,添加吡啶12.8g(160毫莫耳)、乙酸酐10.3g(101毫莫耳)、N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)40.0g,並在80℃下攪拌3小時,並且加入N-甲基吡咯啶酮(NMP)50g進行了稀釋。 使該反應液在1升的甲醇中沉澱,並以3000rpm的速度攪拌了15分鐘。藉由過濾而獲得樹脂,並在1升甲醇中再度攪拌30分鐘再度進行了過濾。將所獲得之樹脂在減壓下並在40℃下乾燥1天而獲得了樹脂10。藉由凝膠滲透層析法(標準聚苯乙烯換算)測定了樹脂10的分子量之結果,重量平均分子量(Mw)為20,000。藉由 1H-NMR確認到樹脂10的結構為由下述式(P-10)表示之結構。 [Synthesis Example 10: Synthesis of a cyclized resin precursor (Resin 10)] In a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirrer, 18.0 g (40.5 mmol) of 4,4'-(hexafluoroisopropylidene)diphthalic anhydride (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was dissolved in 80.0 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) while removing water. Then, 7.95 g (39.7 mmol) of 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 25°C for 3 hours, and further stirred at 45°C for 3 hours. Next, 12.8 g (160 mmol) of pyridine, 10.3 g (101 mmol) of acetic anhydride, and 40.0 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) were added, and stirred at 80°C for 3 hours, and 50 g of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) was added for dilution. The reaction solution was precipitated in 1 liter of methanol and stirred at 3000 rpm for 15 minutes. The resin was obtained by filtration, and was stirred again in 1 liter of methanol for 30 minutes and filtered again. The obtained resin was dried at 40°C under reduced pressure for 1 day to obtain Resin 10. The molecular weight of the resin 10 was measured by gel permeation chromatography (standard polystyrene conversion), and the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 20,000. The structure of the resin 10 was confirmed by 1 H-NMR to be a structure represented by the following formula (P-10).

〔合成例11:環化樹脂的前驅物(樹脂11)的合成〕 除了適當變更所使用之化合物以外,藉由與合成例10相同的方法合成了由下述式(P-11)表示之結構的樹脂11。 樹脂11的Mw為20,000。 [Synthesis Example 11: Synthesis of a cyclized resin precursor (resin 11)] Resin 11 having a structure represented by the following formula (P-11) was synthesized by the same method as in Synthesis Example 10 except that the compounds used were appropriately changed. The Mw of resin 11 was 20,000.

[化學式45] [化學式46] [Chemical formula 45] [Chemical formula 46]

<實施例及比較例> 在各實施例中,分別混合下述表中記載之成分而獲得了各樹脂組成物。又,在比較例中,混合下述表中記載之成分而獲得了比較用組成物。 具體而言,將表中記載之溶劑以外的各成分的含量(摻合量)設為表的各欄的“質量份”欄中記載之量(質量份)。 將溶劑的含量(摻合量)設為組成物的固體成分濃度成為表中的“固體成分濃度”的值(質量%),將各溶劑的含量相對於溶劑的總質量的比率(質量比)設為表中的“比率”欄中記載之比率。 利用細孔寬度為0.8μm的聚四氟乙烯製過濾器,對所獲得之樹脂組成物及比較用組成物進行了加壓過濾。 又,在表中,“-”的記載表示組成物不含有對應之成分。 <Examples and Comparative Examples> In each example, the components listed in the following table were mixed to obtain each resin composition. In the comparative example, the components listed in the following table were mixed to obtain a comparative composition. Specifically, the content (blending amount) of each component other than the solvent listed in the table is set to the amount (mass part) listed in the "mass part" column of each column of the table. The content (blending amount) of the solvent is set to the value (mass %) at which the solid content concentration of the composition becomes the "solid content concentration" in the table, and the ratio (mass ratio) of the content of each solvent relative to the total mass of the solvent is set to the ratio listed in the "ratio" column in the table. The obtained resin composition and the comparative composition were pressure filtered using a polytetrafluoroethylene filter with a pore width of 0.8 μm. In addition, in the table, the entry "-" indicates that the composition does not contain the corresponding component.

[表1]    實施例 比較例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 組成 樹脂 種類 樹脂1 樹脂1 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 Mw 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 質量份 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 單體 種類 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 質量份 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 聚合起始劑或 光酸產生劑 種類 I-2 I-2 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 質量份 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 鹼產生劑 種類 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 質量份 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 聚合抑制劑 種類 B-2 B-2 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 質量份 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 矽烷偶合劑 種類 C-2 C-2 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 質量份 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 遷移抑制劑 種類 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 質量份 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 添加劑 種類 E-1 E-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 質量份 2.4 2.4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 種類 E-2 E-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 質量份 0.9 0.9 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 化合物A 種類 F-1 FR-1 F-1 F-2 F-3 F-4 F-5 F-6 F-7 F-8 F-9 F-10 F-11 F-12 F-13 F-14 質量份 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 種類 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 質量份 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 溶劑 種類 NMP NMP GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL 比率 45 45 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 種類 EL EL DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO 比率 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 種類 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 比率 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 固體成分濃度 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 製程 膜厚(μm) 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 曝光波長(nm) 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 曝光條件 M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M 顯影液 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 顯影條件 硬化溫度(℃) 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 硬化時間(分鐘) 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 評價 耐熱試驗後的密接性 B D B C C B B A A B B B B C C B 組成物穩定性 A E A A A D B C C C C C A A A A [Table 1] Embodiment Comparison Example Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Composition Resin Type Resin 1 Resin 1 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 M 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 Quality 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 Single Type M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 Quality 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Polymerization initiator or photoacid generator Type I-2 I-2 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 Quality 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 Alkali generator Type A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 Quality 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Polymerization inhibitor Type B-2 B-2 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 Quality 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Silane coupling agent Type C-2 C-2 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 Quality 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Migration inhibitors Type - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Quality - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Additives Type E-1 E-1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Quality 2.4 2.4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Type E-2 E-2 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Quality 0.9 0.9 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Compound A Type F-1 FR-1 F-1 F-2 F-3 F-4 F-5 F-6 F-7 F-8 F-9 F-10 F-11 F-12 F-13 F-14 Quality 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 Type - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Quality - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Solvent Type NMP NMP GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL ratio 45 45 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 Type EL EL DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO ratio 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Type - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ratio - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Solid content concentration 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 Process Film thickness (μm) 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Exposure wavelength (nm) 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 Exposure conditions M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M Developer Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Development conditions Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Hardening temperature (℃) 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 Hardening time (minutes) 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 Reviews Adhesion after heat resistance test B D B C C B B A A B B B B C C B Composition stability A E A A A D B C C C C C A A A A

[表2]    實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 組成 樹脂 種類 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 Mw 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 質量份 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 單體 種類 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 質量份 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 聚合起始劑或 光酸產生劑 種類 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 質量份 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 鹼產生劑 種類 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 質量份 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 聚合抑制劑 種類 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 質量份 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 矽烷偶合劑 種類 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 質量份 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 遷移抑制劑 種類 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 質量份 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 添加劑 種類 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 質量份 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 種類 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 質量份 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 化合物A 種類 F-15 F-16 F-17 F-18 F-19 F-20 F-21 F-22 F-23 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 質量份 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.5 0.1 0.03 0.15 0.15 0.15 種類 - - - - - - - - - - - - - F-7 F-16 FR-1 質量份 - - - - - - - - - - - - - 0.15 0.15 0.15 溶劑 種類 GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL 比率 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 種類 DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO 比率 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 種類 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 比率 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 固體成分濃度 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 製程 膜厚(μm) 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 曝光波長(nm) 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 曝光條件 M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M 顯影液 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 顯影條件 硬化溫度(℃) 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 硬化時間(分鐘) 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 評價 耐熱試驗後的密接性 B A B C B B C C C A B B C A A C 組成物穩定性 A A A B A A A B C A A A A A A B [Table 2] Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment 16 17 18 19 20 twenty one twenty two twenty three twenty four 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Composition Resin Type Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 M 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 Quality 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 Single Type M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 Quality 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Polymerization initiator or photoacid generator Type I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 Quality 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 Alkali generator Type A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 Quality 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Polymerization inhibitor Type B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 Quality 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Silane coupling agent Type C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 Quality 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Migration inhibitors Type - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Quality - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Additives Type - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Quality - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Type - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Quality - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Compound A Type F-15 F-16 F-17 F-18 F-19 F-20 F-21 F-22 F-23 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 Quality 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.5 0.1 0.03 0.15 0.15 0.15 Type - - - - - - - - - - - - - F-7 F-16 FR-1 Quality - - - - - - - - - - - - - 0.15 0.15 0.15 Solvent Type GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL ratio 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 Type DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO ratio 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Type - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ratio - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Solid content concentration 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 Process Film thickness (μm) 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Exposure wavelength (nm) 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 Exposure conditions M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M Developer Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Development conditions Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Hardening temperature (℃) 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 Hardening time (minutes) 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 Reviews Adhesion after heat resistance test B A B C B B C C C A B B C A A C Composition stability A A A B A A A B C A A A A A A B

[表3]    實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 組成 樹脂 種類 樹脂3 樹脂4 樹脂5 樹脂6 樹脂7 樹脂8 樹脂9 樹脂10 樹脂11 樹脂11 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2/樹脂3 Mw 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 30000 10000 5000 20000 20000 20000/20000 質量份 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 25 45 17/17 單體 種類 M-1 M-1 M-2 M-1 M-2 M-1 M-2 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 質量份 3 3 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 6 6 6 6 6 聚合起始劑或 光酸產生劑 種類 I-1 I-1 I-3 I-1 I-4 I-1 I-4 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 質量份 1.1 1.1 3 1.1 3 1.1 3 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 鹼產生劑 種類 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 質量份 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 聚合抑制劑 種類 B-1 B-1 - B-1 - B-1 - B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 質量份 0.1 0.1 - 0.1 - 0.1 - 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 矽烷偶合劑 種類 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 質量份 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 遷移抑制劑 種類 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 質量份 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 添加劑 種類 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 質量份 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 種類 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 質量份 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 化合物A 種類 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F1 F-1 F4 F-1 F-7 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 質量份 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 種類 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 質量份 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 溶劑 種類 GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL 比率 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 種類 DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO 比率 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 種類 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 比率 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 固體成分濃度 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 製程 膜厚(μm) 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 曝光波長(nm) 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 曝光條件 M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M 顯影液 環戊酮 環戊酮 TMAH 水溶液 環戊酮 TMAH 水溶液 環戊酮 TMAH 水溶液 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 顯影條件 硬化溫度(℃) 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 硬化時間(分鐘) 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 評價 耐熱試驗後的密接性 B B C B C B C B B A A B B B B B 組成物穩定性 A A A A A A A A A A B A A A A A [table 3] Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 Composition Resin Type Resin 3 Resin 4 Resin 5 Resin 6 Resin 7 Resin 8 Resin 9 Resin 10 Resin 11 Resin 11 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2/Resin 3 M 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 30000 10000 5000 20000 20000 20000/20000 Quality 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 25 45 17/17 Single Type M-1 M-1 M-2 M-1 M-2 M-1 M-2 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 Quality 3 3 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 6 6 6 6 6 Polymerization initiator or photoacid generator Type I-1 I-1 I-3 I-1 I-4 I-1 I-4 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 Quality 1.1 1.1 3 1.1 3 1.1 3 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 Alkali generator Type A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 Quality 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Polymerization inhibitor Type B-1 B-1 - B-1 - B-1 - B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 Quality 0.1 0.1 - 0.1 - 0.1 - 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Silane coupling agent Type C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 Quality 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Migration inhibitors Type - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Quality - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Additives Type - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Quality - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Type - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Quality - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Compound A Type F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F1 F-1 F4 F-1 F-7 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 Quality 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 Type - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Quality - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Solvent Type GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL ratio 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 Type DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO ratio 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Type - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ratio - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Solid content concentration 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 Process Film thickness (μm) 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Exposure wavelength (nm) 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 Exposure conditions M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M Developer Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone TMAH aqueous solution Cyclopentanone TMAH aqueous solution Cyclopentanone TMAH aqueous solution Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Development conditions Negative Negative just Negative just Negative just Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Hardening temperature (℃) 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 Hardening time (minutes) 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 Reviews Adhesion after heat resistance test B B C B C B C B B A A B B B B B Composition stability A A A A A A A A A A B A A A A A

[表4]    實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 組成 樹脂 種類 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 Mw 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 質量份 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 單體 種類 DPHA M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 質量份 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 聚合起始劑或 光酸產生劑 種類 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-2 I-5 I-1/I-2 I-6 I-7 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 質量份 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 0.5 3 2 2 0.6/0.6 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 鹼產生劑 種類 A-1 A-2 A-3 A-4 A-5 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 質量份 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 聚合抑制劑 種類 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-2 B-3 質量份 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.05 0.5 0.1 0.1 矽烷偶合劑 種類 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 質量份 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 遷移抑制劑 種類 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 質量份 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 添加劑 種類 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 質量份 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 種類 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 質量份 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 化合物A 種類 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 質量份 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 03 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 種類 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 質量份 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 溶劑 種類 GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL 比率 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 種類 DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO 比率 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 種類 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 比率 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 固體成分濃度 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 製程 膜厚(μm) 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 曝光波長(nm) 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 405 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 曝光條件 M M M M M M M M D M M M M M M M 顯影液 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 顯影條件 硬化溫度(℃) 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 硬化時間(分鐘) 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 評價 耐熱試驗後的密接性 C B C C C C B B B B B B B B B B 組成物穩定性 B A B B B A A A A A A A A A A A [Table 4] Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 Composition Resin Type Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 M 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 Quality 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 Single Type DPHA M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 Quality 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Polymerization initiator or photoacid generator Type I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-2 I-5 I-1/I-2 I-6 I-7 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 Quality 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 0.5 3 2 2 0.6/0.6 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 Alkali generator Type A-1 A-2 A-3 A-4 A-5 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 Quality 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Polymerization inhibitor Type B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-2 B-3 Quality 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.05 0.5 0.1 0.1 Silane coupling agent Type C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 Quality 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Migration inhibitors Type - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Quality - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Additives Type - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Quality - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Type - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Quality - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Compound A Type F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 Quality 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 03 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 Type - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Quality - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Solvent Type GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL ratio 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 Type DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO ratio 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Type - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ratio - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Solid content concentration 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 Process Film thickness (μm) 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Exposure wavelength (nm) 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 405 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 Exposure conditions M M M M M M M M D M M M M M M M Developer Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Development conditions Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Hardening temperature (℃) 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 Hardening time (minutes) 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 Reviews Adhesion after heat resistance test C B C C C C B B B B B B B B B B Composition stability B A B B B A A A A A A A A A A A

[表5]    實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 組成 樹脂 種類 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 Mw 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 質量份 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 單體 種類 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 質量份 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 聚合起始劑或 光酸產生劑 種類 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 質量份 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 鹼產生劑 種類 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 質量份 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 聚合抑制劑 種類 B-4 B-l/B-2 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 質量份 0.1 0.05/0.05 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 矽烷偶合劑 種類 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-2 C-3 C-1/C-2 C-4 C-5 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 質量份 1 1 0.5 3 1 1 0.5/0.5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 遷移抑制劑 種類 - - - - - - - - - D-1 D-2 D-3 D-4 - - - 質量份 - - - - - - - - - 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 - - - 添加劑 種類 - - - - - - - - - - - - - E-3 E-4 E-5 質量份 - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2 2 2 種類 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 質量份 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 化合物A 種類 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F4 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 質量份 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 種類 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 質量份 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 溶劑 種類 GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL 比率 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 種類 DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO 比率 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 種類 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 比率 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 固體成分濃度 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 製程 膜厚(μm) 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 曝光波長(nm) 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 曝光條件 M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M 顯影液 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 顯影條件 硬化溫度(℃) 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 硬化時間(分鐘) 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 評價 耐熱試驗後的密接性 B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B 組成物穩定性 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A [table 5] Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 Composition Resin Type Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 M 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 Quality 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 Single Type M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 Quality 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Polymerization initiator or photoacid generator Type I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 Quality 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 Alkali generator Type A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 Quality 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Polymerization inhibitor Type B-4 Bl/B-2 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 Quality 0.1 0.05/0.05 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 Silane coupling agent Type C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-2 C-3 C-1/C-2 C-4 C-5 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 Quality 1 1 0.5 3 1 1 0.5/0.5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Migration inhibitors Type - - - - - - - - - D-1 D-2 D-3 D-4 - - - Quality - - - - - - - - - 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 - - - Additives Type - - - - - - - - - - - - - E-3 E-4 E-5 Quality - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2 2 2 Type - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Quality - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Compound A Type F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F4 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 Quality 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 Type - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Quality - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Solvent Type GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL ratio 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 Type DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO ratio 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Type - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ratio - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Solid content concentration 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 Process Film thickness (μm) 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Exposure wavelength (nm) 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 Exposure conditions M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M Developer Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Development conditions Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Hardening temperature (℃) 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 Hardening time (minutes) 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 Reviews Adhesion after heat resistance test B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B B Composition stability A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A

[表6]    實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 實施例 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 組成 樹脂 種類 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂2 樹脂1 Mw 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 質量份 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 29 50 單體 種類 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 DPHA M-1 質量份 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 4.5 5 聚合起始劑或 光酸產生劑 種類 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 質量份 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 0.8 1.5 鹼產生劑 種類 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-2 A-2 A-2 A-1 A-1 - 質量份 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 - 聚合抑制劑 種類 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 - B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 - 質量份 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 - 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 - 矽烷偶合劑 種類 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 - - C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 - 質量份 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 - - 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.6 - 遷移抑制劑 種類 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 質量份 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 添加劑 種類 E-6 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - E-7 E-8 質量份 0.1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 0.8 5 種類 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - E-9 質量份 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 0.02 化合物A 種類 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 質量份 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 種類 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 質量份 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 溶劑 種類 GBL GBL GBL NMP GBL GVL MDMPA GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL NMP 比率 40 30 10 20 30 40 45 38 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 種類 DMSO DMSO DMSO EL DMSO DMSO EL DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO EL 比率 10 20 40 35 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 種類 - - - - NMP - - 甲苯 - - - - - - - - - - 比率 - - - - 10 - - 2 - - - - - - - - - - 固體成分濃度 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 37 55 製程 膜厚(μm) 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 30 10 20 20 20 20 20 20 曝光波長(nm) 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 曝光條件 M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M 顯影液 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 環戊酮 顯影條件 硬化溫度(℃) 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 200 180 160 IR 230 230 硬化時間(分鐘) 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 120 120 120 180 180 180 評價 耐熱試驗後的密接性 B B B B B B B B B B B B B B C B B B 組成物穩定性 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A [Table 6] Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment Embodiment 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 Composition Resin Type Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 2 Resin 1 M 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 Quality 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 29 50 Single Type M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 M-1 DPHA M-1 Quality 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 4.5 5 Polymerization initiator or photoacid generator Type I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 I-1 Quality 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 0.8 1.5 Alkali generator Type A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-2 A-2 A-2 A-1 A-1 - Quality 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 - Polymerization inhibitor Type B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 - B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 B-1 - Quality 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 - 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 - Silane coupling agent Type C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 - - C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 C-1 - Quality 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 - - 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.6 - Migration inhibitors Type - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Quality - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Additives Type E-6 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - E-7 E-8 Quality 0.1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 0.8 5 Type - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - E-9 Quality - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 0.02 Compound A Type F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 F-1 Quality 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 Type - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Quality - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Solvent Type GBL GBL GBL NMP GBL GVL MDMPA GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL GBL NMP ratio 40 30 10 20 30 40 45 38 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 Type DMSO DMSO DMSO EL DMSO DMSO EL DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO DMSO EL ratio 10 20 40 35 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Type - - - - NMP - - Toluene - - - - - - - - - - ratio - - - - 10 - - 2 - - - - - - - - - - Solid content concentration 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 37 55 Process Film thickness (μm) 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 30 10 20 20 20 20 20 20 Exposure wavelength (nm) 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 365 Exposure conditions M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M Developer Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Cyclopentanone Development conditions Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Negative Hardening temperature (℃) 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 200 180 160 IR 230 230 Hardening time (minutes) 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 120 120 120 180 180 180 Reviews Adhesion after heat resistance test B B B B B B B B B B B B B B C B B B Composition stability A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A

表中記載之各成分的詳細內容如下。The details of each ingredient listed in the table are as follows.

〔樹脂〕 ・樹脂1~樹脂11:藉由上述合成例獲得之樹脂1~樹脂11 [Resin] ・Resin 1 to Resin 11: Resin 1 to Resin 11 obtained by the above-mentioned synthesis example

〔單體(聚合性化合物)〕 M-1~M-2:下述結構的化合物。括號的下標表示重複數。 [化學式47] ·DPHA:KAYARAD DPHA(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造) [Monomer (polymerizable compound)] M-1 to M-2: Compounds of the following structures. The subscript in parentheses indicates the number of repetitions. [Chemical Formula 47] DPHA: KAYARAD DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)

〔聚合起始劑或光酸產生劑〕 ・I-1~I-5:下述結構的化合物 ・I-6:Omnirad 1312(IGM Resins B.V.公司製造) ・I-7:Omnirad TPO H(IGM Resins B.V.公司製造) [化學式48] [Polymerization initiator or photoacid generator] ・I-1 to I-5: Compounds with the following structures ・I-6: Omnirad 1312 (manufactured by IGM Resins BV) ・I-7: Omnirad TPO H (manufactured by IGM Resins BV) [Chemical formula 48]

〔鹼產生劑〕 A-1~A-5:下述結構的化合物 [化學式49] [Alkali generator] A-1 to A-5: Compounds having the following structures [Chemical formula 49]

〔聚合抑制劑〕 ・B-1~B-4:下述結構的化合物 [化學式50] [Polymerization inhibitor] ・B-1 to B-4: Compounds having the following structure [Chemical formula 50]

〔矽烷偶合劑(金屬接著性改良劑)〕 ・C-1~C-3:下述結構的化合物。下述式中,Et表示乙基。 ・C-4:X-12-1293(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造,保護異氰酸酯基之矽烷偶合劑) ・C-5:KR-513(Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造,作為含丙烯酸基之寡聚物之矽烷偶合劑) [化學式51] [Silane coupling agent (metal adhesion improver)] ・C-1 to C-3: Compounds of the following structures. In the following formula, Et represents an ethyl group. ・C-4: X-12-1293 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., a silane coupling agent for protecting isocyanate groups) ・C-5: KR-513 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., a silane coupling agent for oligomers containing acrylic groups) [Chemical formula 51]

〔遷移抑制劑〕 ・D-1~D-4:下述結構的化合物 [化學式52] [Migration inhibitor] ・D-1 to D-4: Compounds with the following structure [Chemical formula 52]

〔添加劑〕 E-1~E-7、E-9:下述結構的化合物 E-8藉由日本特開2019-206689號公報的0184段中記載之方法來進行了合成。 具體而言,在附有攪拌機、滴液漏斗及溫度計之分離式燒瓶內,將4,4’-(1-(2-(4-羥基苯基)-2-丙基)苯基)亞乙基)雙酚(Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.製造 商品名 Tris-PA)30g(0.0707莫耳)及相當於該OH基的83.3莫耳%之量的1,2-萘醌二疊氮-5-磺醯氯47.49g(0.177莫耳)攪拌溶解於丙酮300g中之後,在恆溫槽中將燒瓶調至30℃。 接著,將三乙胺17.9g溶解於丙酮18g中,並裝入滴液漏斗中之後,耗時30分鐘將其滴加到燒瓶中。滴加結束後,進而持續攪拌30分鐘,之後滴加鹽酸,並進而進行30分鐘攪拌使反應結束。之後,過濾反應物以去除了三乙胺鹽酸鹽。在燒杯中混合攪拌純水1640g和鹽酸30g,並一邊攪拌一邊將濾液滴加到混合物中以獲得了析出物。水洗並過濾該析出物之後,在40℃並在減壓下乾燥48小時以獲得了E-8。 [化學式53] [Additives] E-1 to E-7, E-9: Compound E-8 having the following structure was synthesized by the method described in paragraph 0184 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2019-206689. Specifically, 30 g (0.0707 mol) of 4,4'-(1-(2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-2-propyl)phenyl)ethylene)bisphenol (trade name Tris-PA manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and 47.49 g (0.177 mol) of 1,2-naphthoquinonediazide-5-sulfonyl chloride in an amount corresponding to 83.3 mol% of the OH group were stirred and dissolved in 300 g of acetone in a separation flask equipped with a stirrer, a dropping funnel, and a thermometer, and the flask was adjusted to 30°C in a thermostat. Next, 17.9 g of triethylamine was dissolved in 18 g of acetone and placed in a dropping funnel, and then it was dripped into the flask over 30 minutes. After the dripping was completed, stirring was continued for 30 minutes, and then hydrochloric acid was dripped, and stirring was continued for another 30 minutes to terminate the reaction. After that, the reaction product was filtered to remove triethylamine hydrochloride. 1640 g of pure water and 30 g of hydrochloric acid were mixed and stirred in a flask, and the filtrate was dripped into the mixture while stirring to obtain a precipitate. After washing and filtering the precipitate, it was dried at 40°C under reduced pressure for 48 hours to obtain E-8. [Chemical formula 53]

〔化合物A〕 ・F-1~F-23:下述結構的化合物。F-1~F-23為對應於上述化合物A之化合物。 FR-1:下述結構的化合物。FR-1為並不對應於上述化合物A之化合物。 [化學式54] [Compound A] ・F-1 to F-23: Compounds with the following structures. F-1 to F-23 are compounds corresponding to the above-mentioned compound A. FR-1: Compounds with the following structure. FR-1 is a compound that does not correspond to the above-mentioned compound A. [Chemical formula 54]

-F-1的合成- 在燒瓶中攪拌2-胺基苯酚10.00g和乙醇170mL,並添加了2-羥基苯甲醛11.18g。添加甲酸0.08g之後升溫至90℃,並攪拌了2小時。藉由空冷至室溫而析出了固體,因此藉由減壓過濾回收固體,並用乙醇85mL懸掛洗滌來進行了洗淨。藉由真空乾燥固體而獲得了18.53g的F-1(產率95%)。 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 13.82 (br s, 1H), 9.75 (br s, 1H), 8.97 (s, 1H), 7.62 (dd, 1H), 7.40-7.35 (m, 2H), 7.14 (dt, 1H), 6.99 (d, 1H), 6.96-6.94 (m, 2H), 6.89 (dt, 1H). 又,除了適當變更原料以外,藉由與F-1的合成相同的方法來合成了F-2~F-23。 -Synthesis of F-1- 10.00 g of 2-aminophenol and 170 mL of ethanol were stirred in a flask, and 11.18 g of 2-hydroxybenzaldehyde was added. After adding 0.08 g of formic acid, the temperature was raised to 90°C and stirred for 2 hours. Solids were precipitated by air cooling to room temperature, so the solids were recovered by reduced pressure filtration and washed by suspension washing with 85 mL of ethanol. The solids were vacuum dried to obtain 18.53 g of F-1 (yield 95%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 13.82 (br s, 1H), 9.75 (br s, 1H), 8.97 (s, 1H), 7.62 (dd, 1H), 7.40-7.35 (m, 2H), 7.14 (dt, 1H), 6.99 (d, 1H), 6.96-6.94 (m, 2H), 6.89 (dt, 1H). F-2 to F-23 were synthesized by the same method as F-1 except that the raw materials were appropriately changed.

〔溶劑〕 ・NMP:N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮 ・EL:乳酸乙酯 ・DMSO:二甲基亞碸 ・GBL:γ-丁內酯 ・GVL:γ-戊內酯 ・MDMPA:3-甲氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺 ・toluen:甲苯 [Solvent] ・NMP: N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone ・EL: Ethyl lactate ・DMSO: Dimethyl sulfoxide ・GBL: γ-butyrolactone ・GVL: γ-valerolactone ・MDMPA: 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropionamide ・toluen: Toluene

<評價> 〔耐熱試驗後的密接性的評價〕 藉由旋塗法將在各實施例及比較例中所製備之樹脂組成物或比較用組成物以層狀適用於未進行預處理之8英吋的附Cu配線圖案之Si晶圓(L/S 10μm(厚度5μm)的(梳齒型)附Cu配線圖案之Si晶圓)上,以形成了樹脂組成物層或比較用組成物層。將形成有所獲得之樹脂組成物層或比較用組成物層之銅基板在加熱板上以100℃乾燥5分鐘,在銅基板上形成了表的“膜厚(μm)”欄中記載之膜厚且厚度均勻的樹脂組成物層或比較用組成物層。在表的“顯影條件”欄中記載為“負”之例子中使用形成有100μm見方的正方形的非遮罩部之光罩,在表的“顯影條件”欄中記載為“正”之例子中使用形成有100μm見方的正方形的遮罩部之光罩,分別藉由表的“曝光波長(nm)”欄中記載之曝光波長(nm)的光,以500mJ/cm 2的曝光能量,對銅基板上的樹脂組成物層或比較用組成物層進行了曝光。 在曝光條件欄中記載有“M”之例子中,使用步進機作為光源進行了曝光。 在曝光條件欄中記載為“D”之例子中,使用直接曝光裝置(ADTEC DE-6UH III)作為光源,不使用光罩,在100μm見方的範圍內進行了雷射直接成像曝光。 之後,用表中記載之顯影液顯影60秒鐘,以獲得了100μm見方的正方形的樹脂層。表的“TMAH水溶液”的記載係指氫氧化四甲基銨的2.38質量%水溶液。 在“硬化溫度”欄中記載有數值之例子中,使用加熱板,在氮氣環境下,以10℃/分鐘的升溫速度使上述曝光後的樹脂組成物層升溫,在達到表的“硬化溫度(℃)”欄中記載之溫度之後,使上述溫度維持在上述表的“硬化時間(分鐘)”的時間內,以獲得了硬化物。 在“硬化溫度(℃)”欄中記載有“IR”之例子中,使用紅外線燈加熱裝置(ADVANCE RIKO, Inc.製造,RTP-6),在氮氣環境下,以10℃/分鐘的升溫速度使各實施例中所獲得之樹脂膜升溫,在達到230℃之後,使上述溫度維持在表的“硬化時間(分鐘)”的時間內,以獲得了硬化物。 使附所獲得之硬化物之銅基板在溫度175℃、大氣下的槽內,經過了192小時。 實施剖面SEM(掃描型顯微鏡)測定,並評價了Cu配線圖案與硬化物之間的空隙面積率。藉由下述式算出了空隙面積率。 空隙面積率(%)=(藉由SEM測定觀察到的空隙部的面積)/(硬化物的總面積)×100 依據所獲得之空隙面積率的值,按照下述評價基準進行了評價。將評價結果記載於表的“耐熱試驗後的密接性”欄中。可以說,空隙面積率愈小,硬化膜的耐熱試驗後的密接性愈優異,並且可以說,即使經過長時間後,在金屬層與硬化物之間亦不易產生空隙。 -評價基準- A:空隙面積率為0.5%以下。 B:空隙面積率超過0.5%且為1%以下。 C:空隙面積率超過1%且為2%以下。 D:空隙面積率超過了2%。 <Evaluation> [Evaluation of Adhesion after Heat Resistance Test] The resin composition or comparison composition prepared in each embodiment and comparative example was applied in a layer on an 8-inch Si wafer with Cu wiring pattern (L/S 10μm (thickness 5μm) (comb-shaped) Si wafer with Cu wiring pattern) that had not been pretreated by a spin coating method to form a resin composition layer or a comparison composition layer. The copper substrate on which the obtained resin composition layer or comparative composition layer was formed was dried on a hot plate at 100°C for 5 minutes, thereby forming a resin composition layer or comparative composition layer having a uniform thickness as described in the "Film Thickness (μm)" column of the table on the copper substrate. In the example where "Negative" is recorded in the "Development Conditions" column of the table, a photomask with a square non-mask portion of 100 μm square is used, and in the example where "Positive" is recorded in the "Development Conditions" column of the table, a photomask with a square mask portion of 100 μm square is used. The resin composition layer or the comparative composition layer on the copper substrate is exposed with light of the exposure wavelength (nm) recorded in the "Exposure Wavelength (nm)" column of the table at an exposure energy of 500 mJ/ cm2 . In the example where "M" is recorded in the "Exposure Conditions" column, exposure is performed using a stepper as a light source. In the example where "D" is recorded in the "Exposure Conditions" column, a direct exposure device (ADTEC DE-6UH III) is used as a light source, and laser direct imaging exposure is performed in a range of 100 μm square without using a photomask. Thereafter, the resin layer was developed for 60 seconds using the developer described in the table to obtain a 100 μm square resin layer. The "TMAH aqueous solution" in the table refers to a 2.38 mass % aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide. In the case where a numerical value is described in the "hardening temperature" column, the resin composition layer after exposure was heated at a heating rate of 10°C/min in a nitrogen environment using a heating plate, and after reaching the temperature described in the "hardening temperature (°C)" column in the table, the temperature was maintained for the "hardening time (min)" in the table to obtain a hardened material. In the example where "IR" is written in the "Curing temperature (°C)" column, the resin film obtained in each embodiment was heated at a heating rate of 10°C/min in a nitrogen environment using an infrared lamp heating device (manufactured by ADVANCE RIKO, Inc., RTP-6). After reaching 230°C, the above temperature was maintained for the time of "Curing time (min)" in the table to obtain a cured product. The copper substrate with the obtained cured product was placed in a tank at a temperature of 175°C in the atmosphere for 192 hours. A cross-sectional SEM (scanning microscope) measurement was performed, and the void area ratio between the Cu wiring pattern and the cured product was evaluated. The void area ratio was calculated by the following formula. Void area ratio (%) = (area of voids observed by SEM measurement) / (total area of hardened product) × 100 Based on the obtained void area ratio value, the evaluation was performed according to the following evaluation criteria. The evaluation results are recorded in the "Adhesion after heat resistance test" column of the table. It can be said that the smaller the void area ratio, the better the adhesion of the cured film after the heat resistance test, and it can be said that even after a long time, voids are unlikely to occur between the metal layer and the hardened product. -Evaluation criteria- A: The void area ratio is 0.5% or less. B: The void area ratio exceeds 0.5% and is 1% or less. C: The void area ratio exceeds 1% and is 2% or less. D: The void area ratio exceeds 2%.

〔組成物穩定性〕 在遮光條件下並且在38℃下,將在各實施例或比較例中所製備之樹脂組成物或比較用組成物靜置了3天。結束上述靜置後,使用黏度計(Toki Sangyo Co.,Ltd RE-85L)測定黏度,與初始狀態(實施上述靜置前)進行比較,並按照下述式算出結束上述靜置後的黏度變化率,並且按照下述評價基準進行了評價。將評價結果記載於表的“組成物穩定性”欄中。可以說,黏度變化率愈小組成物的組成物穩定性愈優異。 黏度變化率(%)=|(結束上述靜置後的黏度-實施上述靜置前的黏度)|/(實施上述靜置前的黏度)×100 -評價基準- A:上述黏度變化率的絕對值為3%以下。 B:上述黏度變化率的絕對值超過3%且為5%以下。 C:上述黏度變化率的絕對值超過5%且為8%以下。 D:上述黏度變化率的絕對值超過8%且為10%以下。 E:上述黏度變化率的絕對值超過了10%。 [Composition stability] The resin composition or comparative composition prepared in each embodiment or comparative example was left to stand for 3 days under light-shielding conditions and at 38°C. After the standing, the viscosity was measured using a viscometer (Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd RE-85L), compared with the initial state (before the standing), and the viscosity change rate after the standing was calculated according to the following formula, and evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. The evaluation results are recorded in the "Composition stability" column of the table. It can be said that the smaller the viscosity change rate, the better the composition stability of the composition. Viscosity change rate (%) = | (viscosity after the above-mentioned static state - viscosity before the above-mentioned static state) | / (viscosity before the above-mentioned static state) × 100 -Evaluation criteria- A: The absolute value of the above-mentioned viscosity change rate is 3% or less. B: The absolute value of the above-mentioned viscosity change rate exceeds 3% and is 5% or less. C: The absolute value of the above-mentioned viscosity change rate exceeds 5% and is 8% or less. D: The absolute value of the above-mentioned viscosity change rate exceeds 8% and is 10% or less. E: The absolute value of the above-mentioned viscosity change rate exceeds 10%.

由以上結果可知,由本發明的樹脂組成物形成之硬化物即使耐熱試驗後密接性亦優異。 比較例1之比較用組成物不含化合物A。可知,關於此種比較用組成物而言,耐熱試驗後的硬化物的密接性差。 From the above results, it can be seen that the cured product formed by the resin composition of the present invention has excellent adhesion even after the heat resistance test. The comparative composition of Comparative Example 1 does not contain compound A. It can be seen that for this comparative composition, the cured product after the heat resistance test has poor adhesion.

<實施例101> 藉由旋塗法將在實施例1中所使用之樹脂組成物以層狀適用於表面形成有銅薄層之樹脂基材的銅薄層表面上,在100℃下乾燥5分鐘而形成膜厚20μm的感光膜之後,使用步進機(Nikon Corporation製造,NSR1505 i6)進行了曝光。隔著遮罩(圖案為1:1線與空間,線寬為10μm的二元遮罩),在波長365nm下進行了曝光。上述曝光後,用環戊酮顯影2分鐘,並且用PGMEA沖洗30秒鐘而獲得了層的圖案。 接著,在氮氣環境下,以10℃/分鐘的升溫速度升溫,達到230℃後,在230℃維持180分鐘而形成了再配線層用層間絕緣膜。該再配線層用層間絕緣膜的絕緣性優異。 又,使用該再配線層用層間絕緣膜製造半導體元件之結果,確認到正常工作。 <Example 101> The resin composition used in Example 1 was applied in layers to the surface of the copper thin layer of the resin substrate having the copper thin layer formed on the surface by spin coating, and after drying at 100°C for 5 minutes to form a photosensitive film with a film thickness of 20μm, it was exposed using a stepper (manufactured by Nikon Corporation, NSR1505 i6). Exposure was performed at a wavelength of 365nm through a mask (a binary mask with a pattern of 1:1 line and space and a line width of 10μm). After the above exposure, the layer pattern was obtained by developing with cyclopentanone for 2 minutes and rinsing with PGMEA for 30 seconds. Then, in a nitrogen environment, the temperature was raised at a rate of 10°C/min to 230°C, and then maintained at 230°C for 180 minutes to form an interlayer insulating film for the redistribution layer. The interlayer insulating film for the redistribution layer has excellent insulation properties. In addition, the results of using the interlayer insulating film for the redistribution layer to manufacture semiconductor devices confirmed that they were operating normally.

無。without.

Claims (15)

一種樹脂組成物,其含有: 選自由環化樹脂及其前驅物組成之群組中之至少1種樹脂;及 由下述式(A-1)表示且式(A-1)所具有之總碳數為3~30的化合物A, [化學式1] 式(A-1)中,R 1表示一價有機基,R 1中的與式(A-1)中記載之氮原子的鍵結部位為碳原子,R 2表示氫原子或一價有機基,R 3表示一價有機基,R 2與R 3可以鍵結而形成環結構。 A resin composition comprising: at least one resin selected from the group consisting of cyclized resins and precursors thereof; and a compound A represented by the following formula (A-1) having a total carbon number of 3 to 30, [Chemical Formula 1] In formula (A-1), R1 represents a monovalent organic group, the bonding site of R1 to the nitrogen atom described in formula (A-1) is a carbon atom, R2 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, R3 represents a monovalent organic group, and R2 and R3 may bond to form a ring structure. 如請求項1所述之樹脂組成物,其含有由下述式(A-2)表示之化合物作為前述化合物A, [化學式2] 式(A-2)中,Ar 1及Ar 2分別獨立地為可以具有取代基之芳香族基且為在前述芳香族基的環員及前述取代基中的至少一處具有選自由氧原子、氮原子、硫原子及磷原子組成之群組中之至少1種原子之基,R 2表示氫原子或一價有機基。 The resin composition as claimed in claim 1, comprising a compound represented by the following formula (A-2) as the compound A, [Chemical Formula 2] In formula (A-2), Ar1 and Ar2 are each independently an aromatic group which may have a substituent and has at least one atom selected from the group consisting of an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom and a phosphorus atom at at least one of the ring members of the aromatic group and the substituent, and R2 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. 如請求項2所述之樹脂組成物,其中 前述Ar 1、前述Ar 2及前述R 2中的至少1個具有酚性羥基。 The resin composition as described in claim 2, wherein at least one of the Ar 1 , Ar 2 and R 2 has a phenolic hydroxyl group. 如請求項2所述之樹脂組成物,其中 前述Ar 1、前述Ar 2及前述R 2中的至少1個具有雜環結構。 The resin composition as described in claim 2, wherein at least one of the aforementioned Ar 1 , the aforementioned Ar 2 and the aforementioned R 2 has a heterocyclic structure. 如請求項1至請求項4之任一項所述之樹脂組成物,其中 前述樹脂為聚醯亞胺或聚醯亞胺前驅物。 A resin composition as described in any one of claim 1 to claim 4, wherein the resin is polyimide or a polyimide precursor. 如請求項1至請求項4之任一項所述之樹脂組成物,其進一步含有光聚合起始劑及聚合性化合物。The resin composition as described in any one of claims 1 to 4, further comprising a photopolymerization initiator and a polymerizable compound. 如請求項1至請求項4之任一項所述之樹脂組成物,其用於形成再配線層用層間絕緣膜。The resin composition as described in any one of claims 1 to 4 is used to form an interlayer insulating film for a redistribution layer. 一種硬化物,其為使請求項1至請求項7之任一項所述之樹脂組成物硬化而成。A cured product obtained by curing the resin composition described in any one of claims 1 to 7. 一種積層體,其包含2層以上的由請求項8所述之硬化物構成之層,並且在前述由硬化物構成之層彼此的任意層之間包含金屬層。A laminate comprising two or more layers consisting of the hardened material as defined in claim 8, and comprising a metal layer between any of the layers consisting of the hardened material. 一種硬化物的製造方法,其包括將請求項1至請求項7之任一項所述之樹脂組成物適用於基材上而形成膜之膜形成步驟。A method for producing a cured product, comprising a film forming step of applying the resin composition described in any one of claims 1 to 7 to a substrate to form a film. 如請求項10所述之硬化物的製造方法,其包括: 曝光步驟,選擇性地對前述膜進行曝光;及 顯影步驟,使用顯影液對前述膜進行顯影而形成圖案。 The method for manufacturing a hardened product as described in claim 10 comprises: an exposure step of selectively exposing the aforementioned film; and a developing step of developing the aforementioned film using a developer to form a pattern. 如請求項10所述之硬化物的製造方法,其包括在50~450℃下對前述膜進行加熱之加熱步驟。The method for manufacturing a cured product as described in claim 10 includes a heating step of heating the aforementioned film at 50 to 450°C. 一種積層體的製造方法,其包括請求項10所述之硬化物的製造方法。A method for manufacturing a laminate, comprising the method for manufacturing a hardened object as described in claim 10. 一種半導體元件的製造方法,其包括請求項10所述之硬化物的製造方法。A method for manufacturing a semiconductor device, comprising the method for manufacturing a hardened material as described in claim 10. 一種半導體元件,其包含請求項8所述之硬化物。A semiconductor device comprising the hardener described in claim 8.
TW112132313A 2022-08-30 2023-08-28 Resin composition, cured article, laminate, method for producing cured article, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device TW202419523A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022-137028 2022-08-30
JP2022137028 2022-08-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202419523A true TW202419523A (en) 2024-05-16

Family

ID=90099866

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW112132313A TW202419523A (en) 2022-08-30 2023-08-28 Resin composition, cured article, laminate, method for producing cured article, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device

Country Status (3)

Country Link
KR (1) KR20250040991A (en)
TW (1) TW202419523A (en)
WO (1) WO2024048435A1 (en)

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3993630A (en) * 1973-12-26 1976-11-23 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Polyimide, polyamide-imide or polyamide-acids with olefin end groups in combination with a reactive Schiff base compound
JPH0841327A (en) * 1994-07-27 1996-02-13 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Composition for active optical waveguide, proudction of active optical waveguide therefrom and active optical waveguide
JP3425343B2 (en) 1996-10-31 2003-07-14 株式会社東芝 Positive photosensitive polymer resin composition, pattern forming method using the same, and electronic component
TWI650346B (en) * 2016-11-30 2019-02-11 長興材料工業股份有限公司 Polyimine precursor composition and application thereof
WO2021157306A1 (en) * 2020-02-05 2021-08-12 富士フイルム株式会社 Resin composition, cured film, laminate, production method for cured film, and semiconductor device
JP2021181532A (en) * 2020-05-19 2021-11-25 信越化学工業株式会社 Bismaleimide resin composition

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2024048435A1 (en) 2024-03-07
KR20250040991A (en) 2025-03-25

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW202445682A (en) Method for manufacturing laminate, photosensitive resin composition and method for manufacturing semiconductor component
TW202344568A (en) Resin composition, cured product, multilayer body, method for producing cured product, method for producing multilayer body, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
TW202419523A (en) Resin composition, cured article, laminate, method for producing cured article, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
TW202419524A (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
TW202428704A (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, production method for cured product, production method for laminate, manufacturing method for semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
WO2024101295A1 (en) Production method for cured product, production method for laminate, production method for semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
TW202424051A (en) Resin composition, cured object, layered product, method for producing cured object, method for producing layered product, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
TW202424049A (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
TW202428707A (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for manufacturing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
TW202436450A (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor element, and semiconductor element
TW202419534A (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor element, and semiconductor element
TW202428706A (en) Resin composition, cured object, layered object, method for producing cured object, method for producing layered object, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
TW202419535A (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
TW202440738A (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor element, and semiconductor element
TW202440734A (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor element, and semiconductor element
TW202419525A (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
TW202432668A (en) Method for manufacturing laminate, method for manufacturing semiconductor member, photosensitive resin composition, laminate, semiconductor member, and resin composition
TW202433599A (en) Member, method for manufacturing member, photosensitive resin composition, and semiconductor member
TW202429198A (en) Resin composition, insulating film and method for producing interlayer insulating film for redistribution layers
TW202419533A (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
TW202424058A (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device
TW202440737A (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, method for producing cured product, method for producing laminate, method for producing semiconductor element, and semiconductor element
TW202445758A (en) Component, component manufacturing method, photosensitive resin composition and semiconductor component
WO2025047237A1 (en) Resin composition, and method for producing interlayer dielectric for redistribution layer
TW202413535A (en) Resin composition, cured product, laminate, cured product manufacturing method, laminate manufacturing method, semiconductor device manufacturing method, semiconductor device, resin film, and compound